The economy stinks and
everyone is asking “How low can the stock market go”.
On days like we have
had recently, it helps to look at the silver lining. Here it is: The
farther stocks fall, the cheaper they get--and the higher the expected
long-term return becomes. Unfortunately, that doesn't mean we don't have
a long way to go on the downside.
There were
four massive stock bubbles in the 20th Century: 1901, 1929, 1966, and
2000. During each of these bubble peaks, the S&P 500 neared or
exceeded 25X on professor Robert Shiller's cyclically adjusted P/E
ratio.* After the first three of these peaks, the S&P 500 PE did not
bottom until it hit 5X-8X. We're still in the middle of the last one.
The most
recent bubble peak, 2000, was by far the most extreme we have ever
experienced. In 2000, the S&P 500 (by professor Shiller's measure)
exceeded 40X (it had never before exceeded 30X). With the S&P 5000 hitting
700 on 3-2-2009, the PE has now fallen back to 12X.
Three major
bubbles are not enough historical precedent to confidently conclude where the
S&P 500 will bottom this time around, but it seems reasonable to conclude
that the trough will be in line with--or below--the preceeding lows (Given that
we just had the highest peak in history by a mile, it doesn't seem absurd to
think that we might be headed for the lowest trough in history by a mile.)
Remember:
Things are always darkest just before it goes completely black.
I am
certainly glad that I am in the communications and information infrastructure
business. I don’t wish I was in the automotive or real estate sectors.
But that’s
just my opinion,
Frank Bisbee
"Heard On The Street" Monthly Column
www.wireville.com
4949 Sunbeam Rd, Suite 16
Jacksonville, FL 32257
(904) 645-9077 office
(904) 645-9058 fax
(904) 237-0365 cell
frank@wireville.com
MARY FOURNIER OF TEKNOR APEX RECEIVES NORTHWIRE’S ‘WHALE’ AWARD FOR SPEEDY AND RELIABLE CUSTOMER SERVICE
Mary
Fournier, the senior Teknor Apex Company representative in charge of customer
service for cable manufacturer Northwire, Inc., has received Northwire’s Whale
Award for outstanding service.
Northwire
purchasing manager Rod Larson cited Fournier for her reliability in ensuring
that the Teknor Apex vinyl and thermoplastic elastomer (TPE) compounds required
by Northwire are in stock and ready to ship when the customer needs it, and for
her skill in working with freight carriers to arrange for on-time delivery.
“Consistently short lead times and on-time delivery greatly help us to serve
our customers in the marketplace,” Larson said in his presentation to Fournier.
“You have played a key role in enabling us to do so.”
In
addition, Larson noted, Fournier now supports Northwire’s international
operations by providing the same fast and reliable service for shipments to the
company’s facility in Suzhou, China, where Teknor Apex also manufactures vinyl
compounds.
The name of
the Northwire award refers to the “Whale” graphic that for several years was a
symbol for the company and is still used in honoring excellence. The symbol
commemorates an incident in the 1990s that received worldwide attention, as
Northwire power cable played a role in special de-icing equipment set up to
free three whales trapped in the Arctic ice.
NORTHWIRE,
INC. is an industry leader in the design and manufacture of industrial-grade
technical cable. Custom design choices include paired, non-paired, triads,
various shielding and grounding options, special insulation options, and a
variety of conductor and jacket materials and colors. The company is
headquartered at 110 Prospect Way, Osceola, WI 54020 U.S.A. Tel:
1-715-294-2121. Email: cableinfo@northwire.com.
Visit www.northwire.com.
Founded in
1924, TEKNOR APEX COMPANY is a privately held company with seven business units
and 2,000 employees. It is headquartered in Pawtucket, Rhode Island,
U.S.A., manufactures at 12 locations in the U.S. and overseas, and sells in 86
countries. Visit www.teknorapex.com.
***************************
John Moritz and Paul Harvey gone in 2009, but not forgotten
Each in
their own way made remarkable contributions to our world.
John
Moritz – a champion for safety in the cabling world
John was a
man of deep convictions and strong passions. Those of you who have seen
him working on various codes and standards issues through the years are
well-acquainted with both his fierce intellect and intense passion for what he
believed to be right. These characteristics were fundamental parts of
John’s personal life as well. His family was his number one
priority. John believed very strongly in doing the right thing just because
it was the right thing, even if everyone else around him disagreed or took
another path. I have heard from many of his colleagues that John’s
passion impacted them deeply and that they learned much from him in terms of
character and commitment. It is a comfort to know that John has touched
so many lives in the business world and that hopefully some of his principles
will live on in the actions and memories of those people. While we, his
family and friends, will miss him dearly, we truly believe that he is with us
in spirit and I know that includes this meeting as well as there are many
attendees here with whom John enjoyed very gratifying relationships and good
times. Thank you for honoring John’s memory with this moment of
silence. Please keep him in your hearts and minds as you move forward
with your work over the coming months and years so that his impact continues to
live on.
Juliet Moritz
JOHN
M.MORITZ, JR., 46 of Blue Bell, PA, died on January 17, 2009. Beloved husband
of Juliet M. (Pederson) Moritz. Son of Anna Marie (Cullerton) Acosta and John
Moritz, Sr. Step-son of Fred Acosta. Father of John C. Moritz, Elizabeth P.
Moritz, Jennifer L. Moritz. Step-father of Nicholas A. Gruninger USN, Bennett
J. Gruninger. Brother of Marianne P. Russo, Michael J. Moritz. Relatives and
friends are invited to his Memorial Service, Friday, Jan. 23rd at 7 P.M. at
Blue Bell Country Club, 1800 Tournament Dr., Blue Bell, PA. Reception prior
from 6:30 - 7 P.M. Please omit flowers, donations in John's name to John M.
Moritz, Jr. Scholarship Fund, c/o Wachovia Bank, 1375 Skippack Pike, Blue Bell,
PA 19422 or a remembrance story sent to the family, are appreciated. Arr. by
EMIL J. CIAVARELLI FAMILY FUNERAL HOMES, Ambler
Published in the Philadelphia Inquirer & Philadelphia Daily News on
1/20/2009
Paul
Harvey - an icon in media
Broadcasting
pioneer Paul Harvey dies at age of 90
By RUPA
SHENOY, Associated Press Writer Rupa Shenoy, Associated Press Writer
Sun Mar 1, 8:16 am ET
CHICAGO –
Paul Harvey, the news commentator and talk-radio pioneer whose staccato style
made him one of the nation’s most familiar voices, died Saturday in Arizona,
according to ABC Radio Networks. He was 90.
Harvey died
surrounded by family at a hospital in Phoenix, where he had a winter home, said
Louis Adams, a spokesman for ABC Radio Networks, where Harvey worked for more
than 50 years. No cause of death was immediately available.
Harvey had
been forced off the air for several months in 2001 because of a virus that
weakened a vocal cord. But he returned to work in Chicago and was still active
as he passed his 90th birthday. His death comes less than a year
after that of his wife and longtime producer, Lynne.
“My father
and mother created from thin air what one day became radio and television
news,” Paul Harvey Jr. said in a statement. “So in the past year, an industry
has lost its godparents and today millions have lost a friend.”
Known for
his resonant voice and trademark delivery of “The Rest of the Story,” Harvey
had been heard nationally since 1951, when he began his “News and Comment” for
ABC Radio Networks.
He became a
heartland icon, delivering news and commentary with a distinctive Midwestern
flavor. “Stand by for news!” he told his listeners. He was credited with
inventing or popularizing terms such as “skyjacker,” “Reaganomics” and
“guesstimate.”
“Paul
Harvey was one of the most gifted and beloved broadcasters in our nation’s
history,” ABC Radio Networks President Jim Robinson said in a statement. “We
will miss our dear friend tremendously and are grateful for the many years we
were so fortunate to have known him.”
In 2005,
Harvey was one of 14 notables chosen as recipients of the presidential Medal of
Freedom. He also was an inductee in the Radio Hall of Fame, as was Lynne.
Former
President George W. Bush remembered Harvey as a “friendly and familiar voice in
the lives of millions of Americans.”
“His
commentary entertained, enlightened, and informed,” Bush said in a statement.
“Laura and I are pleased to have known this fine man, and our thoughts and prayers
are with his family.”
Harvey
composed his twice-daily news commentaries from a downtown Chicago office near
Lake Michigan.
Rising at
3:30 each morning, he ate a bowl of oatmeal, then combed the news wires and
spoke with editors across the country in search of succinct tales of American
life for his program.
At the peak
of his career, Harvey reached more than 24 million listeners on more than 1,200
radio stations and charged $30,000 to give a speech. His syndicated column was
carried by 300 newspapers.
His fans
identified with his plainspoken political commentary, but critics called him an
out-of-touch conservative. He was an early supporter of the late Sen. Joseph
McCarthy and a longtime backer of the Vietnam War.
Perhaps
Harvey’s most famous broadcast came in 1970, when he abandoned that stance,
announcing his opposition to President Nixon’s expansion of the war and urging
him to get out completely.
“Mr.
President, I love you ... but you’re wrong,” Harvey said, shocking his faithful
listeners and drawing a barrage of letters and phone calls, including one from
the White House.
In 1976,
Harvey began broadcasting his anecdotal descriptions of the lives of famous
people. “The Rest of the Story” started chronologically, with the person’s
identity revealed at the end. The stories were an attempt to capture “the
heartbeats behind the headlines.” Much of the research and writing was done by
his son, Paul Jr.
Harvey also
blended news with advertising, a line he said he crossed only for products he
trusted.
In 2000, at
age 82, he signed a new 10-year contract with ABC Radio Networks.
Harvey was
born Paul Harvey Aurandt in Tulsa, Okla. His father, a police officer, was
killed when he was a toddler. A high school teacher took note of his
distinctive voice and launched him on a broadcast career.
While
working at St. Louis radio station KXOK, he met Washington University graduate
student Lynne Cooper. He proposed on their first date (she said “no”) and
always called her “Angel.” They were married in 1940 and had a son, Paul Jr.
They worked
closely together on his shows, and he often credited his success to her
influence. She was inducted into the Radio Hall of Fame in 1997, seven years
after her husband was. She died in May 2008.
www.paulharvey.com
or www.radiohof.org/news/paulharvey.html
“And now
you know the rest of the story…”
***************************
ADC Updates Financial Outlook and Plans New Cost Reduction Initiatives
ADC
(NASDAQ: ADCT)(www.adc.com)
announced an update to its first quarter fiscal 2009 guidance as well as
additional plans to better align its cost structure with the current economic
outlook and market demand. The company is implementing a number of new cost
reduction initiatives across its operations to drive efficiencies and improve
profitability and cash flows.
"In
response to the ongoing difficult macroeconomic conditions and slower market
demand, we are taking further cost reduction actions both to solidify our
competitive position as a leading provider of high-quality equipment to
fiber-based and wireless communications networks worldwide and improve our
overall financial performance," said Robert E. Switz, chairman, president
and CEO of ADC. "For the past three years we have been highly focused on
driving costs out of our operations. This effort is intensifying as we work to
achieve additional operating efficiencies in every area of the company. We also
remain committed to maintaining a strong financial position with ample
liquidity, allowing us to have operational and strategic flexibility in meeting
the current and long-term needs of our global customer base. Despite the
challenges we face in 2009, the unrelenting global demand for bandwidth will
continue to offer strategic opportunities for ADC in the fastest-growing
segments of our customers' networks."
Updated
Guidance
ADC
announced the following updated first quarter fiscal 2009 guidance:
- ·
Net sales of $240-255 million
- ·
Gross margins of around 29%
- ·
GAAP diluted loss per share of $(0.17) - $(0.23), which includes non-cash
amortization expense of $(0.09) per share
ADC's
previous guidance provided on Dec. 9, 2008 estimated net sales of $255-290
million and GAAP diluted loss per share of $(0.05) - $(0.17), including
non-cash amortization expense of $(0.09) per share. The updated estimate does
not include the potential impairment charge discussed later in this
announcement.
The reduced
revenue levels in the updated financial outlook primarily reflect the
challenging macroeconomic environment and declining customer spending within
the telecommunications industry. These factors have significantly impacted
results in all business segments and across a majority of our geographies.
The updated
estimates are subject to the completion of ADC's actual financial results for
the first quarter that ended Jan. 30, 2009. ADC plans to announce its financial
results for the first quarter for fiscal year 2009 on March 3, 2009.
Cost
Reduction Plans
Based on
the company's current outlook for the macroeconomy and market demand, ADC is
improving the focus of its business operations by further reducing
discretionary spending and capital expenditures and introducing new general and
administrative process improvements. In addition, the company is implementing a
general hiring freeze and planning additional workforce reductions. ADC expects
to take a restructuring charge for some of these initiatives in the second quarter.
Specific restructuring charges and employee reductions have not yet been
finalized and will be reported separately at a later date.
Bank
Line of Credit
As of
January 30, 2009, ADC has terminated its $200 million bank line of credit. This
facility had no outstanding balances and, as a result of the current economic
environment, had become increasingly costly to maintain.
"We
did not borrow funds under this bank line of credit and, based on the fact that
it was increasingly unlikely that we would be able to utilize the credit
facility under current terms of the agreement, we determined that the expense
of maintaining it could be eliminated," said James G. Mathews, ADC's chief
financial officer. "ADC maintains a strong balance sheet and cash position
that continues to leave us well positioned to navigate through this challenging
environment. After using approximately $90 million to buy back our common stock
during the first quarter of fiscal 2009, we presently expect to end the quarter
with over $500 million in cash."
Goodwill
Impairment Analysis
ADC also
reported that it is currently conducting an interim goodwill impairment
analysis to determine if it is necessary to record an impairment charge to
reduce the book value of its goodwill and other long-lived assets related to
one or more of its operating segments. The company has undertaken this analysis
based on a combination of factors, including the current economic environment
and adverse market conditions that have resulted in a sustained decline in ADC's
stock price as of Jan. 30, 2009. ADC presently expects that the results of this
analysis will result in a significant non-cash impairment charge in its first
quarter financial results that are scheduled to be reported on March 3, 2009.
March 3,
2009 Conference Call and Webcast for First Fiscal Quarter 2009 Financial
Results
ADC will
discuss its first quarter results during a conference call currently scheduled
for March 3, 2009 at 5:00 p.m. Eastern time. The conference call can be
accessed by domestic callers at (800) 399-7506 and by international callers at
(706) 634-2489 or on the Internet at www.adc.com/investor,
by clicking on Webcasts.
About
ADC
ADC
provides the connections for wireline, wireless, cable, broadcast, and
enterprise networks around the world. ADC's innovative network infrastructure
equipment and professional services enable high-speed Internet, data, video,
and voice services to residential, business and mobile subscribers. ADC
(NASDAQ: ADCT) has sales into more than 130 countries. Learn more about ADC at www.adc.com.
***************************
Anixter International Inc. Announces a $200 Million 5 Year Senior Note Offering by Anixter Inc.
Anixter International Inc. (NYSE: AXE - News),
a leading global distributor of communications and security products,
electrical and electronic wire & cable, fasteners and other small parts,
(March 2, 2009) announced that through its wholly owned subsidiary, Anixter
Inc., it is offering $200 million of senior notes due 2014.
Anixter International Inc. fully and
unconditionally guarantees the notes, which are unsecured obligations of
Anixter Inc. The proceeds will be used to pay down short term borrowings and
for general corporate purposes.
The offering will be made under
Anixter Inc.'s existing effective shelf registration statement. Copies of the
prospectus and prospectus supplement may be obtained from Anixter International
Inc., 2301 Patriot Boulevard, Glenview, Illinois 60026, Attn: Treasurer. This
press release shall not constitute an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale
of these securities in any jurisdiction to any person where such offer or sale
would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities
laws of any such jurisdiction.
About Anixter
Anixter International is the world's
leading distributor of communications and security products, electrical and
electronic wire & cable, fasteners and other small parts. The company adds
value to the distribution process by providing its customers access to 1)
innovative inventory management programs, 2) more than 425,000 products and
over $1 billion in inventory, 3) 237 warehouses with more than 6.5 million
square feet of space, and 4) locations in 271 cities in 52 countries. Founded
in 1957 and headquartered near Chicago, Anixter trades on The New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol AXE. www.anixter.com
***************************
Belden Declares Regular Quarterly Dividend
The
Board of Directors of Belden (NYSE: BDC - News)
declared a regular quarterly dividend of five cents per share payable on April
2, 2009 to all shareholders of record as of March 16, 2009. The Company has
also established May 20, 2009 as the date for its annual meeting of
shareholders.
About
Belden
Sending
All the Right Signals -- from industrial automation to data centers, from
broadcast studios to aerospace, from cutting-edge wireless communications to
consumer electronics, Belden people are committed to delivering the best signal
transmission solutions in the world. Belden associates work in copper cable,
fiber, wireless technology, connectors, switches and active components to bring
voice, video and data to your mission- critical application. With 2008 revenue
of $2.0 billion, Belden has manufacturing capability in North America, Europe
and Asia. To obtain additional information contact Investor Relations at
314-854-8054, or visit our website at http://www.belden.com.
***************************
Cisco lays off 250, more to come
Cisco
Systems, which previously had been distinct among large network equipment
vendors for not initiating job cuts as part of broader cost cuts, finally did
lay off 250 employees this week. The company, according to The Wall Street
Journal, plans to cut up to 2,000 jobs, but Cisco CEO John Chambers has
insisted that Cisco will not be rocked by broader job cuts affecting a large
percentage of its workforce. The company had 64,000 employees as of January,
and late last year announced a hiring freeze and $1 billion in cost cuts.
For
more:
- The Wall Street Journal has this report
Related articles
Cisco
recently posted a 27 percent drop in quarterly profit
Cisco
announced $1 billion in cost cuts last November
***************************
CommScope shares sink after 4Q report
CommScope
shares fall after 4th-qtr and 1Q revenue outlooks miss analyst expectations
CommScope
Inc. shares plummeted Friday after the network infrastructure maker's
fourth-quarter revenue missed analyst views and also predicted first-quarter
revenue far below Wall Street expectations.
Shares of
the Hickory, N.C.-based company fell $4.34, or 32.9 percent, to $8.83.
For the
quarter that ended Dec. 31, CommScope fell to a loss of $342.4 million, or
$4.86 per share, compared with a profit of $37.6 percent, or 51 cents per
share, in the year-ago quarter.
The company
said the loss was due mostly to $397.1 million in non-cash impairment charges,
which included $359.5 million in goodwill and intangible asset charges, $17.7
million in amortization charges and $8.8 million in restructuring charges.
When
excluding items such as these, CommScope earned $43.6 million, or 55 cents per
share, which is a penny greater than what analysts polled by Thomson Financial
expected.
Revenue
rose 86 percent to $861.8 million, helped mainly by the company's late-2007
purchase of communications equipment maker Andrew Corp.
Analysts
polled by Thomson Reuters expected a profit of 54 cents on $866.6 million in
revenue.
For the
full year, the company reported a loss of $228.5 million, or $3.29 per share,
compared with a profit of $204.8 million, or $2.78 per share, in 2007. Adjusted
earnings totaled $264.8 million, or $3.31 per share in 2008.
CommScope's
revenue totaled $4.02 billion in 2008, more than double the $1.93 billion it
reported the year before.
For the
current quarter, the company predicted a loss, with revenue of between $720
million and $770 million. Analysts expect a profit of 46 cents per share, with
higher revenue of $822.9 million. CommScope added that it expects better
results in the second and third quarters, which are seasonally strong for the
company.
In a client
note, Stifel Nicolaus & Co. analyst Jeffrey Beach cut his price target by
$7 to $33. He lowered his 2009 earnings forecast to $2.24 per share from $3.20,
saying half of that cut is in the company's first quarter.
"The
1Q guidance is so weak that forecasting the rebound in 2Q and beyond is
difficult, in our view," he said.
***************************
Danaher Announces Pricing of Senior Notes Offering
Danaher Corporation (NYSE: DHR - News)
announced Thursday February 26, 2009 that it has priced a public offering of
$750 million of its 5.40% senior notes due 2019.
Danaher expects to receive net
proceeds, after expenses, of approximately $744 million. Danaher intends to use
the net proceeds from this offering to repay all or a portion of Danaher's
outstanding commercial paper and for other general corporate purposes. The
offering is expected to close on March 5, 2009.
Banc of America Securities LLC,
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as joint
book-running managers.
The offering is being made pursuant
to an effective registration statement filed by Danaher Corporation with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on July 14, 2006.
The offering of the senior notes may
be made only by means of a prospectus. A copy of the prospectus and prospectus
supplement relating to the senior notes can be obtained from Banc of America
Securities LLC's Prospectus Department at 100 West 33rd Street New York, NY
10001, telephone 1-800-294-1322, email dg.prospectus_distribution@bofasecurities.com;
from Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. at Harborside Financial Center, 100 Plaza
One, Floor 2, Jersey City, NY, 07311-3988. Attn: Prospectus Department,
telephone 1-800-503-4611, email prospectusrequest@list.db.com;
and from Goldman, Sachs & Co.'s Prospectus Department at 85 Broad Street,
New York, NY 10004, telephone: 1-866-471-2526, facsimile: 1-212-902-9316,
email: prospectus-ny@ny.email.gs.com.
Danaher Corporation is a leading
manufacturer of Professional Instrumentation, Medical Technologies, Industrial
Technologies and Tools and Components.
***************************
Dow Corning says it will cut 800 jobs worldwide
Dow Corning
Corp. says it will eliminate 800 jobs, about 8 percent of its global work force
-- Dow
Corning Corp. says it will cut 800 jobs, or about 8 percent of its
10,000-member global work force, because of the poor economy.
The
company, a joint venture between Midland-based Dow Chemical Co. and Corning,
N.Y.-based Corning Inc., will eliminate the jobs during the first half of 2009
through a combination of voluntary retirement programs and involuntary layoffs.
The Midland
Daily News says only voluntary separations will be considered at Dow Corning
locations in the United Kingdom and at its Hemlock Semiconductor Corp. joint
venture in Saginaw County.
Dow Corning
spokesman Jarrod Erpelding told The Bay City Times that it isn't known how many
of the company's 3,500 Michigan employees will be affected. About 1,300 work at
its corporate headquarters in Bay County's Williams Township and factory in
Auburn combined.
***************************
DuPont finance chief doesn't see recovery in 2009
DuPont
CFO doesn't see recovery in 2009, says stimulus package could boost sales
DuPont
likely won't bounce back from the economic slump this year, though it stands to
benefit from a stimulus package under debate in Congress, the chemical maker's
chief financial officer said Tuesday.
"We're
not immune from this recession," Jeffery Keefer said at the Barclays
Industrial conference in Miami. "We do not expect recovery in 2009."
The
Wilmington, Del.-based company, also known as EI DuPont de Nemours & Co.,
said last month it swung to a fourth-quarter loss as sales and volumes fell
sharply.
Part
of the loss was due to a restructuring plan, including more than 2,500 layoffs,
announced late last year. Others in the sector, including Huntsman Corp., Dow
Chemical Co., Rohm & Haas Co. and Ashland, have also announced layoffs in
recent months in an attempt to cut costs.
DuPont
earned $2 billion, or $2.20 per share, in 2008, down from $2.9 billion, or
$3.22 per share, in 2007.
For
2009, the company expects to earn $2 to $2.50 per share. Analysts polled by
Thomson Reuters expect, on average, earnings of $2.05 per share for the year.
DuPont
is now working to conserve and generate cash, and maintain its balance sheet,
Keefer said.
The
company will slash capital spending and expenses this year, and focus on
high-growth areas, including its agricultural and alternative energy
businesses, he said.
Construction
products -- including its pavement materials and Tyvek home wrap -- could see
an uptick in sales if the final version of a stimulus package currently under
debate in Congress is approved, Keefer said.
"We're
well positioned to go through this economic recession," he said.
The
company will return excess cash to shareholders "unless we have compelling
growth opportunities," he said.
"We
understand the dividend is the corner of our valuation," Keefer said. The
dividend has been paid consecutively for more than 400 quarters,
http://www.crocodyl.org/wiki/dupont www.dupont.com
***************************
The current industry position for next-gen standards
By pwylie
While optimism for a late 2009 finalization of the 10G
EPON standard abounds, the actual deployment of the technology likely will take
much longer, due to several considerations.
Alcatel-Lucent is a co-author of the IEEE standard for
10G EPON currently being developed, and it has a significant role in developing
the 10G GPON standard too, according to Marcus Weldon, CTO for Alcatel-Lucent's
wireline network division. Weldon said significant deployments of 10G PON
technologies, both GPON and EPON, likely won't occur in live networks until
2011. He said that even once 10G EPON has been standardized and products have
been developed around the standard, uptake could be limited by the success of
current deployments of 2.5G GPON.
"We don't see any urgent need in the market for 10G
technology," Weldon said. "Currently with 2.5G GPON, the upstream and
downstream speeds at capacity are more than sufficient for customers' needs,
and very few deployments actually have the take rate to be at full capacity,
meaning speeds are usually greater for individual users anyway. The biggest
play I see for 10G EPON currently is high-density areas where it allows for
more nodes per PON through greater splitting capacity for multi-dwelling
units."
Scott Wilkinson, VP of marketing for Hitachi, is also
less than optimistic about the market opportunity for 10G EPON.
"There are problems with both flavors of IEEE standardized
10G EPON currently available," Wilkinson said. "First, the 10G
downstream/1G upstream does not offer enough bandwidth upstream; and the 10G
downstream/10G upstream is prohibitively expensive, because it requires a pricy
core chip set."
He echoed Weldon's comments about successful GPON
deployments keeping future demand for 10G low.
"Right now, GPON provides plenty of bandwidth, a lot
more than people use or need," Wilkinson said. "Many carriers are
deploying GPON right now, and they'll be able to upgrade to 10G EPON when it
becomes available without changing outside points of deployment."
Wilkinson expects some limited 10G EPON deployments,
mainly to enterprise customers, some time early next year, with commercial
deployments beginning in late 2010. He was quick to add though that the
commercial viability of 10G EPON has yet to be demonstrated.
"It will be two to three years before we see any
significant residential 10G EPON deployments in the U.S.," Wilkinson said.
Julie Kunstler, VP business development for Teknovus,
said her company is well underway with development of 10G EPON chip sets.
Kunstler expects chips to ship in late 2009. Kunstler sees high demand for 10G
EPON technology, but she said the driving factors are very different for developing
and developed nations.
In Japan, for instance, Kunstler said the majority of
demand for 10G EPON has been due to large amounts of bandwidth needed to run
high-end video applications. She said numerous vendors and carriers are testing
the standard for future deployment to meet their ever-growing bandwidth needs.
In China, on the other hand, carriers want 10G EPON for
the density it would enable in high-occupancy buildings in China's rapidly
growing urban areas. Since existing infrastructure is poor in most parts of the
country, Kunstler said carriers are looking at newer technologies for network
overhaul, rather than building on top of existing systems as carriers have done
in developed markets like the U.S. and Japan. She also noted that Teknovus has
EPON deployments in every Chinese province save one, and it will migrate some
existing networks to the 10G standard once it is finalized.
While Kunstler said she sees demand rising in both
sectors for 10G EPON, she said increased demand will really drive adoption,
because it will make the technology more affordable through scale.
Source URL:
http://www.fiercetelecom.com/special-reports/industry-position-next-gen-standards
***************************
Published on FierceTelecom (http://www.fiercetelecom.com)
The current industry position for next-gen standards - Part 2
By pwylie
Weldon agreed that Asian markets, and specifically Japan,
are the ones poised to see the largest deployments of 10G EPON in the near
future. He said some of the desire to move to 10G EPON there has been somewhat
driven by carriers wanting to stay on the EPON standard, but also to upgrade
from 1G EPON. Weldon said he had heard discussions that 1G EPON was maxed out
in a technological sense, which Weldon said were driven more by perception
rather than actual use cases.
Weldon said Alcatel-Lucent will leverage its strong
market position in broadband access to experiment and test 10G EPON and GPON,
as well as WDM-PON.
As far as the standard that U.S. companies were likely to
adopt for next-gen optical networking, Wilkinson said the ITU standard would
likely gain more traction. He cited the telecom industry's familiarity and
investment in the ITU and the robustness of the ITU standard as reasons U.S.
companies would likely go with ITU over the IEEE standard. Wilkinson likes the
ITU standard because of its standard of 10G downstream and 2.5G upstream, which
he said gives a more cost-effective and useful offering for present conditions
and demand.
Kunstler expects the U.S. cable players to consider 10G
EPON as a viable alternative to DOCSIS technology in an effort to compete with
Verizon's FiOS by offering faster individual downstream capabilities. She said
10G EPON's speed could help cable companies grab a larger share of the
enterprise market, where they have traditionally lagged far behind
telecommunications companies. She also thinks that instead of deploying current
industry-leading optical networking technology, such as GPON, carriers will
wait until 10G EPON is available to upgrade their networks.
While Kunstler is bullish on 10G EPON deployments, she
thinks other next-gen optical networking technologies are not going to be as
well received. For instance, Kunstler thinks that WDM-PON's lack of standards
will keep it from ever becoming a mass-market technology.
WDM-PON's main advocate seems to be LG-Nortel, the joint
venture between the companies in the wireline space. Nortel's acquisition of
Novera in Aug. 2008 primed the joint venture's focus on WDM-PON.
While everyone quoted in this article agreed that WDM-PON
was several years away from meaningful deployment (Weldon said no earlier than
2012), LG-Nortel has said [1] they are in WDM-PON trials with more than
10 operators globally.
LG-Nortel says that the WDM-PON could be standardized and
cost-effective as early as 2011, but sets 2013 as the late end of its schedule.
It said fiber needs to be deployed more widely and applications requiring more
bandwidth must continue to expand for the market for WDM-PON to form.
Source URL:
http://www.fiercetelecom.com/special-reports/current-industry-position-next-gen-standards-part-2
Links:
[1] http://fibresystems.org/cws/article/tech/37800
***************************
GE shares hit 16-yr low following dividend cut GE shares tumble to 16-yr low days after company slashes dividend for 1st time in decades
Shares of
General Electric Corp. slid to a 16-year low Monday after the industrial
conglomerate cut its quarterly dividend for the first time in decades.
On Friday,
the Fairfield, Conn.-based company said it will pay shareholders a dividend of
10 cents beginning in the third quarter, down from the company's prior dividend
of 31 cents.
The
dividend cut, allowing GE to save $9 billion annually, had been long predicted
by Wall Street and was the company's first since 1938. The move follows a
similar cut announced by Dow Chemical Co. last month.
In a note
to investors Sunday, analyst Jeffrey T. Sprague of Citi Investment Research
wrote that the cut was "deeper than generally expected, but it makes sense
to cut deep while the ax is out to hopefully avoid the need for another round.
"While
this move is a reputational blow to GE and an income hit to long-suffering
shareholders, it had to be done," he added. The analyst maintained a
"Hold" rating on the stock.
Shares of
GE slid 80 cents, or 9.4 percent, to $7.71 in midday trading Monday. Earlier in
the day, GE stock hit a low of $7.51. The shares last sank below that level in
April 1993.
***************************
HCM Invests in New Cable Manufacturing Equipment
Hitachi
Cable Manchester (HCM) continues to be a leader in the development of new and
innovative copper and fiber optic communication cables.
HCM
continues to invest in the latest cable manufacturing technology. Even during tough economic times, HCM has
chosen to install four new Triple Torsion Twisters. The twisters, which were installed February
16, will not only increase manufacturing capacity, but will produce twisted
pairs at a speed three-times faster than previous models. The twisters are used in the manufacture of
high-performance Category 6 cables.
While many manufactures are choosing to forgo upgrades to their
facilities, HCM has determined that the new twisters will better position HCM
in the market once demand is back on the rise.
The new twisters are also more energy efficient than previous
models.
About HCM
HCM,
located in Manchester, NH manufacturers a complete line of copper and fiber
optic cables for the communication industry.
Over 3,300 different cable products are manufactured at this
facility. In addition to Category 6A
cables, products include Category 6 and 5e cables, outdoor Category 5e and 6
cables, indoor and outdoor fiber optic cables, armored fiber optic cables as
well as plenum-rated indoor/outdoor fiber optic cables.
To learn
more about HCM products and where you can purchase them, please contact HCM
toll free at 800-772-0116 or visit the HCM website at www.hcm.hitachi.com
***************************
Intertek featured on truTV special “Testing the Limits”
truTV
and Intertek take viewers into the world of smash-and-burn product testing; new
television special premiering Thursday, February 26, 2009 at 11PM EST.
Intertek (LSE: ITRK), a leading provider of quality and
safety solutions announced today that its laboratories will be featured in a
new television special titled, Testing the Limits, premiering on the
truTV network, Thursday, February 26, 2009 at 11 PM EST. Testing the Limits
demonstrates the “bang, crash, boom” testing that a product must endure before
it ever makes it on a shelf and into the hands of the consumer.
The show,
filmed at three Intertek laboratories across the US, is chronicled by two
Intertek engineers as they take viewers on an exclusive, behind the scenes
journey into the world of product safety and performance testing. Testing
the Limits gives the public a never-before-seen look into the exciting
world of product testing. But it’s all “just another day” for Intertek, as
pushing products to their failure point is what the company has done for
clients for over 100 years.
“We are excited to work
with truTV to elevate the awareness of product safety to the masses in a unique
and entertaining way,” said Gregg Tiemann, Chief Executive, Intertek Commercial
& Electrical Products. “Our company is known for creating innovative
approaches in the industry, and using TV to spotlight the importance of product
safety, in a bold way, aligns with the way we operate our business.”
Intertek opened
its doors to truTV for this unique special to bring the unknown and unheralded
world of product testing to the consumers.
Each year Intertek conducts millions of product tests and inspections
across thousands of product categories throughout its network of more than
1,000 labs. The company’s ETL Listed Mark is the safety certification of choice
for thousands of global manufacturers – from medical devices and automotive
products to HVAC units, lighting products, industrial machinery, and much more
– and can be found on millions of products sold across North America every
year.
Visit www.etl.com or www.trutv.com for
more information!
***************************
Manufacturing sector contracts again in February
A private measure of the nation's
manufacturing sector contracted for the 13th straight month in February, but at
a slower pace than expected.
The reading suggested to some
economists that the decline of the ailing factory sector could be bottoming
out, though they expect a recovery is still far in the future.
The Institute for Supply Management,
a trade group of purchasing executives, said Monday its manufacturing index
actually rose to 35.8 from 35.6 in January. Analysts had expected a drop to
33.8, and a reading below 50 indicates the sector is shrinking.
The index, which is based on a
survey of members of the Tempe, Ariz.-based group, has fallen steadily since
August as the economy has deteriorated, hitting a 28-year low of 32.9 in
December.
"Survey respondents appear
generally pessimistic about recovery in 2009," said Norbert Ore, chairman
of the group's survey committee. "Some express hope that the stimulus
package will help their industry."
The new report showed manufacturers
cutting jobs at a rapid pace while new orders fell. The employment index fell
to 26.1 in February, a new record low, from 29.9 the previous month. New orders
dipped to 33.1 from 33.2.
The production index increased for
the second straight month, to 36.3, from 32.1 in January.
None of the 18 industries covered by
the survey -- including wood products, primary metals, electrical equipment,
transportation equipment and machinery -- reported growth.
"While the index continues to
show the manufacturing sector to be in a steep decline, the steady readings of
the last two months suggest the decline is not accelerating," David
Resler, chief economist at Nomura Securities International, wrote in a note to
clients.
Separately, the Commerce Department
said Monday that construction spending dropped 3.3 percent in January, the
fourth straight monthly decline. Wall Street economists surveyed by Thomson
Reuters expected a 1.5 percent drop. Residential construction fell 2.9 percent
and nonresidential activity dropped 4.3 percent, the biggest decline since
January 1994.
The department also said that
consumer spending rose in January after falling for a record six straight
months, pushed higher by purchases of food and other nondurable items. Consumer
spending rose 0.6 percent, even better than the 0.4 percent gain that
economists expected, though the rebound was viewed mostly as a blip and not a
sign of extended recovery.
President Barack Obama last month
signed into law a $787 billion stimulus package in spending and tax cuts, but
U.S. manufacturers are getting hammered by a global recession that is sharply
cutting demand for domestic products and sinking American exports.
General Motors Corp. last week
reported an annual loss of $30.9 billion. The Detroit automaker, which shed
10,000 jobs in February alone, has said it may need up to $30 billion from the
government to keep it afloat.
Thousands more job cuts were
announced last month by a variety of manufacturers, including Goodyear Tire
& Rubber Co., welding products manufacturer Lincoln Electric Holdings Inc.,
flash memory maker Spansion Inc. and makeup company Estee Lauder Cos.
***************************
Megladon® Announces New Product Release of LGX Fiber Distribution Panels
Megladon issued a new product release of standard LGX
Fiber Distribution Panels to compliment its HLC® SCRATCHGUARD™ patch cords and
trunk cables. Also in the new product
line is a full suite of cable management products including fanning panels,
storage and combination shelves.
By incorporating HLC SCRATCHGUARD patch cords and
trunk cables into the distribution product line, Megladon is able to deliver
the most robust turnkey solutions of any company in the marketplace. These solutions can be shipped pre-tested and
pre-populated for installation time-savings and increased network
performance. Megladon has experience in
making complex fiber networks simple, and the versatile LGX Fiber Distribution
System products create value within our customer’s networks.
“The addition of fiber distribution products is
exciting and allows Megladon to diversify our product portfolio. Being
able to offer turnkey solutions with our HLC cables assemblies increases our
value to the marketplace”, stated Daniel Hogberg,
Product Group Manager at Megladon. He continued, “A mated pair of matched HLC
connectors at the distribution panel provides the highest level of performance
in a fiber optic network.”
Why is the ScratchGuard™ technology a big value in
this new product? This patented new technology really delivers Durability and
Dependability. For example we found out that the ScratchGuard technology has
already made a big impact on portable fiber optic testing performance.
Incredible but true: Test results showed that over 1000 insertions of the
Megladon Scratch Guard™ Fiber Optic test cables used on the Fluke Networks
amazing DTX CableAnalyzer™ showed virtually no degradation or scratching. www.megladonmfg.com www.flukenetworks.com
Richard Brammer, Special Projects Manager for
Communication Planning Corporation (a communications contractor based in
Jacksonville, FL), told us that this new product has added a significant boost
to the value of CPC’s solutions package. “We really save time and deliver a
better installation with the Megladon LGX Fiber Distribution System products.
Any reconfiguration is easier for field technicians.” The Megladon product line supports the
technician with terminations, connections, splices and convenient access within
fiber optic networks. www.communicationplanning.com
Megladon Manufacturing Group Ltd., a subsidiary of TyRex
Group Ltd.®, is recognized as a leader in the fiber optic marketplace. Founded
in 1997, Megladon made it their mission to provide customers with fiber optic
products that far exceed industry standards. As technology innovators, Megladon
created the HLC (Hardened Lens Contact) termination, which has changed the
market and taken it to the next level. For additional information on Megladon
and their patented processes please visit the company’s website at www.megladonmfg.com or respond by email to scratchguard@megladonmfg.com.
***************************
New Support for ADC Jacks Make JackRapid The Most Versatile, Fastest Punchdown Tool Available
Support for
more jacks, redesigned ergonomic handle help installers complete punchdowns 8
times faster than single punch tools, with less effort and at lower cost
Fluke
Networks today announced new interchangeable blade heads for the JackRapid™
termination tool that support ADC TrueNet® KM8 and Copper Ten® style cable
jacks. JackRapid now supports the vast
majority of jack styles commonly used by cable installers.
The
groundbreaking JackRapid™ termination tool lets technicians install jacks up to
8 times faster than with traditional punchdown tools. Users can terminate and trim all eight wires
in a jack at once with one easy squeeze, reducing the time spent on the job and
saving labor costs.
JackRapid's
new ergonomically designed handle requires less effort when performing the
punchdown process, reducing hand fatigue and allowing more jacks to be punched
down faster. The handle also includes a
built-in wire jacket stripper. With
JackRapid's jacket stripper and the ability to precisely trim all 8 wires
without separate snips, installers need fewer tools at the job site. The built-in stripper and consistent
punchdown action also combine to improve the overall quality level of the job
while time to completion goes down.
In an
installation of 1000 jacks, a standard single-wire punchdown tool may require
29 labor hours at an average project cost of approximately $1,445 USD. The same installation job utilizing JackRapid
requires 10 hours at an average project cost of approximately $500 USD. Compared to the traditional single-wire
punchdown tools, JackRapid can cut installation time and cost by 2/3.
JackRapid’s
patented design features an interchangeable termination head that holds the
jack in place. Different style heads
accommodate jack styles from most popular manufacturers. The termination head uses a wall-friendly
design to that makes close-to-wall installations far easier than with other
types of tools.
JackRapid
increases accuracy and reliability.
Fewer reworks are needed, which increases client confidence and further
time savings for the installer. JackRapid is also safer, reducing the risk that
technicians will punch into the palms of their hands or through drywall when
terminating jacks.
Product
Availability
The
JackRapid™ Termination Tool with punchdown capability for the C6a CopperTen®
UTP RJ45 jack and the C6 TrueNet® KM8 UTP RJ45 jack for category 6 and is
available for immediate delivery through Fluke Networks’ sales channels
worldwide. Interchangeable blade heads
and replacement ergonomic handles are also available separately. For a full list of blade heads and jack
compatibility visit http://www.flukenetworks.com/JackRapid.
About Fluke
Networks
Fluke
Networks provides innovative solutions for the testing, monitoring and analysis
of enterprise and telecommunications networks and the installation and
certification of the fiber and copper forming the foundation for those
networks. The company's comprehensive line of Network SuperVision solutions™
provide network installers, owners, and maintainers with superior vision,
combining speed, accuracy and ease of use to optimize network performance.
Headquartered in Everett, Washington, the company distributes its products in more
than 50 countries. More information can be found by visiting Fluke Networks’
Web site at www.flukenetworks.com or by calling (800) 283-5853.
***************************
NORTEL SLASHING 3,200 MORE JOBS
Nortel Networks, which filed for bankruptcy
protection last month, said today it will eliminate another 3,200 jobs in the
coming months as it re-organizes. The company currently employs about 30,000
people around the world, a number which itself is less than one-third of what
the company's total payroll was back in the late 1990s.
Nortel will not pay severance to
the employees who lose their jobs, an Associated Press story says.
Neither will the company be paying management bonuses for 2008, after the
Nortel board approved a management recommendation to eliminate the
bonuses. Nortel has been busy since filing for bankruptcy protection, agreeing
late last week to sell its Alteon application delivery systems unit to Radware.
***************************
Good things happen when GREEN meets SAFETY
Increasing
we are seeing cabling specs and designs in the USA calling for the use of LSZH
RoHS (Low Smoke Zero Halogen + RoHS compliant) in place of traditional
non-plenum cable constructions. The U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC) is guiding the way
to better and safer practices. Most of the major cable
manufacturers product lines include RoHS compliant LSZH (Low-Smoke
Zero-Halogen) cables that they market in Europe and the UK. Restriction
of Hazardous Substances Directive or RoHS) was adopted in
February 2003 by the European Union. Note: the RoHS directive is not a requirement in the US
codes. RoHS compliant cables are a
voluntary decision by the US consumer.
EUREKA: new
cabling design recommended = LSZH RoHS
For a safer design, specify Low Smoke Zero Halogen + RoHS
compliant cables for all non-plenum cable applications. This is particularly
important in HOMES, HOSPITALS and SCHOOLS.
The U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC) is a
non profit organization that certifies sustainable businesses, homes,
hospitals, schools, and neighborhoods. USGBC is dedicated to expanding green
building practices and education, and its LEED® (Leadership in Energy and
Environmental Design) Green Building Rating System™. www.usgbc.org
The Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design
(LEED) Green Building Rating System is a voluntary,
consensus-based national rating system for developing high-performance, sustainable
buildings. LEED addresses all building types and emphasizes state-of-the-art
strategies in five areas: sustainable site development, water savings, energy
efficiency, materials and resources selection, and indoor environmental
quality.
Brendan
Owens, Director-Vice President, LEED Technical Development USGBC Non-profit organization
dedicated to sustainable building design and construction and developers of the
LEED building rating system. (www.usgbc.org),
stated that the goal of MR Credit 4:1: PBT Source Reduction: Dioxins and
Halogenated Compounds, is to “ Reduce the release of persistent bioaccumlative
toxic chemicals (PBT’S) associated with the life cycle of building materials.” The LEED Green Building Rating System ™,
which is run by the USGBC, is a voluntary program. Under it, project credits can be earned to
qualify for LEED certification. The
USGBC is not the only “green” building body, but it is a prominent on, with
nearly 14,000 member organizations, including nonprofit associations,
architects, facility manager, engineers, interior designers, construction
managers, lenders and others.
It is
interesting to note, that the Canadian and U.S. Military departments avoid the
use of CMP cable, opting for safe alternatives, such as the EU - European
standard low-smoke, zero-halogen (LSZH) cabling. All the major domestic
manufacturers are making LSZH cable. It’s the standard across Europe. It’s
accepted by stringent military specs here but isn’t suitable for installation
in our buildings? http://www.ecmag.com/index.cfm?fa=article&articleID=8609
The PVC
& FRPVC jackets and the FEP (Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene – known by the
trade names of Dupont Teflon® FEP & Daikin - America Neoflon® FEP)
insulation used in CMP Plenum cable are some of the most common materials used
in cabling constructions in the USA. All
of these materials are Halogenated. Not
only are Halogenated materials under scrutiny but also the use of heavy metals
(such as Lead & Cadmium) in the PVC compounds.
The RoHS
Directive stands for "the restriction of the use of certain
hazardous substances in electrical and electronic
equipment". This Directive bans the placing on the EU market of
new electrical and electronic equipment containing more than agreed levels of
lead, cadmium, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyl (PBB) and
polybrominated diphenyl ether (PBDE) flame retardants.
Manufacturers need to understand the requirements of the RoHS Directive to
ensure that their products, and their components, comply. http://www.rohs.gov.uk/
What’s
next?
We applaud
the efforts of the US Green Building Council to pursue safer and more
environmentally friendly solutions for the home and workplace. We can expect
lots of “selective voodoo science” to emerge as arguments against the halogen
reduction. The chemical companies have deep pockets and lots of “friends”. http://www.crocodyl.org/wiki/dupont
CABLE MAY BE HAZARDOUS TO YOUR
HEALTH
As if there
weren’t enough dire health warnings bombarding us daily, here's another - some
cabling may be hazardous to your health.
What is plenum cable? Safer or cheaper
than conduit?
For more than 40 years, building
construction utilized "return-air plenum" design for the heating and
air conditioning systems.
In typical commercial real
estate construction, "Plenum" is the technical term for the space
above a suspended ceiling or below raised floor when it is used to return air
from ventilated spaces such as offices to heating and air conditioning
equipment. In the USA, Plenum cable
installed in building return-air plenum spaces for voice and data circuits is
filled with hidden dangers and often represent both environmental and health
dangers.
In the early 1970's New York
City approved the use of plenum rated cable under Local Law 5. The National
Electrical Code (NEC) recognized plenum
cable in 1978 (CMP listed). This
offering gained quick acceptance because of reduced costs. The installed cost of plenum rated cable was
substantially lower (usually more than 50%) than the cost of cable and metal
conduit. In 1978 virtually all plenum
cables were insulated and jacketed with DuPont® Teflon FEP (Fluorinated
Ethylene Propylene). Competitive
pressures and high market demand spawned numerous other constructions using
materials that could also meet the test requirements for the NEC code (CMP
listing).
TECHNO – TIP
What is the most commonly installed
PLENUM DATACOM CABLE?
The most commonly installed horizontal cable in the plenum is:
4 PR 24 AWG CMP
UTP CAT 5e (or 6) - PLENUM CABLE.
A typical
plenum cable for data or voice transmission has two main components: (I) a
cable core made up of insulated copper wires twisted in pairs and (II) a
jacket. The industry standard cable is 4-pair UTP, with four twisted pairs of
insulated wire, with "U" meaning "unshielded" and
"TP" meaning "twisted pair".
FEP
(Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene) is the most common insulation. FEP is a stable and fire resistant material.
The jacketing material for plenum cables has usually been FRPVC (Fire Resistant
Polyvinyl Chloride) or PVC for non-plenum.
Both plenum & non-plenum PVC jackets have been compounded with
stabilizers and plasticizers. For many years, these additives often contained
LEAD and some harmful phthalates. Significant amounts of hazardous plasticizers (such as DEHP - a phthalate) can be released, leading to persistent
contamination of the house dust or ambient air. Today,
we have new choices that are free of heavy metals and harmful phthalates. .
NOW AVAILABLE: LEAD-FREE CABLES
In response
to growing demand, almost all cable manufacturers have introduced RoHS
compliant LEAD-FREE cables that are NEC (National Electrical Code) approved for
use in the return air plenum.
The best way to get the LEAD out is not
to put it in
Many PVC products have been
stabilized using LEAD compounds. LEAD
compounds are controlled by regulations that cover workplace exposure, water
and air pollution, and water disposal. There are increasing demands on a global
scale for alternatives to heavy metals like LEAD.
Many cables
contain high levels of LEAD in the PVC jackets.
The good news is the companies that supply compounded PVC materials have
developed alternative LEAD-FREE PVC compounds, and they are available at no
additional cost
There is no reason to continue
purchasing and installing cables that contain LEAD. http://www.turi.org/business/wire_and_cable.htm
In The
Pharmaceutical Basis of Therapeutics, (the "bible" of chemical
therapeutics in medicine), LEAD (Pb) is defined in Latin as, "materia non
grata," or, an absolutely unwelcome compound, of absolutely no value and
causing great harm to human health. Physicians and observers of industrial
disease have sensed the danger of LEAD for generations, but never quite
understood the low-dose risk.
LEAD has
long been recognized as a harmful environmental pollutant. There are many ways
in which humans are exposed to LEAD: through air, drinking water, food,
contaminated soil, deteriorating paint, and dust. Airborne LEAD enters the body
when an individual breathes or swallows LEAD particles or dust. Before it was
known how harmful LEAD could be, it was used in paint, gasoline, water pipes,
and many other products.
Low levels
of LEAD can cause adverse health effects on the central nervous system, kidney,
and blood cells. Blood LEAD levels as low as 10 micrograms per deciliter can
impair mental and physical development. EPA's Integrated Risk
Information System (IRIS) profile on LEAD and LEAD Compounds -http://www.epa.gov/iris/subst/0277.htm
Flexible
PVC can harm Indoor Air Quality (IAQ)
On average,
we spend about 90 percent of our time indoors, where pollutant levels are often
higher than those outside. Indoor pollution is estimated to cause thousands of
cancer deaths and hundreds of thousands of respiratory health problems each
year. " www.epa.gov/iaq/hbhp/index.html (Healthy Buildings, Healthy People: A Vision
for the 21st Century)
PVC products can release heavy metals
into the building environment. Metal stabilizers, particularly LEAD, cadmium,
and organotins, can be released from PVC products. Significant quantities of
LEAD have been found to be released from PVC window blinds into air and from
PVC pipes into water. Toxicological effects of these substances include
neurological, development, and reproductive damage.
Installed
return-air plenum approved UTP cable, which contains LEAD, may have an
impact on IAQ (Indoor Air Quality) and IEQ (Indoor Environmental Quality) in
the building. LEAD dust is a known health hazard for building occupants. LEAD
Dust may be released from some PVC products as they deteriorate over time and
through exposure to heat or sunlight.
http://www.greenaction.org/healthybuildings/documents/hb_health_hazards.pdf
OLDER PVC COMPOUNDS
Stabilizers
are added to the PVC compound to help slow down the degradation of the PVC
polymer. Stabilizers found in PVC may
include LEAD and other potentially toxic heavy metals. Both the stabilizers and the plasticizers (to
make the material more flexible) additives are not chemically bound in the
PVC. They can be released over time
resulting in a range of potential exposures
and raising risks from endocrine disruption, to asthma; and even from
LEAD poisoning to cancer.
A new
analysis by the Environmental Working Group
(www.ewg.org) found many studies in
the peer reviewed literature that showed toxic effects at doses below those
considered to cause no effects by regulators.
Dr. Christina Thayer of EWG says, " Traditional testing misses
important toxic effects at very low doses." http://www.ewg.org/reports/leadastray/exec.html
For more
Info: Environmental Impacts of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Building Materials - A
briefing paper for the Healthy Building Network by Joe Thornton, Ph.D. http://healthybuilding.net/pvc/ThorntonPVCSummary.html
Installing cabling that contains LEAD
and other health hazards is an avoidable health risk.
In response
to growing concerns over LEAD, the vinyl industry developed a LEAD-FREE PVC
stabilizer compound. It was introduced
to the manufacturers on a trial basis.
Subsequently, this safer compound was improved and offered to the cable
manufacturers on a widespread basis.
Today, you have a choice. There
are LEAD-FREE cables readily available.
PVC disposal IS A WORLD
WIDE PROBLEM
When PVC is
incinerated in medical waste and garbage waste disposal furnaces, it is among
the largest single sources of dioxin in those burners. The United States Department of Environmental
Protection (EPA) suggests that there is NO SAFE level of dioxin exposure. Extremely toxic heavy metals in PVC, such as
LEAD, cadmium, and chromium, are also released from the stacks and end up in
the ash of these incinerators. Virtually all of the products made of PVC have safer
substitutes available, making the risks posed by PVC completely unnecessary and
unacceptable.
Currently,
cabling may be removed and disposed of in normal construction & demolition
(C&D) waste disposal methods. In the
near future, the cables that contain LEAD and other heavy metals may be
reclassified to require special handling as HAZMAT (Hazardous Materials). The general disposal costs of HAZMAT are
higher than normal C&D disposal.
Toxicity is a major concern in decomposition and disposal.
PVC is extremely difficult to
recycle.
Very little
PVC is recycled, and this situation is unlikely to change in the foreseeable
future. Because each PVC product contains a unique mix of additives,
post-consumer recycling of mixed PVC products is difficult and cannot yield
vinyl products with equivalent qualities to the original. Even in Europe, where
PVC recycling is more advanced than in the United States, less than 3 percent
of post-consumer PVC is recycled, and most of this is merely “downcycled” into
other products which means there is no net reduction in the production of
virgin PVC. By 2020, only 9 percent of all post-consumer PVC waste in Europe is
expected to be recycled, with a maximum potential of no more than 18 percent.
http://www.healthybuilding.net/pvc/ThorntonPVCSummary.html
PVC containing LEAD cannot be readily RECYCLED
The
multitudes of additives required to make PVC useful make large-scale post
consumer recycling nearly impossible and interfere with the recycling of other
plastics. The LEAD cannot be removed in a cost efficient recycling process at
this time.
In 1999 almost 600 Million pounds of PVC was used in wire
and cable applications.
Many communities and numerous countries are assessing costs
to the full life cycle of products.
Products that contain materials which present costly challenges in safe
disposal or recycling, may be front end loaded on price. Changing the material selection to
"green" products may have big dividends in cost avoidance
downstream. PVC in cabling is cheap and
plentiful. Downstream problems and
life-cycle costs for PVC may be very expensive and widespread.
Buying a safer tomorrow - Green
Procurement
Designing for the future will include choices in
materials and components that can be reused or recycled. The materials that you choose to
include in your building will make a significant contribution to its overall
impact on the indoor environment. Avoiding unnecessary indoor air pollution
sources is the most obvious method to improve indoor air quality. There is
strong support to design low-polluting buildings and recommendations on
low-polluting building materials. Advocate safe, energy-efficient, and
long-lasting products and services. Things that last and are useful are the
greatest hedge against waste and are better than reuse or recycling.
Most
consumers are unaware of the toxic materials in the products they rely on for
word processing, data management, and access to the Internet like the LEAD that
may be present in your PVC jacketing data communications cabling. Many companies are “going Green”. Purchasing
agents are looking to safer alternatives.
Requesting LEAD-Free data communications cabling is one way to ensure a
safer purchase.
What is Green Purchasing? It’s considering the environmental impacts of
a product when you make purchases. These products should have a lesser or
reduced effect on human health and the environmental when compared to competing
products that serve the same purpose.
Avoiding
stabilizers, containing LEAD, in flexible PVC cabling materials and using
safer, nontoxic materials may be the best way to eliminate potential downstream
hazards and liability.
LEAD phase out is coming
The
European Commission is considering a proposal to restrict the use of LEAD in
electronics and electrical equipment: "Member States shall ensure that
new electrical and electronic equipment put on the market after 1 January 2006
do not contain LEAD...."
Major
corporations, particularly those in Japan, are setting phase out dates for
LEAD. Sony has already implemented the use of LEAD-Free solder in most printed wiring board soldering processes, and
has set a target of 2005 year-end to be using LEAD-Free solder in all products. LEAD, when dissolved by acid rain, may pollute groundwater and other parts of the environment. Sony is forging ahead with the reduction and
elimination of PVC, which may release toxic substances when burned, from
products. Sony has already developed and commercialized PVC Free headphone
cords. PVC has also been eliminated from the POP (Point of Purchase)
advertising for electronics products handled by Sony Marketing of Japan. http://www.sony.net/SonyInfo/Environment/publication/en_koukoku_0130.html
ABANDONED
CABLE - A SAFETY HAZARD
This
accumulation of abandoned cable is particularly evident in commercial real
estate due to continual tenant turnover.
Some plenum spaces have begun to look like an explosion of multi-colored
spaghetti. The plenum space in some older multi-tenant buildings have become so
packed with active and abandoned cables that there is no room to install new
without removing old. A tour of the telephone and cable rooms will give you
preview of the volume cable that is installed.
After years
of discussions and proposals, the NFPA (National Fire Protection Association)
voted and approved a change into the National Electrical Code - NEC 2002. The
NEC 2008 Code Book requires that abandoned cable be removed for both copper and
fiber. [Note: there are approximately
4,200 different Authorities Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) that may adopt all or
part of the NEC 2008]
The
abandoned cable is anything but a goldmine.
Unlabeled and undocumented inactive cable is almost impossible to re-use
without a substantial investment in a cable management program. Often the
removal of the inactive cable is the least expensive method to comply with the
NEC code requirements.
NEC 2008 - requirement for removal of
abandoned cable
The
National Electrical Code (NEC) contains the
pertinent mandatory Codes. These Codes
are rules intended to ensure the safety during installation, use and/or
disposal of materials, components, fixtures, and systems. The Codes ensure minimum construction
quality and ensure safety of life, health and property.
The safety provision to
require the removal of abandoned cable was the first major change to cabling
requirements in the National Electrical Code in more than 20 years. In 1978, NFPA
(National Fire Protection Association) made an exception to NFPA 90A - Standard
for the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, which
requires any materials installed in a plenum space to be “non-combustible”. The exception, which allowed
cables tested and rated as CMP to be installed in the return air plenum, was
drafted more than 30 years ago. In the
1970's, no cables were available which could meet the requirements of
non-combustible. www.nfpa.org
The NEC is revised on a three-year cycle. The next revision of the NEC will be in
2011. The NEC code (when recognized and
accepted) is enforced by the AHJ (Authority Having Jurisdiction), which
includes state, local, county and city code authorities. Each AHJ can adopt the NEC
code in whole or partially.
Some cities may elect to adopt the entire or partial
current NEC code on a timetable not included in the attached schedule.
The
current NEC 2008 requires
that accessible "abandoned" cable be removed for both copper and
fiber.
The
accumulation of miles and miles of cabling left in the ceilings and walls of
facilities has become a major concern for life safety. In a
Toxics Use Reduction Institute (TURI) presentation at the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA) National Conference (January 16, 2002), TURI
conservatively estimated that there is over 45 billion feet of
plenum cable in place. Cables that are
abandoned in ceilings, riser systems, and air handling systems are a source for
fueling fire, smoke and sublethal toxic fumes that can incapacitate. The buildup of layers upon layers of cabling
has become a major concern to life and safety over the past 10 years.
RCRA is the
Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act, which was enacted by Congress in 1976. RCRA's primary
goals are to protect human health and the environment from the potential
hazards of waste disposal, to conserve energy and natural resources, to reduce
the amount of waste generated, and to ensure that wastes are managed in an
environmentally sound manner. In 1984, Congress enacted the Hazardous and Solid
Waste Amendments (HSWA) which significantly expanded the scope and requirements
of RCRA.
http://www.epa.gov/epaoswer/hazwaste/ca/backgnd.htm#1 www.turi.org
The
definition of abandoned cable, as found in paragraphs 800.2 and 770.2 of the NEC 2002 Book,
states "....Installed communications cable that is not terminated at
both ends at a connector or other equipment and not identified "For Future
Use" with a tag." Admittedly,
this definition of abandoned cable in the NEC is somewhat vague. There is a concerted effort in the NFPA to
draft a set of clearer definitions for this portion of the NEC 2002. The definition clarity problem associated
with the NEC 2002 - removal of abandoned cable - does not make the code
invalid. Hopefully, the local
authorities will use good judgment and
discretion in the application and enforcement of this code when accepted by the
AHJ. For copper cable, paragraph 800.52(B) of the NEC Code
states "...The accessible portion of abandoned communications cables
shall not be permitted to remain.." Additionally, paragraph 800.52(1) states that abandoned cables in
vertical runs shall not be permitted to remain. Article
770 states the same requirements for optical fiber risers and horizontal
cables.
the incapacitation factor
The FEP
insulating materials used in most CMP plenum approved cable are subject to heat
decomposition and the emission of sublethal toxic fumes. Some of the fumes can
incapacitate (by blinding and choking) building occupants. Current and proposed
testing makes no provision to recognize toxicity or emissions that are
essentially colorless (i.e., hydrogen fluoride, which converts to hydrofluoric
acid upon contact with any moisture). http://www.tuberose.com/Teflon.html
FEP (Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene) [known by the trade names
DuPont® Teflon FEP and Daikin-America® Neoflon FEP] materials are normally stable. But,
when they burn or are heated, the halogens separate and become highly reactive
- forming toxic and highly corrosive gases that can significantly damage
organic, inorganic and metallic materials. Hydrogen fluoride is one of the
gases produced from heat decomposition of FEP.
Hydrogen
fluoride vapor causes severe irritation and deep-seated burns of the eye and
eyelids if it comes in contact with the eyes. If the chemical is not removed
immediately, permanent visual defects or blindness may result. Hydrofluoric
acid is a severe irritant to the nose, throat, and lungs. Severe exposure
causes rapid inflammation and congestion of the lungs. Death may occur from
breathing this chemical. http://www.wireville.com/news/Cabling%20Can%20Blind%20You.html
There are
major areas of concern that remain un-addressed in the NEC 2008 (National
Electrical Code). As the building industry is besieged with litigation
revolving around the mold toxicity issue, we asked the question: "Does the
testing process for fire safety measure the TOXICITY of the cables when
overheated or burned?" The answer is shockingly "NO".
Most of the
cabling industry participants understand the meaning of terms like: fire, smoke
and fuel load. The testing for the current code measures only flame spread, and
smoke index. The testing does not measure heat decomposition, thermal toxicity,
toxic gases or the incapacitation factor.
Many safety
experts feel that the NFPA revision of the scope that defines the safety issues
should include sublethal toxicity and the incapacitation factor. If the testing
does not recognize these other areas, then the full safety factor is not
included. As a simple example: imagine chaining your legs to a large anchor and
dropping to the bottom of the pool. The chain and anchor won't kill you,
drowning will.
Communications
infrastructure (cabling & connectors) is focused on two major areas -
performance and safety. Typically, performance is placed in the arena of
standards (EIA/TIA) and safety is related to codes (NFPA/NEC). Most of the
information provided by the manufacturers deals with performance and
interoperability. The information about safety is usually described in
relationship to meeting certain codes.
Remarkably,
fire safety performance SUSTAINABILITY is not measured. Who wants a product
that is safe today and useless tomorrow? You should know how long these
products maintain their fire safety performance. This important aspect of
safety is also completely absent from the criteria of the current of the NEC
(2008) and the proposed criteria of the upcoming NEC (2011).
Cables that
are listed and approved for use in air spaces (CMP - UL 262 ) should be tested
and monitored to determine if the safety performance falls below the minimum
code threshold. Fire safety equipment such as sprinkler systems and
extinguishers are periodically monitored to assure performance that meets a
code requirement. Fire safety performance is required over time. Currently the
cable fire safety performance is only tested once.
During the past
several decades, you may have seen the effect of product “toxicity” on various
industries and the victims. No one can ignore the echoing repercussions from
tobacco, asbestos, and lead. The finger pointing and lawsuits continue to be
prominent in the news. One common area of the litigation over these products
seems to be the failure to warn the buyers/users about the dangers.
In the
commercial real estate world, cable removal is a hot topic. Most building
owners can work with existing tenants to comply with the NEC 2008 mandate for
the removal of abandoned cable. The tenants may minimize the downstream costs
associated with cable removal by maintaining proper labeling and keeping good
cable management records. By working with the building owners the new tenant
might accept your cabling infrastructure. The old tenant and the new tenant
will both save money.
SAFETY
The tragedy
at the World Trade Center on September 11, 2001, has burned an image into
almost everybody's conscious thoughts.
Safety in the commercial and office building environment is a renewed
priority.
Modern
office buildings use open, concealed spaces for return-air plenum as well as
pathways for data and communications cabling. Ceiling cavity plenums
(the space between the
top of the finished ceiling and the underside of the floor or roof above) or raised
floor plenums (the space between the top
of the finished floor and the underside of the raised floor) are spaces used to return environmental air and often contain
large amounts of data and communications cabling, sometimes several
generations. Because of the volume of
airflow in these spaces, they are particularly vulnerable to the spread of
toxic gasses yet are virtually free of
detection systems. Investigation reports have shown that toxic gasses in these
concealed (plenum) spaces can travel rapidly, be very difficult to locate and remove from the
building.
We should
select materials that have low smoke generation characteristics, and reduced
toxicity (how harmful the smoke is to human beings). Smoke and toxic fumes from wires and
cables installed in air handling spaces should be minimized. US codes only address two (2) of these
criteria. The NEC (National Electrical
Code) is silent when it comes to toxicity.
If there is
a fire, heating and air conditioning ducts could become conduits for hydrogen
fluoride and other gases, which can cause fatalities. Halogen in the insulation and the jacketing
of CMP cables helps prevent the cables from catching fire, but if the cable
jackets overheat, the fumes may drive up the death toll.
important note: Many cable
manufacturers have added RoHS compliant, LEAD-FREE cables to their product
lines. Remember to request: RoHS compliant LEAD-FREE cables.
CABLING CATEGORIES
CAT 5e LEAD-FREE
Non-Plenum CAT 6 LEAD-FREE
Non-Plenum
CAT 5e LEAD-FREE Plenum (CMP) CAT 6 LEAD-FREE-Plenum
CAT 5e+ LEAD-FREE
Non-Plenum CAT 6+ LEAD-FREE
Non-Plenum
CAT 5e+ LEAD-FREE Plenum (CMP) CAT 6+ LEAD-FREE-Plenum (CMP)
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The
Massachusetts Toxics Use Reduction Institute (TURI) - Technical report No. 51 -
‘Environmental, Health and Safety Issues in the Coated Wire and Cable Industry’
www.turi.org/PDF/Wire_Cable_TechReport.pdf
The
Massachusetts Toxics Use Reduction Institute (TURI)
Environmental
Challenges in the Coated Wire and Cable Industry Meeting Summary, June 2002
http://www.turi.org/business/wire_and_cable/wc_summary_20020606.pdf
EPA
Issues Powerful Indictment Of Chemical in Teflon
http://www.ewg.org/policymemo/20021113/20030328.php
West
Virginia Department of Environmental Protection - News Release on Teflon
Pollutant
http://www.dep.state.wv.us/Docs/2931c8.nov.pdf
State
DEP Underestimates Health Hazards of Teflon-Related Chemical
West
Virginia DEP and related news Releases on Teflon Pollutant
Environmental
Working Group (EWG) e-clips
http://www.ewg.org/news/eclips.php?reportid=127
“Environmental
Impacts of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Building
Materials’
A briefing paper for the Healthy Building Network by Joe Thornton,
Ph.D.
http://healthybuilding.net/pvc/ThorntonPVCSummary.html
US Environmental Protection
Agency-Technology Transfer Network Air Toxics
- LEAD COMPOUNDS
http://www.epa.gov/ttn/atw/hlthef/LEAD.html
PVC - A
Primary Contributor to the U.S. Dioxin
Burden
Pat
Costner, Charlie Cray, Gail Martin, Bonnie Rice, David Santillo and Ruth
Stringer
http://www.mindfully.org/Plastic/PVC-Primary-Contributor-Dioxin.htm
The LEAD Education and Abatement Design Group
http://www.LEAD.org.au/fs-index.html
Green by Design -
Daniel Williams, AIA
http://sustainable.state.fl.us/fdi/edesign/news/9704/grnbydes.htm
Comments on the Commissions Green paper on environmental issues of PVC
http://www.ecocouncil.dk/engelsk_websted/arkiv/2000/001128_green.html
United
States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
- ‘LEAD and Human Health’
http://www.epa.gov/superfund/programs/LEAD/health.htm
The Alliance For A Clean Environment
'PVC The Poison Plastic - There are
SAFER ALTERNATIVES
'
http://www.acereport.org/pvc2.html
"What
is Extended Product Responsibility? " By David Haskell Grassroots
Recycling Network
http://www.grrn.org/
Healthy Building Network
http://www.healthybuilding.net/pvc/
ASTDR -
Agency for Toxic Substance and Disease Registry -ToxFAQ’s ™ for LEAD
http://www.atsdr.cdc.gov/tfacts13.html
NFPA's
Research Foundation examines how quickly smoke incapacitates
Study aims to assure escape from burning buildings
NFPA smoke toxicity
http://www.nfpa.org/PressRoom/NewsReleases/ResearchFoundationStudy/researchfoundationstudy.asp
International
Study of the Sublethal Effects of Fire Smoke on Survivability and Health - Phase I final Report
http://fire.nist.gov/bfrlpubs/fire01/PDF/f01080.pdf
Combustion
atmosphere toxicity of materials intended for internal cables - white paper by
Borealis
http://www.borealisgroup.com/public/pdf/customer_centre/0202toxicity_FROCC.pdf
Hydrofluoric
Acid MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheet) by DuPont
http://msds.dupont.com/msds/pdfs/EN/PEN_09004a2f801b4efc.pdf
Occupational Health Guideline for
Fluorine
http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/pdfs/0289.pdf
http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/pdfs/0334.pdf
Hydrofluoric Acid MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheet) by DuPont
http://msds.dupont.com/msds/pdfs/EN/PEN_09004a2f801b4efc.pdf
UL limited
combustible cable testing program revised:
http://www.ul.com/wiretalk/v11n3/testing.html
Link to
article on critical cabling safety issues:
"Cabling
what you don’t know can kill you" article by Stephen Saunders
http://www.wireville.com/news/Cabling%20Can%20Kill%20You.html
ACUTA
ACUTA’s April 19-22 Annual Conference
Addresses
Technology Successes, Challenges
Speakers
representing 28 different colleges and universities will bring their expertise
and insight to this year’s Annual Conference of ACUTA, the Association for
Information Communications Technology Professionals in Higher Education, April
19-22 in Atlanta.
In addition
to the many campus professionals sharing their knowledge, successes, and
challenges in educational sessions, the conference will feature an extensive
lineup of industry expert speakers. Topics range from wireless implementations
to unified communications and convergence, green computing and networking to
emergency alert systems, and from project management and leadership to
addressing funding challenges.
Keynote
speaker for the event will be Miles O’Brien, former chief technology and
environmental correspondent for CNN.
“This
year’s Annual Conference sessions are designed not only to address emerging
technologies and technology strategies, but also to provide expert guidance on
how our members can increase their performance and that of their staffs,” said Jeri Semer, executive director of ACUTA. “Most
importantly, the conference itself offers the ideal opportunity for our members
to network with their peers. This sharing of strategies and experiences
provides a great benefit to our members and their schools.”
This is the
38th Annual Conference for ACUTA, the only international association dedicated
to serving the needs of higher education information communications technology
professionals. Representing nearly 2,000 individuals at some 780 institutions,
ACUTA’s core mission is the sharing of technology and management information,
and its Annual Conference is its largest event of the year. The 2009 conference
is the first ACUTA annual gathering held outside the summer months, as the
organization moved the conference earlier in the year in an effort to make it
more convenient for more members to attend.
ACUTA’s
Annual Conference runs concurrently with its 13th annual Forum for Strategic
Leadership in Communications Technology, a two-day assembly of senior
attendees, with intensive sessions taught by higher education leaders and
expert consultants. The forum’s focus this year is on the challenges presented
in a time of great financial and technical change and technology’s role in
addressing those challenges.
The Annual
Conference also features an exhibit hall with companies showcasing the latest
campus-focused technology products and services. During the event, at the Hyatt
Regency in Atlanta, ACUTA will announce the winners of its annual leadership
and institutional excellence awards. More information about the Annual
Conference and the Strategic Leadership Forum can be found at www.acuta.org.
About ACUTA
ACUTA, the Association for Information Communications
Technology Professionals in Higher Education, is an international
non-profit educational association serving colleges and universities. Its
core purpose is to support higher education information communications
technology professionals in contributing to the achievement of the strategic
mission of their institutions. ACUTA represents nearly 2000 individuals at some
780 institutions of higher education, with members ranging from small schools
and community colleges to the 50 largest U.S. institutions. ACUTA’s
Corporate Affiliate members represent all categories of communications
technology vendors serving the college/university market. For more
information, visit www.acuta.org or call 859-278-3338.
Contacts:
Pat Scott, ACUTA, 859-278-3338,
ext. 221, or pscott@acuta.org
Kevin Tanzillo, Dux PR, 903-865-1078 or kevin@duxpr.com
BICSI
BICSI U.S. South-CentralRegional Meeting was a hit
BICSI
U.S. South-Central Regional Meeting (February
26th in Houston, TX) was a real value for the attendees. Networking
plus lunch and learn (CEUs included) was the order of the day.
These
regional meetings bring the value of the big conferences at a fraction of the
cost and a big reduction in travel time. We tip our hat to Michael Collins and
the other regional directors for their contributed time and successful efforts.
U.S.
South-Central Region Director
Michael Collins, RCDD
Technical Sales Manager - AT&T
6500 W. Loop South, Zone 4.8
Bellaire, TX 77401
Tel: +1 713.567.1234
Fax: +1 832.553.8047
Cell: +1 713.306.6134
E-mail: mcollins@bicsi.org
www.bicsi.org
One
of the educational presentations at this meeting included the inside scoop of a
new technology that will revolutionize how we connect fiber optic cabling.
Extending the Lifecycle
of Fiber Optic Cables
Power Point Presentation …will be on www.megladonmfg.com
Fiber Optic
cable lifecycle is a challenge within fiber optic networks because of the
inherent fragile characteristics of fiber optic cables. Fiber performance is drastically reduced when
there are scratches or contamination present on the fiber, and also over the
course or multiple matings and improper installations.
This
presentation outlined these characteristics by focusing on how they are caused,
how they deteriorate performance, and how they can be prevented.
Industry
best practices can contribute to extending the lifespan of the fiber optic
cables, but are limited in their ability to actually safeguard fiber cables
from damage. An introduction to
Megladon Mfg. SCRATCHGAURD™ technology shows how existing technology can help strengthen
optical networks through more robust connector technology.
By John
Culbert, President – Megladon Mfg. johnc@megladonmfg.com
BICSI Region Meetings are the perfect setting for
personalized networking with industry professionals in your local area. Offered
throughout the year, these one-day meetings also provide up to four continuing
education credits (CECs).
BICSI Region Directors are continually working to add new and exciting programs
where you can view vendor showcases and attend technical presentations on some
of the latest innovations in the ITS industry. The cost of attending a BICSI
Region Meeting is $25 for BICSI members, members of related organizations and
anyone interested in learning about BICSI. Students may attend region meetings
for free. Expand your knowledge by coming to the next meeting in your region!
Click here to
download the Region Meeting Sponsor Application.
Click here to
download the Region Meeting Presenter Application.
Breakfast
Clubs –
[ Download
Breakfast Club guidelines ]
BICSI Breakfast Clubs fill you in on what's happening in your area and frequently
offer unique technical presentations and vendor exhibits. These informal
meetings are increasingly popular as they offer brief, informative morning
gatherings that provide CECs and allow you time to head to the office and
continue your day.
Upcoming
Region Events
Southeast
Region Meeting
March 5, 2009
Dulles, VA
Connected Buildings
March 10, 2009
Bayamon, OC Puerto Rico
South-Central
Breakfast Club Meeting
March 17, 2009
Albuquerque, NM
Canadian
Regional Meeting
March 19, 2009
Moncton, NB
Northeast
Region Meeting
March 26, 2009
Breinigsville, PA
Canadian
Region Meeting
March 27, 2009
Cagary, AB Canada
Western
Region Meeting
March 31, 2009
San Diego, CA
North-Central
Region Meeting
April 2, 2009
Cleveland, OH
Northeast/North-Central
Breakfast Club Meeting
April 7, 2009
Pittsburgh, PA
Energy
efficiency for Data Centers - in row cooling
April 16, 2009
Bayamon, OC Puerto Rico
Canadian
Region Meeting
May 28, 2009
Toronto, ON
Northeast
Region Meeting
June 26, 2009
New York, NY
Northeast and
Noth-Central Breakfast Club Meeting
July 28, 2009
Pittsburgh, PA
Northeast and
North-Central Breakfast Club Meeting
October 6, 2009
Pittsburgh, PA
Northeast
Region Meeting
October 15, 2009
Sturbridge, MA USA
Canadian
Region Meeting
October 22, 2009
Ottawa, ON Canada
South-Central
Region Meeting
December 15, 2009
Dallas, TX
Sunday - April 19, 8:30 AM - 11:45
AM
Steal My
Project Management Office
Brett
Coryell (Emory University)
This
session has everything, and we mean everything, you need to set up a fully functioning
project management office
Sunday -
April 19, 8:30 AM - 11:45 AM
Wireless
Trends
Sunday -
April 19, 1:15 PM - 4:30 PM
Financial
Models to Support Converged Technologies
Sunday -
April 19, 1:15 PM - 4:30 PM
Infrastructure
Needed to Support IPTV
Walt
Magnussen (Texas A & M University) a
Chris
Norton (- Texas A & M University)
This
seminar offers a description of the infrastructure required to support IPTV
(multicast). The instructors recently installed an IPTV head end at the Texas
A&M University ITEC. The plan is that the programming is being evaluated
for Internet2-wide distribution.
Monday -
April 20, 10:45 AM - 11:45 AM
Corporate
Presentation: Replacing Legacy Voicemail Solutions with Unified Communications
Monday -
April 20, 10:45 AM - 11:45 AM
ROI for
VoIP? Yep, We Struggled
Faye
Snowden (University of the Pacific)
After
funding to implement VoIP for the Stockton campus was approved and the
deployment completed, an eye was turned to Pacific’s Dugoni School of Dentistry.
Should a currently functioning switch be replaced? Should perfectly working
handsets be replaced? Telecom together with Dugoni began work on the
traditional ROI. See how Pacific moved from the traditional ROI to a cost
comparison which allowed them to understand the costs of staying with the
current system versus moving to VoIP.
Monday -
April 20, 10:45 AM - 11:45 AM
ACUTA 101
Mary Lou
Emmons (Indiana University)
Chair of
ACUTA’s Membership Committee, the presenter will take you through the
conference events and the organization's history and objectives and leave you
with resources that can be useful when you return home.
Monday -
April 20, 10:45 AM - 11:45 AM
Campus
Experiences with Recent Environmental Emergencies
Brian
Nichols (Louisiana State University and A & M College)
Mark Zuber
(Kirkwood Community College)
The
panelists represent campuses that experienced natural disasters over the past
year. They will discuss what was done to deal with the emergencies and lessons
learned along the way.
Monday -
April 20, 10:45 AM - 11:45 AM
How to
Deploy Identity Management without Busting the Budget
Brad
Alexander (- Wellesley College)
Higher
education institutions have unique requirements of identity management
solutions and the capabilities of commercial off the shelf software packages
are typically pushed to their limits. The presenters will discuss the
challenges involved and will present some of the key findings and
recommendations culled from working with a number of institutions, including
Wellesley College.
Monday -
April 20, 1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
Corporate
Presentation: Converged Network Solutions Enhance Campus Communications
Monday -
April 20, 1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
ACUTA
Organizational Collaborations with Internet2 and ITERA
James Gantt
(- Murray State University)
As a part
of a strategic initiative, ACUTA has established collaborative relationships
with Internet2 and ITERA. These two organizations represent the higher
education research community and the faculty that teach telecommunications
classes on our campuses. This session will consist of a moderated panel
discussion with members of the two associations as they describe what their
associations do and how ACUTA members can take advantage of these relationships.
Monday -
April 20, 1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
DMCA –
Policy and Enforcement on a Campus Environment
Brian
Nichols (Louisiana State University and A & M College).
Terry Doub
(- Louisiana State University and A & M College)
The RIAA is
cracking down on college campuses more today than ever before. Additionally,
new peer-to-peer (P2P) file-sharing mandates outlined in the reauthorized
Higher Education Act (HEA) are making it harder for universities to remove
themselves from the line of fire. In this session, you’ll learn what the issues
are surrounding illegal file-sharing and the new legislation affecting DMCA
policy.
Monday -
April 20, 1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
Campus
Cabling and Termination Solutions
Monday -
April 20, 1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
The Road to
Unified Communications at UCLA
Janice
Bundy (UCLA)
Bundy will
discuss UCLA’s RFP and award process, their implementation plan, and their
communications strategy to transition 17,000 MSM voice mail subscribers to the
AVST system.
Monday -
April 20, 3:45 PM - 4:45 PM
Corporate
Presentation: Dual-Band Mobile and Hosted Services
Monday -
April 20, 3:45 PM - 5:15 PM
Bringing
Effective Operational Leadership to IT
Carol Gray
(University of Southern California)
The
presenter will teach attendees to become better leaders and communicators with
emphasis on improving their overall leadership abilities.
Monday -
April 20, 3:45 PM - 5:15 PM
Designing
and Deploying 802.11n Wireless on a College Campus
Sandra E
Roberts (Wellesley College)
Most
schools have now deployed 802.11a/b/g wireless technology in some manner on
campus; Wellesley College has taken the plunge into a campus-wide design and
deployment of an 802.11n network
Monday -
April 20, 3:45 PM - 5:15 PM
Siemens
User Group
User Group
Leader: John Stier, Stony Brook University, john.stier@stonybrook.edu
Monday -
April 20, 3:45 PM - 5:15 PM
Users'
Perspectives on Unified Communications
Mark
Reynolds (University of New Mexico.
Serge
Razafindrakoto (Louisiana State Univ and A & M College).
Carolyn
Trail ( Roanoke College)
Representatives
of three universities will discuss their experiences with unified
communications. Why are they doing it? Pros and cons? ROI? What is UC bringing
to the table? How will they market it? Will it improve productivity?
Monday -
April 20, 3:45 PM - 5:15 PM
Aastra User
Group
User Group
Leader: Diane McNamara, Union College, mcnamard@union.edu
Monday -
April 20, 3:45 PM - 5:15 PM
NEC User
Group
User Group
Leader: Hardy Kail, University of Texas Health Science Center, San Antonio,
kail@uthscsa.edu
Tuesday -
April 21, 8:00 AM - 9:15 AM
Where is
Telecom in the Convergence Sea Change?
Bill
Clebsch (Stanford University)
Tony
Mordosky (- Rowan University)
This lively
discussion about the big ideas in information communications technologies will
make you think. The panelists will banter about their views on convergence,
telecommunications, and other technologies that are transforming higher
education.
Tuesday -
April 21, 10:30 AM - 12:00 PM
Corporate
Presentation: Are You Totally Prepared?
Tuesday -
April 21, 10:30 AM - 12:00 PM
Illinois
Network Upgrade Project
Beth Scheid
(University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)
Paul Lucas
(- University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)
It took
five years to secure campus funding to upgrade legacy Cat 3 buildings to a Cat
6 infrastructure, with a 100 Mbps connection to each desktop and a 1 Gbps
connection to each building. The presenters will discuss how they prioritized
their work, partnered with other campus units, contained costs, and dealt with
pressures to increase the scope of the work as technologies evolved.
Tuesday -
April 21, 10:30 AM - 12:00 PM
Pinnacle
User Group
User Group
Leader: Mark Herro, Texas A&M University, mherro@tamu.edu
Tuesday -
April 21, 10:30 AM - 12:00 PM
Polycom
User Group
User Group
Leader: Donna White, Georgetown University, whitedb@georgetown.edu
Tuesday -
April 21, 10:30 AM - 12:00 PM
AVST User
Group
User Group
Leader: Scott Claverie, California State University, Chico,
sclaverie@csuchico.edu
Tuesday -
April 21, 10:30 AM - 12:00 PM
How to Go
Green
Bill
Clebsch ( Stanford University)
Joyce
Dickerson (Stanford University)
This
session will focus on sustainability and green computing in higher education,
using Stanford’s efforts as an example of what is possible. The presenters will
provide an overview of the topic, focusing on how sustainability needs to be an
integral part of IT engagement and planning for campus initiatives, from new buildings
to new system implementation to broader initiatives driving towards an
environmentally sustainable world.
Tuesday -
April 21, 10:30 AM - 12:00 PM
Design and
Deployment of a Campus-Wide VoIP System
Kevin
Sebolt (Franciscan University of Steubenville)
In 2005,
Franciscan University made a strategic decision to embrace the convergence of
voice and data on a single network with results that continue to pay dividends.
By August 2006, the University had successfully deployed 1,800 VoIP stations
(for administration AND students)
Tuesday -
April 21, 10:30 AM - 12:00 PM
Financial
Models: Different Approaches to the Same Result
Angel
Wingate (Duke University)
David Mixon
(Sr. Business Manager – Duke University)
Brett
Coryell (Deputy CIO – Emory University)
Susan
Crochet (IT Human & Financial Resources Officer- Louisiana State
University)
Michael
Palladino (- University of Pennsylvania)
The
panelists will focus on their IT funding models, how they determine the costs
that need to be recovered and the amounts to be charged, how their budgets are
structured, and their visions for the future of IT funding over the next 3-5
years. The audience will have an opportunity to participate in the discussion.
Tuesday -
April 21, 1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
Corporate
Presentation: Delivering Next-Generation Telephony Applications
Tuesday -
April 21, 1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
Slippery
Rock Intros RFID Payment System for Mobiles
Henry
Magusiak (Systems Engineer, IT – Slippery Rock University)
Beverly Lumley
(Slippery Rock University)
Contactless
technology came to the students at Slippery Rock University with the
replacement of its ID cards with cards based on an RFID system that includes a
13.56MHz contactless token to affix to a cell phone, PDA or other portable
device. The complementary tag can be used to pay at vending and laundry
machines; check out library books; buy meals; receive financial aid, tuition
reimbursements, or refunds; or make contributions to the university.
Tuesday -
April 21, 1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
Where Have
All the Women Gone? Were They Ever Here?
Marilyn
Drury (- University of Northern Iowa)
Attracting
and retaining women in higher education IT and providing them with
opportunities to move into leadership roles provides individuals and
organizations with an expanded pool of talent and skills along with new
perspectives. This session will share recent research findings from women
leading higher education IT organizations. This session will provide fresh
ideas as to how your organization or institution might attract and retain women
in IT positions.
Tuesday -
April 21, 1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
Going Green: Mobile University
Tuesday -
April 21, 1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
IT Funding
from the CIO Perspective
Carolyn
Lightfoot (Lee College); As Interim Dean of Administrative Services Lightfoot
oversees an annual budget of more than $5M for the operation of Administrative
Services. As
John K.
Mullin (Georgia Institute of Technology)
William
Gruszka (CIO - Southern Polytechnic State University) .
Ric Simmons
(Louisiana State Univ and A & M College)
This
session will focus on the current structure of each school’s IT budget and how
is it funded; their proposals for funding over the next 2 years; their
expectations of success; and their visions for the future of IT funding over
the next 3-5 years and beyond. The audience will have an opportunity to
participate in the discussion.
Tuesday -
April 21, 3:45 PM - 4:45 PM
Corporate
Presentation: UC Migration Done Right- Avoid the Pain
Tuesday -
April 21, 3:45 PM - 5:15 PM
Legislative
and Regulatory Issues Overview
Tuesday -
April 21, 3:45 PM - 5:15 PM
Cisco User
Group
User Group
Leader: Wendell Barbour, Longwood University, barbourwa@longwood.edu
Tuesday -
April 21, 3:45 PM - 5:15 PM
Looking
Back on Massive Wiring Upgrades
Tuesday -
April 21, 3:45 PM - 5:15 PM
Connecting
Your Campus Wirelessly
Kevin
Roberts (CIO – Abilene Christian University)
Kayvon
Beykpour, Aaron Wasserman, Ben Cunningham, and Pablo Jablonski (Team Stanford
University)
Mobility
solutions are becoming more prevalent in higher education, both in and out of
the classroom. They will discuss their unique needs, factors they considered,
challenges they overcame, opportunities the solutions provided, and the growth
potential. They will also discuss how the solutions have enhanced the
educational process and the student life experience.
Tuesday -
April 21, 3:45 PM - 5:15 PM
T-Metrics
User Group
User Group
Leader: Dave Wirth, Princeton University, dwirth@princeton.edu
Tuesday -
April 21, 3:45 PM - 5:15 PM
Verizon
Business User Group
User Group
Leader: Deb Duncan, Texas A & M University, djduncan@tamu.edu
Wednesday -
April 22, 9:30 AM - 10:30 AM
FERPA
Reta
Pikowsky (Georgia Institute of Technology.
We’ve all
heard of FERPA. But do you really know what it is? The presenter will discuss
FERPA and some things IT professionals need to know when considering how we
transport information on and off the campus.
Wednesday -
April 22, 9:30 AM - 10:30 AM
Navigating through the 'TDM to VoIP' PBX
Minefield
Wednesday -
April 22, 9:30 AM - 10:30 AM
Corporate
Presentation: Network Security Myths and Secrets
Wednesday -
April 22, 9:30 AM - 10:30 AM
Marist
College Implements Clean Access
Christine
Mulvey (Marist College) Eric Kenny (Marist College)
Implementing
a new Network Access Control system can be a long process fraught with
challenges. Marist College had a set of requirements that no single vendor
supported completely. With a little ingenuity and touch of home-grown code,
they implemented Cisco's Clean Access campus-wide. The presenter will outline
their requirements, vendor selection, limitations they overcame, notification
methods, manpower needs, and deployment of a full-blown NAC.
Wednesday -
April 22, 9:30 AM - 10:30 AM
Project
Management: Can you Walk the Walk?
Melanie
Leggett (Texas A & M University) Walt Magnussen (Director for
Telecommunications – Texas A & M University)
Project
management is not practiced as often as it could or should be. While there is a
cost in implementing a good project management plan, the cost of not doing so
is projects that are not delivered on time and under budget. The presenters
will review the PMP certification process and will demonstrate how project
management has enhanced efficiency and timely completion of projects, not to
mention the increased camaraderie at their institution.
Wednesday -
April 22, 11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
Corporate
Presentation: Productivity Powered by the Human Voice
Elwyn Hull
(University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Wednesday -
April 22, 11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
Implementing a Mobile UC Solution
Wednesday -
April 22, 11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
Geekwork
and Bean Counters
Jerry W.
Smith (Director, Office of Information Services - Pittsburg State University)
This
session will consider how the mindset and approach to work differs between
technical and administrative staff
Wednesday -
April 22, 11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
Leveraging Existing Copper Networks to Meet
Campus Safety Requirements
Wednesday -
April 22, 11:00 AM - 12:00 PM
Cyber Threats & Identity Theft
Terence B.
Fisher (Supervisory Special Agent of the Atlanta, Georgia Cyber Squad – FBI)
Wednesday -
April 22, 1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
Corporate Presentation: 3G Wireless Solutions
Wednesday -
April 22, 1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
Managing
your Institution's Wireless Bubbles
Andy Hulsey
(Director Telecommunications - University of Central Florida)
Institutions
could benefit by considering radio communications spectrum management that
includes WiFi and beyond. Licensed radio frequencies are a precious commodity
and need management.
Wednesday -
April 22, 1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
How Shared PC Computing can Change Teaching
Wednesday -
April 22, 1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
Limitations
of Third-Party EAS over Cellular Text Messaging
Patrick
Traynor (Assistant Professor in the School of Computer Science - Georgia
Institute of Technology
Emergency
alert systems - This talk will focus on the limitations of
cellular networks as the basis of emergency information disseminators.
Wednesday -
April 22, 1:15 PM - 2:15 PM
Gaining Buy-In and Support for Technology
Initiatives
Wednesday -
April 22, 2:30 PM - 3:30 PM
Re-FRESH
Your Perspective, Re-charge Your Batteries and Re-plenish Your Spirit
Kirk
Weisler (Chief Morale Officer) Recognized internationally for his demystifying
approach to building effective teams and creating great culture with what he
calls “Culture Building," Kirk travels around the world speaking with IT
and support professionals on things they can do without permission, and without
a budget to grow themselves, their people, and create an outrageously cool
cultures in the process. Kirk began his personal cultural revolution and
leadership training programs in the low morale, low pay, high turnover world of
outsourced call centers Now he shares his evangelical message around the
world…encouraging, inspiring and inviting them to create the culture they want,
to take ownership of their environment and to stop having “a job” and start
having a life!
Chief
Morale Officer Kirk Weisler will inspire you to wrap up the FRESH IDEAS you
gained at the Conference and return to work invigorated.
Whether you
are a strategic visionary, a technology guru, a problem solver, or a worker
bee, you should take time to replenish yourself to keep your leadership spirit
fresh and your perspective positive. At this closing session, Kirk will show
you how to:
Abilene
Christian University)
Duke
University)
Emory
University)
Franciscan
University of Steubenville)
Georgia
Institute of Technology
Indiana
University)
Kirkwood
Community College)
Lee College
Louisiana
State University and A & M College)
Marist
College)
Murray
State University)
Pittsburg
State University)
Roanoke
College)
Rowan
University)
Slippery
Rock University)
Southern
Polytechnic State University) .
Stanford
University)
Texas A
& M University
UCLA)
University
of Central Florida)
University
of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)
University
of New Mexico.
University
of Northern Iowa)
University
of Pennsylvania)
University
of Southern California)
University
of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
University
of the Pacific)
Wellesley
College)
CABA
CABA New Research Papers are now online and searchable
Networking
science is the foundation of the 21st century.
If you were
arrested for being informed and knowledgeable, would there be enough evidence
to convict you?
CABA - the Continental Automated Buildings
Association has New "Research Papers" that are now online and
searchable. Join today. www.caba.org
CABA continues to provide timely research and information on integrated systems
and home/building automation. We are pleased to announce that one
hundred and fifty four (154) research papers were added in
2008! Below are some of the latest research papers that have recently
been placed in the CABA Research Library at: http://www.caba.org/Content/Documents/Document.ashx?DocId=32711.
Only CABA members have access to the full CABA Research
Library! Individual contacts within CABA members will now have their
own username (their personal email address) and password. Therefore, if
any contact would like to be added to your account, they need to email either
Rawlson O'Neil King (king@caba.org)
or Susan Martin (martin@caba.org)
with their full contact information and we will gladly set them up. The
registration won't be instantaneous, but should be completed within one or
two business days.
Logging into the system will allow CABA
members to access private member sections and will also
provide registered users with the opportunity to access new,
integrated online discussion forums. If you ever forget your password,
enter your email address in the top right hand section of the
CABA web site (http://www.caba.org) and
select "Forgot password" and an email will be sent on how to
change it.
CABA non-members can access the CABA "Public" Library at: http://www.caba.org/Default.aspx?pageId=174730
to view the full Reports that have been featured in the Friday CABA
SmartBriefs. Please contact Ken Gallinger,(mailto:gallinger@caba.org);
613.686.1814 Ext. 229 or call the "Member Hotline" - 888.798.CABA
(2222) for additional info.
Are you aware that CABA research subscriptions/membership fees start at $600.
See http://www.caba.org/Default.aspx?pageId=125188
for additional details on the CABA research
subscription/memberships. As a non-member, you can obtain these
reports by entering the CABA eStore (http://estore.caba.org/collections/research-reports),
selecting "Research Reports".
CABA SmartBrief
This online news publication from the Continental Automated Buildings
Association delivers leading news and research about integrated
systems and automated homes/buildings industry information to your
inbox each day. If you haven't already, you can view a recent issue
and sign up at: http://www.smartbrief.com/caba.
It only takes a minute to subscribe and it's free.
You may also want to circulate it to others
in your organization or your customers. CABA members are encouraged to send
there breaking news stories and video clips so they can be added to the
SmartBrief.
CABA Research Library:
(IS-2009-24) UPnP
Technology - The Simple, Seamless Home Network
http://www.caba.org/Content/Documents/Document.ashx?DocId=36369
This brochure from
the UPnP Implementers Corporation is a promotional piece for UPnP. It
provides an overview of the UPnP Forum and the UPnP Implementers Corporation,
and announces that UPnP has been approved as an ISO/IEC standard. A very
brief overview of the UPnP networking and control method is included.
(IS-2009-23) Automated Demand Response Cuts Commercial Building Energy Use and
Peak Demand
http://www.caba.org/Content/Documents/Document.ashx?DocId=36371
This summary from
Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory describes AutoDR. AutoDR is a demand
response system for buildings that delivers data about a supply event requiring
energy reduction. Energy management systems in building query a utility
server for event notices. They then manage local energy consuming
equipment, such as air-conditioning equipment and lighting in response.
The objective is to shed load so the utility can tailor the demand to the
available supply of electricity.
(IS-2009-22) CES 2009 - Top 10 Trends
http://www.caba.org/Content/Documents/Document.ashx?DocId=36372
DIGDIA presents a
summary of key innovation at the 2009 Consumer Electronics Show (CES) held
January 2009 in Las Vegas. Among the products noted are LCD TVs that are
back lit with LEDs for improved contrast, 3D TVs, and TVs with on-screen short
cuts (widgets) to Internet-based information. Many products promoted
"green features." Computer projectors small enough for
embedding in a phone are coming. Flash memory is replacing tape and disks
for camcorders. Digital photo frames are becoming a very competitive
market. Netbooks, sized between a laptop and a PDA, are seeking market
share. Mobile TV is growing.
(IS-2009-21) A Recent Whitestone Study of Energy-Saving Retrofits has Lessons
for Other Green Projects
http://www.caba.org/Content/Documents/Document.ashx?DocId=36373
This overview of a
report from Whitestone Research examines how to achieve U.S. federally mandated
energy savings in older buildings. A key issue is initial investments
versus life-cycle costs. A detailed analysis showed that a high initial
investment saved money over 40 years. It included such features as a roof
garden, triple-glazed windows, and a heat recovery chiller. Not all
investments have the same or even positive returns. More research is
needed.
(IS-2009-20) A U.S. Innovation Strategy for Climate Change Mitigation
http://www.caba.org/Content/Documents/Document.ashx?DocId=36374
This report from
the Brookings Institution proposes fiscal and government investment policies
for reducing greenhouse gasses (GHGs). Recommendations include
establishing a price for GHGs, research and development tax credits, and public
support for university and private sector research. An expenditure of $8
billion per year through 2016 for this research is proposed. The U.S.
government currently funds 59% of the basis research in universities,
non-profits, and government labs. The cost to stabilize GHG emissions is
0.2 to 5 % of global GDP, depending on the targeted GHG level. The U.S
will bear about 25% of this cost.
(IS-2009-19) ZigBee Resource Guide
http://www.caba.org/Content/Documents/Document.ashx?DocId=36375
This guide from the ZigBee Alliance is a
promotional magazine for ZigBee. It includes ads from ZigBee suppliers
and summaries of market potential for ZigBee products. Applications of
ZigBee for energy conservation and energy management are described.
(IS-2009-01) 10 Best Practices for Online
Merchandising
http://www.caba.org/Content/Documents/Document.ashx?DocId=32704
This brochure
describes how to create an effective web site for retail merchandising. Two
techniques are described: user navigation and user search. About half of
shoppers prefer to navigate through a site, while half prefer to search for a
particular product. A search technique needs to help customers who do not
provide enough specificity so they can locate the desired product. If a
search fails, alternate products should be offered. Merchandizing zone
techniques on a Web site are discussed for moving selected products, product
lines, products with high inventory, or products with high margins.
NECA
What’s next? The NECA (National Electrical Contractors Association) Annual Conference & Exhibition
Mark your calendars for NECA’s
Annual Conference & Exhibition.
NECA Convention and Trade Show - Sep
13, 2009 - Sep 15, 2009 in Seattle, WA. This event rivals BICSI and has a host
of different buyers with very substantial budgets. The Electrical Contractor is
definitely in the IBS business.
In fact, here are just a few interesting statistics from the 2008 Electrical
Contractor Magazine profile study:
-66% of
electrical contractors did work in Communications/Systems Connectivity, and
almost 6 in 10 worked in CII Automation & Controls in 2007.
-57% do work in Residential Automation/Controls
-57% do
Structured Wiring / Cabling work
-46% of
the electrical contractor’s revenue now comes from their involvement in Design/
Build projects.
-Overall, electrical contractors make brand substitutions/decisions about 70%
of the time.
Industry Experts will discuss the
latest solutions for the Integrated Building Systems including: Power –
Communications – Control -Security - Life Safety systems plus wireless backbone
infrastructure. Change is happening in their world. www.necanet.org
"NECA provides
solutions and educational assistance for nearly all the issues that Electrical
Contractors face. Foundation research and NECA's educational programs at
the convention and show are addressing our existing problems and working diligently
on paving the way for future growth in our industry.”
Ron Autrey, Miller Electric
NECA Offers “CEU’s or Contact Hours” for Licensing Requirements during NECA
Convention & Show. NECA is an authorized CEU provider and complies
with the guidelines and requirements established by the International
Association for Continuing Education and Training (IACET). Participants in many
of NECA’s workshops and seminars satisfy state and local licensing
requirements. NECA Convention & Show attendees will be scanned at
pre-convention workshops, management seminars, and technical workshops. A
certificate of contact hours will be available for pick-up on-site.
”Milspec
Industries exhibits at 20+ shows a year and we find that NECA does a fantastic
job of reaching all segments of the electrical industry.”
William Clary, Milspec
Plan to attend the 2009 NECA
Convention and NECA Show in the Emerald City on September 12–15, 2009.
Bring your key staff with you. Budget to bring your key people and educate your
staff in today’s electrical industry. NECA promises to give you the educational
tools that you need to effectively compete in this work environment.
September 12-15, 2009 - Washington
State Convention & Trade Center - Seattle
www.necaconvention.org
More information and specifics to follow next month.
We fight poverty the old fashioned way. We work hard and deliver the
products and services that you need.
TPMA
Telecommunications Project Management Association – News March 2009
Change
is coming!
Surviving in tight financial times requires a willingness to change.
TPMA has a new Website, newsletter format, new classes and new class options.
We are adding new internet classes and new ways to share information. All of
our programs are being updated to conform with the new (December 2008) PMBOK
4th. edition which has been recognized by ANSI as the standard for Project
Management. We will soon offer test preparation programs focused on the Project
Management Professional (PMP) certification from the Project Management
Institute (PMI).
Customers demand professional project managers who can bring their jobs
in; on time, meeting budget and exceeding stakeholder expectation. They have no
margin for error.
Your Project Management team should develop a “typical project” binder.
It should include:
- Scope
of Work (SOW)
- Quality
Plan & lessons learned
- Safety
Plan
- Organizational
Breakdown Structure (OBS)
- Work
Breakdown Structure (WBS)
- Gantt/milestone
Charts
- Earned
Value Cost/schedule tracking
- Value
Engineering
- Network
Diagram/PERT/CPM Charts
- Project
Calendar
- Timeline
- Communications
Plan
Your Sales Team should understand the plan, and be selling it as a value
added to current and potential customers.
You should be selling the plans to your upper management (the value
added you bring)!
Remember: Perception is reality!
Upcoming Telecommunications Project Manager (TPM) Classes
- Tampa –
April 20-24, 2009
- Baltimore
– May 6-10, 2009 (BICSI Conference)
- Tampa –
May 18-22, 2009
- Tampa –
June 29- July 3, 2009
For more information visit our Website at www.telpm.org
BICSI NEWS
25 Changemakers in 25 Years
A
celebration of ambition, drive and follow-through
This year marks
the 25th anniversary of the RCDD® (Registered Communications Distribution
Designer) Program. Over the years, we have witnessed the contributions of
many influential individuals who, through their vision and drive, have
revolutionized the information transport systems (ITS) industry. The group of
Changemakers featured in this article are educators, mentors, spokespeople and
leaders who have left their footprint in a constantly evolving world. You’ll
read about individuals who revitalized cities by developing IT Zones and
updating water and power facilities. You’ll discover RCDDs who have
co-authored books on industry subjects
never before addressed. You’ll learn about folks who have initiated industry
standards and educational events—even those who helped introduce BICSI to areas
outside of the United States. In fact, you may even recognize some of the names
on our Changemaker list! BICSI pays tribute to these 25 exceptional
Our
Changemakers
Although
there are countless individuals to recognize as changemakers, the professionals
featured in this article have effectively helped to shape the course of the ITS
industry. This core group of individuals is empowering in their ability to
share what they’ve learned to make a difference.individuals.
John Bakowski,
RCDD, NTS,
OSP, WD
Owner and
President, ITS Design and Audit
St.
Catharines, Ontario, Canada
Stephen
Banks, RCDD
Director,
Nightlake Limited
Birmingham,
United Kingdom
Betty M.
Bezos, RCDD, NTS, OSP, WD, PE, PMP, TPM
President
and Owner, Bezos Technologies
Miami,
Florida
Eugene
Botes, RCDD, NTS
Chair,
BICSI Middle East and Africa District
Dubai,
India
Jerry L.
Bowman, RCDD, NTS, CISSP, CPP, TPM
Managing
Director, CommScope Global Services
Columbus,
Ohio
Colin
Browitt, RCDD,
Technical
Officer
Retired
Technical Representative
Templestowe,
Victoria, Australia
Catherine
Dunn, RCDD
Business
Development Manager,
KITCO Fiber
Optics
Virginia
Beach, Virginia
Robert S.
Erickson, RCDD, NTS, OSP, WD, MMIS
Owner,
Communications Network Design
Haysville,
Kansas
Robert Y.
Faber Jr., RCDD, NTS
Global
Accounts Manager, The Siemon Company
Watertown,
Connecticut
Brian
Hansen, RCDD, NTS
Spec
Engineer, Leviton Network Solutions
Rosemount,
Minnesota
Ray Keden,
RCDD, ITS Technician
Development
Manager, Telecommunications, ERICO
San
Leandro, California
Christine
A. Klauck, RCDD, NTS
Manager of
Technical Support, Leviton Fiber Connect Group
Brookfield,
Connecticut
David P.
Labuskes, RCDD, NTS, OSP, CSI, CTS, CPHIMS
Vice
President, RTKL Associates Inc
Baltimore,
Maryland
Tom Larsen,
RCDD
Retired,
AT&T
Buford,
Georgia
Dennis
Middleton
Managing
Director, DESA Australia Pty. Ltd.
Fairfield,
Australia
Gary
Mormile, RCDD
Manager,
Telecom Project Engineering
Bank of
America
La Mirada,
California
Carol
Everett Oliver, RCDD
Marketing
Analyst, Berk-Tek, a Nexans Company
New
Holland, Pennsylvania
Harry
Pfister, RCDD
Retired,
GTE
St.
Petersburg, Florida
Vic
Phillips, RCDD, OSP,
ITS
Technician, RITST, MI
President,
Information Transport Systems Designers International (ITSDI)
Florence,
South Carolina
David M.
Richards, RCDD, NTS, OSP, ITS Technician
Owner, DR
Consulting
Tampa,
Florida
Ron Shaver,
RCDD, NTS, OSP, WD, TPM, ITS Technician
Master
Instructor, BICSI
Tampa,
Florida
Greg
Sherry, RCDD, NTS, WD
Managing
Director, Data Centre Standards Ltd
London,
United Kingdom
Richard S.
Smith, RCDD, NTS, OSP
Manager, Bell Aliant Cabling Solutions,
Bell Aliant
Regional Services
Moncton,
New Brunswick, Canada
Ron Z.
Symolon, RCDD, TLT
Retired,
Southern New England Telephone
Cheshire,
Connecticut
Tony
Whaley, RCDD, NTS, WD
Vice
President, RTKL Associates Inc.
Baltimore,
Maryland
A little
history
While
telephone giant AT&T was being dismantled following a government antitrust
suit in the early 1980s, Tampa, Florida-based BICSI, serving less than 480
members, was developing a credentialing designation for individuals in the
communications and building industries.
The idea
for an exam-based registration originated with a group of building industry
consultants (BICs) from Bell Canada. These BICs were familiar with BICSI
through the annual BICs (and later BICSI) conferences that took place in
Kentucky in the early ‘70s. Prior to deregulation, BICs worked with building owners and designers to ensure that
new buildings were correctly designed to incorporate telephone distribution
systems. BICSI President Jim Alexander recognized the need for a formal
registration program that would educate and test individuals in the proper
design, integration and implementation of telecommunications and their related
infrastructure. He and Executive Secretary Larry Romig (later named Executive
Director) initiated the development of the Registered Communications
Distribution Designer (RCDD) Program.
The RCDD
registration was created in 1984 to promote economical, efficient and flexible
tele-communications in commercial and multi-family buildings. The program was
intended for architects, electrical engineers, interior designers and telecom
personnel from both the regulated and deregulated sectors. Today, the RCDD is
an internationally recognized credential for the telecommunications cabling
industry and has evolved to include voice, data, video, security and other
low-voltage systems. The RCDD credential is achieved by passing a rigorous exam
based on the Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual (TDMM), and is
maintained by meeting continuing education requirements and by frequent
interaction with other members of the ITS community.
John
Bakowski, RCDD, NTS, OSP, WD
Owner and
President
ITS Design
and Audit
St.
Catharines, Ontario, Canada
BEGINNINGS:
John’s love for telecommunications developed early. He began his career
designing building networks for Bell Canada in the BICS group. In 1976, John
met Larry Romig, then BICSI Secretary, at a Canadian BICS conference hosted by
Bell Canada. Larry, impressed by John’s coordination of the event and his
passion for the industry, invited John to become a member of BICSI.
SUCCESSES:
John is credited with bringing an international focus to BICSI. As the former
Global Region Director for BICSI, he was the voice for countries outside of the
United States. During early inter-national expansion efforts, he traveled to
Australia with President Richard Reed and Executive Director Jay Warmke to
advance the country’s efforts in becoming the Australia/New Zealand
District—the first district for BICSI. When John was named BICSI President in
2006, he continued to focus on the international membership. Through his
efforts, members in the South Pacific, Japan, Columbia, Europe and the Middle
East had a direct connection to the Board of Directors, resulting in a more
diverse and intense membership.
Giving
Back: Retired from Bell Canada, John continues to stay very active within BICSI
and the ITS community. He now provides audit and design consulting on a global
level. In addition to his work on the BICSI Registration and Specialties
Supervision Committee, John also works with BICSI Cares, the Speakers Bureau
and the Past Presidents Council.
John also
enjoys proctoring BICSI exams. It’s an opportunity for him to talk to others
involved in BICSI courses and programs. “I reach out to people all over the
world and share successes I’ve had in the industry. We learn so much from each
other.” John often offers words of encouragement and support to those who have
struggled taking their RCDD and Specialist exams.
Forward
Thinking: What began as a vision to increase the talent pool brought to BICSI
has materialized into the NxtGEN Program. While working with international membership,
John realized that a growing number of people in the ITS industry were eager to
work for and achieve BICSI specialties, but didn’t necessarily need or want the
RCDD credential. With that in mind, John presented his idea of allowing
individuals to become BICSI Specialists without first having to become an
RCDD. A committee, initially referred to
as the Inverted Funnel Project, was developed to review this task. After
substantial research, the committee presented their findings and a strategic
plan was put in place. The BICSI NxtGEN Committee, under the appointed
leadership of Jerry Bowman and Bob Erickson, was created, opening the door for
those seeking specialized industry experience and elevating the status of the
RCDD credential globally.
ADVICE: “I
believe the ITS industry will continue to grow regardless of the financial blip
our economy has recently experienced. But with fewer jobs out there, it’s
essential to bring a higher level of service to all your clients. Listen to
their needs so you can help your clients grow. BICSI is the ideal platform to
network, learn and share your expertise and knowledge—a very rewarding
atmosphere unlike any other venue in our industry!”
Stephen
Banks, RCDD
Director
Nightlake
Limited
Birmingham,
United Kingdom
BEGINNINGS:
At the age of 16, Steve began as a technician apprentice, and he entered the
ITS field straight out of school. Toward the end of his apprenticeship at
General Electric Company (GEC) of the United Kingdom, he was involved with a
newly formed computing group that was developing the digital telephone exchange
solution for what is now known as British Telecom. Steve remained at GEC for 20
years, moving through the organization and becoming a design authority for
major government and defense projects. Throughout his career, Steve has
experienced the electromechanical, electronic, digital and optical aspects of
the ITS industry. He took a job at Alcatel, during which time he was involved
with the introduction of BICSI to Europe. His involvement at BICSI has been
focused on the internationalization of its processes and its core documents,
such as the TDMM and ITS Installation Methods Manual (ITSIMM). He also sits on
many of BICSI’s committees and co-chairs the Standards Committee.
SUCCESSES:
Having been nominated twice as one of the industry’s top 10 ITS influences in
the U.K. press, Steve believes all of his accomplishments are great successes.
“We have a good client base, good contacts
and good
friends. I don’t see anything as a failure. Everything is a success, because it
will allow you to move on to the next level.” Coming from a man who has worked
in every aspect of the ITS industry and now runs a highly respected consulting
company, these words certainly ring true.
Forward
Thinking: Since Steve works in a technical industry, he feels that all of what
he does is forward-looking, based on sound engineering and experience.
“Technology advancements are always breaking ground in one area or another, and
there isn’t a problem that you can’t find a solution for,” he says. “So much of
what we do is continually changing, with the development of the next generation
of products and solutions.” Steve believes that one of the things that makes
BICSI stand out in advancing the industry is the creation of
standards
and educating people to deliver useable solutions both now and for the future.
ADVICE:
“The day that you believe you know all about what you’re doing is the day that
you stop learning. There’s a whole lot more to the subject than what you think
you know.”
Betty M.
Bezos, RCDD, NTS, OSP, WD, PE, PMP, TPM
President
and Owner
Bezos
Technologies
Miami,
Florida
BEGINNINGS:
After finishing college with a degree in civil engineering from the University
of Miami, Betty was hired by Southern Bell to work as an outside plant engineer
in South Dade County, Florida. She later transferred to the BICS group in
Miami, and obtained the RCDD credential in 1990. With that in hand, Betty moved
on to become a building LAN manager. In 2000, she started her own consulting
company and became a BICSI Master Instructor.
Mentors:
Betty believes that anyone can become a mentor at any age and at any point in
their career. She credits a number of mentors in her life, including a
wonderful high school history teacher who taught her that teaching (and
learning) could actually be fun. Professionally, Betty has been fortunate to
always have mentors present in her life at the right moment in time. Referring
to the RCDD credential, Frank Mazzotti was a mentor who sent her to Tampa to
take “an exam that one day could probably mean a lot in your career.”
Giving
Back: Betty enjoys offering professional guidance, career path information and
talking to students about the opportunities that lie ahead. Before her job
involved almost 100 percent travel, she volunteered at her church to work with
teenagers and young adults. Professionally, she continually connects with
students who have taken her courses at BICSI or in university settings. She
feels extremely proud to receive e-mails from students telling her they
received a job offer after having applied the knowledge acquired in one of her
courses.
ADVICE:
“Take every opportunity to enhance your knowledge and experience. You may feel
that a job is monotonous and does not challenge you, but just by learning a new
technology or methodology, you can expand your point of view.” Betty notes that
she read Who Moved My Cheese when she was going through challenges in her job.
It made her realize that the ITS industry was a field that required the ability
to “always be with our tennis shoes around our neck, and to keep moving to the
next opportunity. Always be an element of change!”
Forward
Thinking: “I am very lucky to be involved in a field that has experienced
incredible changes in so few years. As I meet young engineers and designers, I
share their excitement and interest for what the future will bring to this
field. Technologies such as WiMAX have become competitive and will assure
connectivity to remote areas and developing countries throughout the world.”
Eugene
Botes, RCDD, NTS
Chair,
BICSI Middle East and Africa District
Based in
Dubai, India
BEGINNINGS:
Eugene’s ITS story began right after school, when he went into
telecommunications with the South African Air Force. After that, he went into
the private sector, working for a company that likely installed the very first
structured twisted-pair cabling solution in South Africa. Gradually, Eugene
progressed through the ranks, from installation to sales, with some consulting
work as well. He got to hear about BICSI in the mid-1990s, and in 2000, Eugene
became the first RCDD in Africa. He became an NTS Specialist shortly after that
and took further training in 2003 to become a BICSI Master Instructor—the only
one in the Middle East and Africa at that time. He has trained nearly half the
RCDDs in the Middle East and Africa and is now serving as the Chair for BICSI’s
Middle East and Africa district.
SUCCESSES:
Eugene believes that a part of his success can be attributed to support from
BICSI Headquarters and other BICSI members in Southern Africa and the United
Kingdom. “Without support from others, tasks become more difficult.”
One
successful initiative Eugene has been able to spearhead, with the help of a
Steering Committee in Dubai, is the growth of BICSI members in the Middle East
and Africa district. Over the past year, the number of conferences held in that
region has been increased from one to three—one in South Africa, one in Dubai
and one in Saudi Arabia. Because of the geographic size of the area, Eugene
felt it would be easier for BICSI to go to the members, rather than people
having to travel to BICSI. Therefore, it has been much easier for interested
people and members to gain knowledge through attending local conferences.
Membership has
increased by at least 130 since 2007, and Eugene has helped to regain lost
members, as well as attract new members in the Middle East and Africa—an
amazing feat in these poor economic times. “BICSI is consistently growing in
the area,” Eugene says. “Yes, the economic crunch has now reached this part of
the world too, but as an RCDD you’ve got this global qualification, and if
there’s anything I can do to help someone get a better job or a better career,
whether it’s in Dubai or somewhere else, that’s what I want to help with.” At
the same time it is equally important that knowledge be transferred by those
that have it to those that need it—a vital aspect of BICSI’s vision that can be
achieved by conferences and training.
ADVICE:
Eugene sees life in general this way: “You cannot do what you want to do until
you’ve done what you have to do.” Reaching goals may take hard work, but if
there is something to believe in, it’s best to dig in, keep believing in it and
see things through.
Jerry L.
Bowman, RCDD, NTS, CISSP, CPP, TPM
Managing
Director
CommScope
Global Services
Columbus,
Ohio
BEGINNINGS:
Jerry became involved in telecommunications as an IT management professional
back in the late 1980s. As the industry embraced distributed computing and the
speeds began to increase, he began to train technicians in the emerging TIA
standards and best practices. During one of those training sessions, Jerry had
the opportunity to talk with the instructor, who was an RCDD. He was so
impressed with the instructor’s knowledge of telecommunications that, after
completing his company’s design training, he began to design the structured
cabling systems for the company’s facilities using the newly published TIA-568
standards and the BICSI TDMM. Shortly after the first project, Jerry began to
study the TDMM and obtained his RCDD.
SUCCESSES:
Jerry experienced his most successful projects after becoming involved in
BICSI. He is most proud of the opportunities that he’s had to contribute to the
various BICSI manuals and standards. While the design and construction of new
factories, high-rise and special-use facilities is exciting, he feels it’s more
stimulating to be able to work with a team of professionals and create a
document that serves an entire industry. He encourages all ITS professionals to
get involved in a committee and write their name in BICSI’s history.
ADVICE:
“You are entering this business at possibly the most exciting time in its young
history. With technology systems and supporting ITS infrastructure now emerging
as pillars of the construction design process, I would encourage those entering
this industry to obtain their RCDD and get as much training and additional
specialties as they can. The future holds great promise for these emerging
professionals, providing they have the breadth of knowledge required for ITS
and technology systems and can assume leadership roles within the design and
construction process.”
Giving
Back: Giving back allows Jerry to repay the debt he owes to those people who
took time to teach him during his early years in this business. He pays it
forward by ensuring the industry has a new generation of “givers” who will
replace those in service now. Surprisingly, when Jerry finds new volunteers,
their reason for not having stepped forward before has little to do with the
time or energy commitment, but has more to do with their being unsure about how
to help. Jerry encourages anyone with doubts or questions to simply ask how
they can get involved.
Forward
Thinking: “The next biggest changes will occur when we overcome the turf wars
and the last few remaining technical challenges and really embrace the 4th
utility idea. Once IP data networks finally overcome the last few speed bumps,
the RCDD of the future will have an increased responsibility
for the
successful construction and operation
of
tomorrow’s technology-rich workplace and can take their rightful places next to
the architects, engineers and others who are recognized as the foundation of
the design and construction industry.”
Colin Browitt,
RCDD,
Technical
Officer
Retired
Technical Representative
Templestowe,
Victoria, Australia
BEGINNINGS:
Colin gained his basic knowledge and understanding of the industry while in
technician training school, where he later earned a diploma in electrical
engineering, with a specialization in electronics. Profession-ally, Colin spent
much of his career with Telecom Australia, Australia’s leading
telecommunications and information services company. During his years with
Telecom Australia, Colin saw great change in the industry, which reflected
change with the company. When Colin first joined Telecom Australia in 1969 it
was known as the Post Master General’s Department and later Telecom Australia.
After Colin left Telecom Australia in mid-1990, it later became known as
Telstra.
For the
following 13 years, Colin also worked as a technical representative for three
major telecommunications manufacturers specializing in connectivity solutions.
He later became a traveling instructor. Through his teaching, he helped to
elevate the quality of ITS professionals in Australia.
SUCCESSES:
Working with other associations and companies in Australia, Colin helped create
a lobbying group consisting of BICSI members and many other individual
organizations. This consortium is working together to bring industry issues to
the government. More specifically, the group is working to elevate government
policies and create a more strict compliance policy in regard to the quality of
ITS design and installation projects.
ADVICE:
Colin advises young professionals to first become generalists before
specializing in a specific area of ITS. By gaining a fundamental understanding
of all things that relate to communications, young professionals will be better
equipped to work on more specialized projects later in their career. Colin
believes everyone should have experience as a technician, or an equivalent
position, and work toward the RCDD credential.
Giving
Back: Colin has actively worked in conjunction with others to promote BICSI South
Pacific and create recognition of BICSI in the credentialing program area. In
the past, he has helped coordinate the speakers and topics for the annual South
Pacific Conference, as well as work on the TDMM and volunteer on the local
Steering Committee.
Catherine
Dunn, RCDD
Business
Development Manager
KITCO Fiber
Optics
Virginia
Beach, Virginia
BEGINNINGS:
Cathy’s entry into the structured cabling market was pure happenstance. With
career experience in city planning and commercial real estate, she moved from
Virginia to Connecticut in 1990. When she couldn’t find a job in real estate,
Cathy began working for a temp agency. Through one of her assignments, she
interviewed for a job at Hubbell Premise Wiring and her ITS career began.
Working with the sales team, product managers and engineers, she learned about
structured cabling products from the ground up.
SUCCESSES:
With a career focused on sales and marketing within the ITS industry, Cathy is
proud of her work on strategic initiatives with a variety of major
manufacturers, distributors and end users. Successful projects that stand out
include product development and sales management with major structured cabling
manufacturers, distributors and national accounts; marketing collateral design
and production including catalogs, training manuals and Web site development;
product training and curriculum development; and work with the BICSI Membership
and Marketing Committee for the past four years.
Mentors:
Cathy feels very fortunate to have worked with Brian McGlone, Kevin Thom and
John Szupiany of Hubbell Premise Wiring. They have always been strong
proponents of BICSI and have encouraged their staff to obtain certifications
and get involved. She counts Maureen Selfridge, Carolyn Venceslau and Sharon Uricchio
as three of the hardest working and most successful women she knows and views
them as great role models when she entered the industry. “They proved that you
can establish a career in a predominantly male marketplace while raising a
family!”
Giving Back:
Cathy believes that giving back is one of the greatest privileges we can
exercise, both in our professional and personal life. She enjoys her committee
work at BICSI immensely, as well as opportunities to mentor newcomers, network
with other members and participate in BICSI Cares at each conference. She’s a
firm believer that whatever we give away comes back to us.
Forward
Thinking: “We have talked for years about increased bandwidth and conver-gence,
and I believe that we are in the midst of a transition from legacy
communications structures to true next-generation networks. Fiber optics
provides the logical means to meet this exploding demand and I think we will
see great strides in the next 5-10 years in this technology, particularly in
areas such as health, media, business and government.”
Robert S.
Erickson, RCDD, NTS, OSP, WD, MMIS
Owner
Communications
Network Design
Haysville,
Kansas
BEGINNINGS:
Bob began his career working as an electrician on communications towers in
Vietnam. While in college, he accepted a job with Southwestern Bell where he
was introduced to telecom. For 30 years he worked as an OSP supervisor, OSP
design engineer, and customer sales and support engineer. For more than 10
years he has shared his knowledge with students in the Master’s program for
Data Communications at Friends University. Currently, Bob is the owner of
Communications Network Design.
SUCCESSES:
Throughout his career, Bob worked on many successful projects—but one job in
particular stuck out to him. Bob worked on a team hired to network a school
district in Kansas. The budget was very restricted, but through hard work and
strategic planning the system was every bit as good, if not better, than other
school districts with much higher budgets. The school district soon became the
fastest growing district in the state and their communications network is now
among the most advanced in Kansas and the surrounding states.
ADVICE: Bob
believes it is most important for young professionals to always be open-minded
and look for different and innovative ways of doing things. “Always try new
methods and don’t be afraid to fail. Become involved and take ownership in
something you feel strongly about.” Bob believes there are three types of
people in the world: ones who make things happen, ones who watch things happen,
and ones who wonder what happened. “It’s your choice as to which one you
represent. Be proactive and make things happen. Never be afraid of change,
embrace it, the ride can be exhilarating and rewarding.”
Mentors:
Many mentors helped shape Bob’s vision and outlook, both personally and
professionally. He’s a positive thinker and helps others around him stay
positive and be creative. Negativism will almost always lead to failure. He
recalls being told that the best solutions have not yet been developed and
never be timid about your ideas. When you voice your opinion, do it in a
positive, constructive and enthusiastic way.
Forward
Thinking: “ITS is a vibrant field that will continue to grow for the
foreseeable future,” says Bob. He suggests pursuing a career in the evolving
and rapidly changing communications industry.
Robert Y.
Faber Jr., RCDD, NTS
Global Accounts Manager
The Siemon
Company
Watertown,
Connecticut
BEGINNINGS:
Bob graduated from Southern Connecticut State University in the early 1980s
with a Bachelor of Science degree in economics. Rather than seeking employment
in that field, he was pulled in a different direction to join a small start-up
cabling installation company and never left the telecommunications cabling
industry. Bob’s initial knowledge of the ITS industry included installing 1A2
key systems, electronic key systems and private branch exchange (PBX) telephone
systems. He has continued to acquire immense knowledge working for Siemon the past
25 years.
SUCCESSES:
Bob lists his two sons, Rob and Chris, now 16 and 14 respectively, as his most
important contributions to the world. He believes the RCDD credential, which he
attained on his first attempt, is his most significant professional milestone.
He has fond memories of the many hours involved in reading and reviewing the
TDMM and the friendship that he developed with George Thorning as they studied
for the exam.
ADVICE:
“The best advice I can offer is to expect the unexpected, immerse yourself in
your profession and seek out opportunities to learn that which is unknown to
you as you plan to succeed. Seek knowledge and you
will find
success.”
Giving
Back: Bob spends countless volunteer hours finding ways to innovate and improve
the content published in the BICSI reference manuals and BICSI standards. He
feels it’s necessary to get directly involved in order to improve the content
for those who study these manuals for future exams. Bob is very proud of the
continual improvements that he and his colleagues have offered to BICSI and
challenges everyone to realize the satisfaction that comes from making
important contributions to BICSI and the industry.
Forward
Thinking: “In a couple of words, technology and convergence. Today’s ITS
professionals use converged applications and appliances as tools to improve
efficiencies in the workplace. The next generation of ITS professionals will
interact with these voice, data and video applications and appliances like
never before. Already, we are beginning to see all modes of information
continually adapt to the emerging demands of new technologies. In the future,
we will use these converged applications and appliances utilizing
Internet-based, artificial intelligence networks.”
Brian
Hansen, RCDD, NTS
Spec
Engineer
Leviton
Network Solutions
Rosemount,
Minnesota
BEGINNINGS:
In the 1980s, Brian had a job selling security systems when he met an owner of
a cable manufacturing/distribution company. “After I tried to sell him for two
hours on a security system, he sat down with me for two hours telling me why I
should work for his company,” Brian recalled. That start brought Brian into the
ITS industry, where he has been working since.
Mentors:
Boyd Uppman, a long-time member of the BICSI Registration and Specialties
Supervision Committee, served as Brian’s mentor and got him involved with
BICSI. Boyd told Brian about the RCDD program and encouraged him to work toward
getting the credential. “I really appreciate what Boyd did for me,” Brian says.
“Boyd mentored a lot of people in our industry and our organization. I give a
lot of credit to him and what he did in getting me involved with BICSI.”
Forward
Thinking: Besides becoming the president of BICSI in 2010, Brian looks forward
to writing technology credits for the LEED/Green Building Rating System.
LEED/Green building is a very hot topic, and there are no technology credits
for it as of yet. Brian believes that writing these credits will not only be a
benefit to BICSI members, but for anyone involved in the ITS industry. Once
these technology credits are complete, Brian plans to focus on building
relationships with other organizations in the industry.
ADVICE: Get
involved in ITS and BICSI early. In conjunction with BICSI’s NxtGEN program,
Brian wants to involve more colleges and technical schools with BICSI to bring
the youth back into BICSI and the RCDD program. “We all know the benefit of the
RCDD and how it benefits us in the industry. It can only help young
professionals to get their RCDD while they’re in or coming out of college to
get them a better position in the industry. The more students and schools we
can get involved, the more beneficial it is, not only to them, but to BICSI,
our membership and our fellow RCDDs.”
Ray Keden,
RCDD,
ITS
Technician
Development
Manager, Telecommunications
ERICO
San
Leandro, California
BEGINNINGS:
Ray’s love for telecommunications began straight out of middle school in
Frankfurt, Germany, when he enrolled in a three-and-a half year apprenticeship
as a telecommunications technician. After earning a master’s degree in
electrical engineering, Ray began work at a large, private German telephone
company, Telefonbau und Normalzeit, where he remained for 14 years. In 1984,
Ray came to America and established Keden Consulting. Working in UL, CSA and
NEMA committees, he gained a great deal of experience in North American codes
and standards. For the past 14 years, Ray has been employed at ERICO®, where he
is currently the development manager for telecommunications.
SUCCESSES:
Ray considers his greatest professional achievement to be the introduction and
adaptation of the J-Hook. The first non-continuous pathway system to emerge in
the ITS industry has become one of the most widely used pathway systems in
North America. Ray presented the CADDY® J-Hook to BICSI, TIA and ISO/IEC, where
it now plays an important role in both domestic and international standards.
What began as a low-cost installation option has developed into a smart choice
to help achieve green building solutions.
Giving
Back: During his 30 years of participating in standardization, Ray has worked
closely with many major standards organizations. An active member of the BICSI
Codes and Standards Committees for 12 years, Ray also sat on the German
Standards Association (DKE/VDE) from 1978-84. He has represented BICSI since
2002 as a principal in Panel 3 of the National Electrical Code (NEC®). With
extensive knowledge in grounding and bonding, as well as cabling standards, Ray
is working within ISO/IEC on the Cabling Implementation Task Group (CITG).
Their objective is to meld European CENELEC standards and North American TIA
standards into a new ISO/IEC 14763-2 Implementation and Operation of Customer
Premises Cabling – Part 2: Planning and Installation.
“You don’t
contribute to an industry association to garner recognition,” says Ray, “but
when BICSI bestowed the 2006 Harry J. Pfister Award for Excellence in the
Telecommunications Industry on me, I was humbled, proud and speechless.”
ADVICE:
“Get involved, share knowledge and make a commitment to help further the ITS
industry,” advises Ray. “You will experience personal rewards along the way.
Contractors recognize those affiliated with BICSI as individuals serious about
proper knowledge and education. In particular, the RCDD credential opens many
doors that might otherwise remain closed.”
Forward
Thinking: “There is a better solution out there” is Ray’s working principle.
“Working with cables, conduits and other materials was once a relatively static
science. As we face the environmental challenges of today, we need to focus on
creating products that are more efficient…products that save our resources.”
Christine
A. Klauck, RCDD, NTS
Manager of Technical Support
Leviton
Fiber Connect Group
Brookfield,
Connecticut
BEGINNINGS:
Chris originally never aspired to work in the ITS industry. Chris wanted to
work as a physical education instructor and planned on studying it after high
school. Though supportive, her parents stressed the importance of learning a
trade as well. Before studying to become an instructor, she received a
certificate in drafting. After completing both programs, Chris began searching
for a job and realized there were no openings at schools for instructors. She
began drafting for IBM and eventually learned to draft on computers.
SUCCESSES:
One of the largest projects Chris worked on was the Price Waterhouse building
in Manhattan, New York. The building had more than 1,800 cable drops, with 6
cables per drop and 18 change orders per day. The installation took two years
to complete and Chris worked as a project manager and designer throughout the
project.
Giving
Back: Chris has been an active volunteer within BICSI and other associations
for many years. She previously held the position of U.S. Northeast Region
Director, currently serves as the Chair for the BICSI Cares Committee and was
recently elected to the Board of Directors as Secretary. Through her work
with BICSI Cares, she has had the
opportunity to research and select the charities that benefit from attendee
donations at the BICSI conferences. With her help, hundreds of thousands of
dollars have been donated
to charity.
Forward
Thinking: Currently, Chris works with structured cabling within data centers.
She explains it as complicated but exciting. “Looking into the future, there is
no doubt data centers are going to play a major role in all designs,” said
Chris. With the increased speed of systems, manufacturers are capable of doing
a tremendous amount toward the 40 Gb/s applications that are not yet written.
David P.
Labuskes RCDD, NTS, OSP, CSI, CTS, CPHIMS
Vice
President
RTKL
Associates Inc
Baltimore,
Maryland
BEGINNINGS:
At the start of his career, Dave held the position of chief information officer
at a credit and collections finance firm. He later worked as executive vice
president with Accelerated Payment Systems, the first offered service
supporting payment by check over the phone. For the five years following, Dave
owned his own consulting firm named Premier Technology Services, which focused
on information technology solutions for businesses and specialized in both the
retirement community and financial software industries. Dave began working with
RTKL, an international design firm, in 1999 to start a consulting division that
worked specifically on low-voltage, voice and data cabling design. Currently,
Dave’s division at RTKL employs 60 people who work on ITS projects with
specialties in wireless, voice and data, audiovisual, acoustics and security
design.
SUCCESSES:
Through BICSI, Dave volunteers as the chair for the Technical Information and
Methods Committee. This committee is responsible for writing and updating the
BICSI technical manuals, as well as the development of additional technical
publications. Through his work, he has helped to shape the direction of BICSI
and has been actively involved with the NxtGEN initiative. Professionally, Dave
takes great pride in the people who work within his division at RTKL. Through
his team of talented individuals, the Special Systems Design Group has made
great contributions to the value of the RTKL brand.
ADVICE:
Dave believes you should focus on giving, not taking, and become involved as a
volunteer. “Take the opportunity to meet talented people, learn new skills and
help your business grow. Whenever or whatever you give will provide a sense of
ownership and affect change in the industry.” Dave has spent as much as 30
hours per week on volunteer work. He believes volunteering is a great way to
contribute to BICSI and the industry as a whole.
Forward
Thinking: Looking ahead, Dave believes that wireless technologies are going to
take center stage in the industry. “Ignore wireless technologies at your own
risk,” he warns. He also advises professionals to throw away all assumptions,
as the industry will likely undergo a massive shift that requires ITS
professionals to create new relationships. Businesses will begin sharing more
information virtually and partnering with other businesses to provide new
opportunities. The move, he believes, will be global. New challenges will arise
and new solutions will be created.
Tom Larsen,
RCDD
Retired
from AT&T
Buford,
Georgia
BEGINNINGS:
His first job out of college, Tom joined the sales department of New York
Telephone, which was then part of the “Bell System.” In 1980, Tom moved to
Atlanta and joined BellSouth’s BICS department. Soon after, Tom was promoted to
head up BellSouth’s BICS staff. He then joined BICSI and began a long history
of close involvement in BICSI activities.
SUCCESSES:
Tom played an integral role in the evolution of BICSI conferences. Back when
corporate co-sponsors helped conduct the conferences, BellSouth co-sponsored
the Winter Conference for more than 10 years. As the conference co-sponsor
director, Tom worked closely with Carol Eisman (then BICSI conference manager)
to advance BICSI conferences from homegrown overhead projector presentations to
the professional
format that
exists today. “Working as the conference co-sponsor director was particularly
rewarding for me because new ground was always being plowed. BICSI’s membership
numbers soared, especially internationally.”
Giving
Back: Tom spent much of his professional career giving back to the industry.
Throughout the years, Tom chaired the Education and Training Committee, the
Engineering Committee and the Governmental Relations Committee. He won BICSI’s
Member of the Year Award in 1986 for establishing BICSI’s first Engineering
Committee, the TDMM format and BICSI’s initial design training courses. His
continuous involvement during BICSI’s formative years helped the association
grow into a leading educator of telecommunications design skills.
Advice:
“Get involved in the leadership of BICSI. Lend your expertise and help shape
BICSI’s future.”
Dennis
Middleton
Managing Director
DESA
Australia Pty. Ltd.
Fairfield,
Victoria, Australia
BEGINNINGS:
As a young man in Scotland, Dennis was always pulling apart clocks, bikes and
anything else he could get his hands on. He wanted to be a motor mechanic, but
it was suggested that Dennis become an electrician because it was cleaner, more
respected and was the way of the future. He got an apprenticeship at the age of
16, and a year-and-a half later, when his family moved to Australia, even more
opportunities opened up for him.
After studying
one night a week for 10 years at night school in many subjects, Dennis was
included on a team that installed the power for some of IBM and ICL’s largest
computers in Melbourne. He was highly recognized as someone who understood the
stringent grounding requirements for those company’s mainframes, so he
continued to be included in major installations all over Australia, New Guinea
and Bougainville copper mines.
As
computing migrated from the computer room to the desktop it was natural for
Dennis to be included in the complex cabling require-ments to the desktop, and
he has continued in that aspect of the industry to this day.
SUCCESSES:
Dennis believes that, rather than having a single big success, he has had a
series of many small successes. One of these successes was starting his
business, DESA, from scratch in 1989. Currently he supervises a staff of more
than 300 full-time employees. He was also instrumental in bringing BICSI to
Australia, and he uses the RCDD qualification as the cornerstone of his
company’s technical team. In doing so, Dennis has set a precedent for other
Australian companies to follow suit.
Advice:
Dennis was told many years ago that “there is no luck in business; it’s all
about preparation. Prepare for an
opportunity when it comes along, because when one is prepared and the
opportunity comes, others will call that luck.”
Giving
Back: “I feel that I will never give back enough to this industry,” Dennis
says. However, since starting DESA, he decided that one of the key success
factors for his company would be employing apprentices. Over the past 20 years,
he has employed thousands, and watching how the young men and women grow and
enjoy the benefits of the ITS industry is fantastic. “Most of our project
managers who hold RCDD qualifications have completed their apprenticeship with
DESA.”
Forward
Thinking: “Our industry is secure with the good, young people I see coming
through, and it is important for folks around my age to believe in these people
and help them along the way as others have helped us.”
Gary
Mormile, RCDD
Manager,
Telecom Project Engineering
Bank of
America
La Mirada,
California
BEGINNINGS:
Gary began in the industry in 1968 working for Pacific Telephone. There he
performed a variety of technical and supervisory tasks and eventually became
involved with their BIC engineering group. Under recommendation from George
Loveren, a fellow BICSI member and RCDD, Gary sat for the RCDD examination and
passed. He was among the first group of individuals to take the exam. Since
then, he has been a constant contributor to the ITS industry and has urged many
in the industry to become BICSI members and work toward receiving the RCDD
credential.
SUCCESSES:
Gary recalls a project in the early 1990s for the Department of Water and Power where a
team from his organization was tasked with updating the Department’s
facilities. One of their main multi-story buildings in the San Fernando Valley needed to have a
complete infrastructure installation of voice, data, systems, wiring and
communications systems. His team was able to build the entire infrastruc-ture
and complete the job within the given time line and to a very high standard of
installation, especially for that time. It was a very large, very expensive
project that Gary was proud to manage. Gary was also one of the managers of an
engineering and construction group that worked on design and construction
buildout for the Southern California Metrolink System.
Forward
Thinking: At the 2008 Fall Conference, Gary was able to attend a presentation
regarding NxtGEN and what the program will do to further specialize the
structure of the RCDD and Specialist programs. He is very encouraged by this
move. He compares it to medical degrees and specializations. “It’s hard for a
doctor to know everything. That’s why there are specialties. In the same way,
with complex technology, it is very difficult for one RCDD to know every single
aspect about every single technology and be 100 percent current. It’s just too
much to digest. The further specialization will help to alleviate that.” He
believes that NxtGEN expands the importance of BICSI as an organization and the
importance of training, and it gives more focus and more credibility to a
certification. “Being one of the original RCDDs,” he notes, “I really think
it’s a good move.”
Advice:
“Stay involved with the organization and support it,” Gary says. “I think, in
the long run, BICSI provides many benefits to engineers. Companies I work for
today acknowledge my background and acknowledge the organization and what it
stands for. The RCDD is my ‘badge of honor.’ It really shows how well-rounded
you are.”
Carol
Everett Oliver, RCDD
Marketing
Analyst
Berk-Tek, a
Nexans Company
New
Holland, Pennsylvania
BEGINNINGS:
Carol began her career working in marketing and advertising. After several
years of working with clients in the ITS industry, Carol was urged by a mentor
to start her own firm. In 1996 Everett Communications was established. For the
past 3 years, Carol has been working for Berk-Tek as the marketing analyst.
SUCCESSES:
As a contributing writer to Cabling Business Magazine, Carol has a monthly
column called Reel Time. She believes it is important to publish technical
information in an easy-to-read format. “I try to explain technical items in the
simplest of terms,” says Carol. With more than 100 articles published in many
trade journals, it is clear that she has helped to advance the industry with
her column, case studies and white papers through education and exposure.
Advice: Carol
recalls studying for the RCDD exam. At the time, she was overwhelmed with the
amount of information. After asking her Master Instructor for further
explanation on some of the topics, she realized it was easier to understand the
material by approaching each section individually. After putting her life on
hold for three months, Carol achieved the RCDD credential in 2003. She now
promotes the RCDD and advises ITS professionals to peruse the credential and
embrace the evolving industry through training.
Giving
Back: In 1996, Carol attended her first BICSI conference. Since then, she has
attended them regularly and currently sits on the Nominating Committee and the
Exhibitor Liaison Committee, which she helped to establish and served as its
first chair. Through this volunteer work, Carol has helped evolve the Exhibit
Hall into what it is today. Working closely with each exhibitor, the committee
brings suggestions back to BICSI and proposes policy changes based on the
exhibitor feedback.
In addition
to her volunteer work with BICSI, Carol also works with ASIS International, an
organization for security professionals, as their subject matter expert for
structured cabling on their Education Council. “I’m working to create a bridge
between the structured cabling and security worlds.”
Forward
Thinking: Looking ahead, Carol predicts that all network services will soon be
going into one telecom room, including the security industry and building
automation. Smart buildings mean more structured cabling, and the need for ITS
professionals to become multidisciplined.
Harry
Pfister, RCDD
Retired
from GTE
St.
Petersburg, Florida
BEGINNINGS:
While studying pre-engineering at St. Petersburg Junior College, Harry saw a
job posting for an osp engineer at General Telephone Company. Over the next 32
years he held several management positions, promoted to senior and later
systems engineer. Harry learned a great deal on-the-job with the AT&T/Bell
Telephone Training Manual leading the way. Little did Harry know that attending
educational Systems Seminars put on by the University of Kentucky in old
tobacco barns would be his first step in helping to establish BICSI.
SUCCESSES:
Harry was a regular attendee of the biannual Systems Seminars that offered
architects and engineers hands-on learning opportunities and lectures. In time,
Harry noticed that more telephone employees were attending the seminars than
architects and engineers, changing the dynamics of the event. Representing
General Telephone on the Planning Committee, Harry came up with the idea to
develop a new conference tailored to individuals in the communications field.
In 1973, the University of South Florida and General Telephone sponsored the
first BICs conference in Tampa, Florida. As attendee numbers rose, Harry, along
with BICSI Executive Director Larry Romig, saw the need for a professional
telecommunications association, and in 1974 BICSI was born.
In addition
to helping establish BICs conferences and later, BICSI, Harry is also credited
for developing the GTE Telephone Standards Manual. The manual was a compilation
of many different technical resources from all over the world. When the
publication was completed, Harry presented it to BICSI, and it was used as a
primary resource for the development of the TDMM.
Giving
Back: Harry is extremely active in both his home community and the ITS
industry. He shares his knowledge of outside plant and building design in the
many committees and organizations he has sat on. Harry has been president of
Construction Specifications Institute, as well as local chapters of both the
Electrical Council of Florida and the Producers Council (educating architects
and engineers). In addition, Harry has been a member of IEEE for 50-plus years
and was a member of the Armed Forces Communications and Electronics Association
for 30 years.
Advice:
Harry’s philosophy, not surprisingly, is if you’re able and active, you should
participate. Get involved in the industry. Volunteer to sit on a professional
committee, then work hard to make a difference.
FORWARD
THINKING: How can we make our industry better? How can we improve our
community? For Harry, our community and our industry work hand in hand. By
requiring proper codes, we can avoid problems down the road and focus on
improving technology and making our world a safer, technologically smarter
place to live and work.
Vic
Phillips, RCDD, OSP, ITS Technician, RITST, MI
President
Information
Transport Systems Designers International (ITSDI)
Florence,
South Carolina
BEGINNINGS:
Vic started out as an Aviation Electronics Technician for the U.S. Navy. After
four years, he moved on to Pacific Gas and Electric Company (PG&E), and
later the Southern Bell Telephone Company. He began as a groundsman with
PG&E and worked his way up to journeyman lineman. Vic graduated under the
G.I. Bill with a degree in business administration and industrial management.
After 10 years with Southern Bell he was promoted as an OSP engineer. Two years
later he became the building industry consultant for the Florence District.
While
working for Southern Bell as a BIC, Vic was invited by Bill Milam, the BICS
Staff Manager for South Carolina, to attend the 1978 Tampa BICSI Conference.
Vic was so impressed that he asked to return the following year. When his
company was unable to pay his way, Vic paid for himself.
SUCCESSES:
As the 75th member of BICSI, Vic became very involved in the association. In
1980, BICSI President Dunn Harvey asked Vic to chair the Engineering and
Standards Committee (today known as the Technical Information and Methods
Committee), where he served until 2002. Vic worked with this group to create
BICSI’s first technical document, the BICSI Engineering and Standards Handbook.
Published by GTE, this book outlined the technical specifications for running pathways
in commercial buildings and was used throughout the industry. In addition, Vic
became part of a joint working group with GTE to produce and publish the BICS
Handbook, the first comprehensive document to address distribution design. The
BICS Handbook would later evolve into the TDMM. Vic was also instrumental in
developing BICSI’s Installation Program as one of the three SMEs asked to write
the BICSI Cabling Installation Manual.
Giving
Back: After serving as BICSI President from 1988-89, Vic was ready to retire,
which he finally did in 1991. “The industry was good to me. I felt it was my
personal responsibility to give back to those starting out in the field.” In
1996, Vic became a BICSI Master Instructor so that he could pass on his
knowledge and experience to his students via “brain dumps.” To this day, Vic
teaches classes in both distribution design and outside plant. In addition, Vic
is helping to expand the availability of BICSI credentials as vice chair of
BICSI’s NxtGEN Committee.
Advice: “Treat
BICSI as YOUR association. Take entrepreneurial ownership and help BICSI
continue to grow and become the world’s premiere ITS association.”
FORWARD
THINKING: Back in 1987, Vic and BICSI Executive Director Larry Romig began the
process of creating an educational program that enabled individuals out of high
school to go as far as they wanted in the telecommunications industry. Today
we’ve seen that goal materialize with BICSI’s ITS Installation Program and
Distribution Design Program. Now individuals have all the resources they need
to become professionals and specialists in the ITS industry.
David M.
Richards, RCDD, NTS, OSP, ITS Technician
Owner
DR
Consulting
Tampa,
Florida
BEGINNINGS:
Upon finishing high school in the mid-eighties, David was introduced to the
industry by a neighbor who was a retired Pacific Bell instructor. The
electrical, as well as mechanical properties of telecom instruments for that
time were very fascinating to him, so David attended Western Technical College
and received a diploma in telecommunications. His first position was as a
repair technician for telephone/answering devices and fax machines. The use of
cellular telephone technology was in its beginning stages, and he was involved
in the inception of a cellular phone installation and repair department for the
first company he worked for following school.
SUCCESSES:
David’s success has come since his discovery of BICSI during a 10-year service
as the vice president of technical training for PCC Network Solutions. He has
volunteered as the BICSI U.S. Western Region Director from 2005-06, the BICSI
Board of Directors Liaison for the Education Advisory Council and Installation
Committee and is a BICSI Certified Trainer and a Master Instructor. He was
involved from start to finish with developing the current BICSI strategic
business plan, and served with the National Science Foundation Consortium of
Volunteer Instructors from 2001-06. David continues to serve on the
Installation Committee and was the driving force behind the development of the
BICSI Cabling Skills Challenge.
Advice:
”Find your talent and passion in the industry. Develop a relationship with
those who you feel are successful in those areas. Ask them how they got to
where they are today and what would they do differently now that they are
there. Accept that change is constant in this industry and continuously seek
updated education to expand your knowledge.”
Mentors:
Mentors have always played a big part in David’s career, and they are the
reason for him discovering his passion for teaching. Mentors have helped him
maintain his perspective toward his career, while at the same time helping him
set benchmarks and goals to keep his curiosity and thirst for knowledge
satisfied.
Giving
Back: Being a volunteer for an association like BICSI has given David the
opportunity to satisfy his passion for sharing knowledge and being a mentor in
honor of those who have done the same for him throughout his career. He is
honored to stand up in front of his peers and give them something practical to
take back to their place of work. His never-ending goal is to keep finding new
ways to provide a career path for those who started in the field and would like
to expand their horizon in the industry.
Ron Shaver,
RCDD, NTS, OSP, WD, TPM, ITS Technician
Master
Instructor
BICSI
Tampa,
Florida
BEGINNINGS:
Ron started out in the U.S. Air Force working in Airborne Communications. His
early career also included work in the oil field industry, where he maintained
electronic devices sent into oil wells. When Ron’s company purchased a computer
business, EMR, Ron was excited for the opportunity to work with computers. In
the late 1970s, cables supporting mainframe-to-desktop emerged. Since few
companies were selling this new technology, Ron began making custom cables in
his garage and selling them locally. In 1978, Ron began his own business. When
competition grew and RFQs began requiring RCDDs, Ron earned his RCDD
credential. In 1996, Ron became a contract Master Instructor teaching for
BICSI. In 2000, he came to work for BICSI full-time as a subject matter expert.
He was later promoted to manager of curriculum and instructor development.
SUCCESSES:
What began as a love for computers developed into a homegrown business. Ron’s
1978 company, Custom Computer Cable Company, was in business for 18 years.
Established at a time when there were no standards and twisted-pair didn’t
exist, Ron used innovation to get computers and cables to talk to one another.
Later, Ron’s experience allowed him to quickly adapt to twisted-pair cables as
well.
Ron also
takes pride in the accomplishments of BICSI’s Professional Development (PD)
department where he worked and managed for three years. He credits the entire
group for greatly improving and updating many of BICSI’s distribution design
and wireless courses, as well as BICSI’s entire installation program. These
updates required a tremendous amount of effort and cooperation on the part of
what Ron considers “an extremely talented PD team.”
Giving
Back: Though Ron retired from BICSI in 2008, his love for teaching has brought
him back to the classroom. Ron continues to teach as a Master Instructor,
utilizing his knowledge to assist others in earning credentials and bettering
the industry. With strong ties to BICSI’s PD department, Ron has also committed
himself to doing “whatever it takes” to make the busy department’s job easier.
He is currently involved in several BICSI projects, including NxtGEN and
updating the next edition of the Network Design Reference Manual (NDRM).
Advice:
“Allow people to do their jobs—what they know how to do. Everyone has their own
areas of expertise, and we should respect that.”
Forward
Thinking: “The Telecommunica-tions industry has always been a very dynamic
industry. Even in today’s economy, technology continues to change. We should
expect advancements in wireless and fiber-to-the-home. Products and services
will likely continue to develop to meet the increasing demand for bandwidth to
all facets of the private and public sectors. The insatiable thirst for
knowledge throughout the world drives these advancements.”
Greg
Sherry, RCDD, NTS, WD
Managing
Director
Data Centre
Standards Ltd
London,
United Kingdom
BEGINNINGS:
Greg began working in the industry more than 30 years ago when he was accepted
into an apprenticeship program with what was then U.K.’s leading computer
manufacturer. Greg’s father was an electrician and introduced him to the
emerging industry.
Since his
start, Greg has now become involved with data centers and currently owns Data
Centre Standards Ltd, which audits, designs and builds data centers across
Europe. Greg also serves on the BICSI Board of Directors as European Region
Director.
SUCCESSES:
Greg worked on the largest cabling project in Europe in 1997. As the Quality
Control Consultant on the project, he worked to oversee the design and
installation of more than 200,000 cables. As this was one of the first category
5e installations in Europe, the cabling was stringently tested. Not many other
buildings have been tested to the same level since.
In
addition, Greg takes great pride in his RCDD, NTS and WD credentials. At the
time he passed the exam, there were less than 100 other RCDDs in Europe. Greg
was also the third NTS Specialist and the first WD Specialist in Europe.
Greg was
voted as one of the top 10 ‘movers and shakers’ in the U.K. cabling market and
has also been appointed to be on the judging panel for three major European
data center awards ceremonies.
Advice:
“Staying current and up-to-date is key in the ITS industry because changes come
so quickly,” says Greg. He also suggests that all ITS professionals should
create and plan a training program and career progression path. It is important
to keep up with emerging technologies and continue to receive training in the
latest developments.
From
firsthand experience, Greg realizes the importance of becoming involved with
BICSI. With the development of the BICSI Data Center Standard, Greg was able to
see a business opportunity within the industry. Staying current in the industry
will not only prove to be individually rewarding, but could also translate into
new business opportunities.
Giving
Back: In 1998, Greg was introduced to BICSI. At that time, the U.K. had little
to no guidance or quality control in the industry. Since then, he has helped to
create more awareness of the organization and its credentialing programs. “I
volunteer to make a difference,” says Greg. He currently sits on the Board of
Directors and also volunteers on BICSI’s Ethics Committee, Membership and
Marketing Committee and Registration and Specialties Supervision Committee.
Additionally, he works with the European Country Chairs to continually
encourage BICSI growth in the region and often presents at breakfast club
meetings.
Richard S.
Smith, RCDD, NTS, OSP
Manager,
Bell Aliant Cabling Solutions
Bell Aliant
Regional Services
Moncton,
New Brunswick, Canada
BEGINNINGS:
Richard began in the industry in the 1970s, when he was hired by New Brunswick
Telephone Company as an installation and repair technician, and he will
celebrate his 34th anniversary with the company—now called Bell Aliant—this
year. Impressed with BICSI and what the organization offers, he became a member
in 1999 and subsequently earned his RCDD, NTS and OSP credentials. In 2006,
Richard was elected as BICSI’s Canadian Region Director, a position in which he
has been re-elected for the 2009-10 term.
SUCCESSES:
Easily, one of Richard’s greatest successes to date is bringing the Canadian
Region Meetings to community colleges and technical schools, rather than
holding them in hotels or corporate buildings. The same information that is
traditionally shared with members at Region Meetings is now also shared with
faculty and students enrolled in ITS programs. Here, young professionals have
the opportunity to learn what BICSI is and what the organization has to offer.
Students and faculty also have the opportunity to interact with today’s ITS
professionals to find out what skill sets they are looking for.
Additionally,
Richard worked with BICSI Headquarters to reallocate the money that would have
been used to rent other facilities and created the BICSI Next Generation
Scholarship. The award is presented to a deserving student in a college-level
IT program. It represents the association’s focus to reach out to the next
generation of IT, engineering and other ITS professionals to help them to
achieve their knowledge-based goals.
Forward
Thinking: “Today, universities and other post-secondary schools graduate
students with a myriad of credentials, including graduate engineers. I would
like to see the day when technical colleges graduate BICSI-credentialed
Installers, Technicians and potentially, RCDDs or other BICSI accreditations
similar to how the P.E. Program tracks today,” Richard says. “I would also like
to see BICSI manuals—because of their timely, vendor-neutral,
manufacturer-independent content—be used as resource manuals by students taking
various ITS programs at technical schools.”
Advice:
“The reward for good work is more work,” Richard notes, and he feels that
access to information from BICSI has made that saying even truer. Richard
encourages everyone planning a career in the ITS industry to get BICSI
accreditations to ensure that they are equipped with the information to do good
work.
Ronald Z.
Symolon, RCDD, TLT
Cheshire,
Connecticut
BEGINNINGS:
As a young man just out of the U.S. Army, it seemed natural for Ron to follow
in his dad’s footsteps and work at a telephone company, so he took a position
at Southern New England Telephone (SNET). There he spent the next 30 years, the
last nine of which he spent in the BICS group. After retiring from SNET, Ron
began a second career as a telecommunications consultant with the State of
Connecticut Department of Public Works. Over the years, Ron also served as vice
president of marketing at Data Link Corporation, director of marketing at New
England Insulated Wire Corporation and founder and past president of
Communication Cable Consultants Inc. (CCCI), a subsidiary of a large architectural/engineering
firm in Connecticut. During this time, Ron implemented many state-of-the-art
planning and design standards pertaining to building communications
distribution facilities.
SUCCESSES:
While working at SNET, Ron was hand-selected to co-author a chapter in “High
Tech Real Estate.” This was the first book ever published to comprehensively
address essential information needed by professionals involved in commercial
real estate and telecommunications ventures. Ron used his expertise to write the
chapter entitled “Inside Wiring for the High Tech Building.” This chapter dealt
with the importance of preplanning and managing high-tech buildings. Date Pro
Research later selected this chapter as a technical reference in their own
technical data publications.
Ron
experienced another success when the City of Waterbury, Connecticut selected
his firm, CCCI, to assist in the development of the state’s first “Information
Technology Zone.” The purpose of the zone was to revitalize an old, failing
industrial area of the city and pull it out of economic distress. After many
months of research, CCCI developed a master plan and the city began marketing
its new I.T. Zone to the public. They were able to draw many new and emerging
businesses back to the city. The plan used technology as the main attraction.
Giving
Back: As one of the first people to ever sit for the RCDD exam, Ron worked very
hard to familiarize the industry with the benefits of the credential. In 2002,
he introduced BICSI and Ron Provost, Government Relations Committee
Representative, to the State of Connecticut Licensing Bureau. Connecticut
ultimately became the first state to recognize the RCDD credential, and later
the state-recognized Telecommunications Infrastructure Layout Technicians (TLT)
License was established.
Advice:
“Your reputation precedes you in this industry, so you must consistently
provide quality workmanship. Gather all facts and figures and provide clients
with engineered solutions. Listen to your client. When providing technical
design documents, be accurate and clear with your requirements. Remain
consistent from project to project so that your client, the contractor and you
are in agreement as to what is expected.”
Tony
Whaley, RCDD, NTS, WD
Vice
President
RTKL
Associates Inc
Baltimore,
MD
BEGINNINGS:
Tony started out in wireless communications as a radio repairman in the U.S.
Army. He trained on telephone switches while stationed in Germany and was hired
by the University of Cincinnati as a telecom foreman, overlooking the crew that
performed moves, adds and changes for the university’s telephone system. It was
during this time that Tony met some individuals working on the outside plant
and data side who talked about BICSI and its programs. With piqued interest,
Tony did some research, joined the association and attended his first
conference in 1997. Following that, he studied for and attained his RCDD
credential and realized the door had been opened to a whole new world of
opportunity.
SUCCESSES:
Tony counts many fortunate successes in his career. His first experience was
working with the APEX group in Maryland to help design a collapsed fiber
backbone system for the J. Edgar Hoover Building in Washington D.C. Containing
more than 75 telecommunications closets, it was a real teeth-cutter project in
Tony’s career. More recently, he was part of an award-winning design team for
the design of the new Communications Command Post at the U.S. Army’s Fort
Stewart. Overall, Tony feels blessed to have worked with and learned so much
from the talented individuals he has met over the years.
Mentors:
Tony credits many mentors who touched his life. Bennie Lovette at the
University of Cincinnati helped Tony get started in the industry and discover
BICSI. Paul Kenny at APEX (now Vision Technologies) mentored Tony in pricing
and managing projects. John Lynch pushed Tony to be detail-oriented in all that
he did at Bell Atlantic. Eric Maxfield and Rick Stewart helped Tony to become a
true designer and consultant. Finally, David Labuskes—also being recognized as
a Changemaker—has become a friend and mentor who opened the door for Tony to be
a leader and mentor to his fellow co-workers.
Giving
Back: Tony is constantly involved in developing white papers and teaching
classes on low-voltage systems. He works on BICSI’s Registration and
Specialties Supervision and Technical Information and Methods committees to
help provide quality products to the ITS industry. He truly believes in the
power that BICSI credentials can have for a rewarding and successful career.
Tony gives back to the industry because he feels it is important to pitch in
and ensure the products and information BICSI produces continue to be
top-notch.
Advice:
“Take advantage of all the ITS industry has to offer. From basic telecommunications
courses that can introduce you to this field to the more advanced courses that
can allow you to become a communications designer, be sure to explore all the
possibilities. I stand as an example of how BICSI certifications helped me to
land better jobs, promotions and gain an overall better quality of life.”
Reprinted with
permission of BICSI News – 2009 – www.bisci.org
***************************
New Faces, New Opportunities
Many of you
may know me from my years of writing in the ITS industry, and now I’m excited
to continue contributing as the new editor of BICSI News. As challenging as it
will be, I will do my best to fill the shoes of former editor Michael McCahey,
who has been an invaluable asset and responsible for taking BICSI News from
newsletter status to the flourishing publication it is today. Many thanks to
Michael for helping me transition into this new role.
Despite the
doom and gloom surrounding our economy, I’m optimistic about the future. First,
I believe information transport systems (ITS) have reached the point where they
are so critical to business success and growth, that ITS design and
installation will remain high on the list of priorities. Furthermore, many of
the initiatives due to come out of the new Obama administration could mean
exciting opportunities.
In December
2008, the new administration announced plans to invest in transportation, make
public buildings energy efficient, modernize schools and health care, and
upgrade Internet infrastructure. So whether you voted for Obama or not, most of
us can agree with his statements that “it is unacceptable that the U.S. ranks
15th in broadband adoption,” and “introducing electronic medical records could
prevent mistakes and help save billions.” This will be the first time in
history the U.S. has voted for a technology-savvy, Blackberry-using president
and, in my opinion, that means good things for the ITS industry.
As
businesses turn to alternative energy sources and strive to improve
productivity and security, more doors will open for ITS than we thought
possible. Intelligent buildings that monitor energy use and better protect
people and property could increase the amount of cabling needed to transmit
signals from more than just PCs and laptops. A transportation upgrade could
mean outside plant fiber deployments for intelligent transportation systems. If
electronic medical records become commonplace, healthcare facilities might need
higher bandwidth, more connections, and expanded data centers. If the Obama
administration keeps its promise to initiate “sweeping efforts to modernize
schools and boost broadband access,” we could see a good deal of money pumped
into our industry.
Even with
these new opportunities, ITS professionals will need to be at the top of their
game to make it through the worst economic crisis since the Great Depression.
It is therefore my goal to continue BICSI’s mission of providing relevant,
vendor-neutral information to help ITS professionals improve skills and expand
their scopes of work. In 2009, I plan to focus much of BICSI News on making the
right choices, introducing new opportunities and deploying cost-saving
strategies.
Please know
that I am always just an e-mail away from discussing ITS technology, the
going-ons in our industry, and any thoughts you have for future articles in
BICSI News. Even if you’re unsure whether a specific topic is a good fit, I
want to hear your ideas.
Reprinted with
permission of BICSI News – 2009 – www.bisci.org
***************************
Rising Need for Mass Notification Systems
Brief
history, current status and future outlook for a growing opportunity. BY REECE
J. MILLER, JR., P.E., RCDD
A Brief History
The rising
need for mass notification systems (MNS) was driven by several attacks on U.S.
government facilities across the globe. The June 25, 1996 bombing incident at
the Khobar Towers Complex in Dhahran, Saudi Arabia was the first time that a
need existed to warn building occupants of impending danger. The August 7, 1998
attacks on the U.S. embassies in Africa were accented by the injuries to
embassy personnel from glass shards. Again a need existed to inform the embassy
staff of the danger and direct a safe course of action.
On October
12, 2000, terrorists attacked the USS Cole, and the hardened damage control
intercom on the ship allowed for directing movement of the crew to safe areas.
From this, the Department of Defense (DoD) concept for mass notification was
born–the ability to direct first responders and personnel about what to do and
where to go during an emergency event.
The first
effort in defining MNS was the DoD’s original Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC)
standard UFC 04-021-01 published in December 2002. After much effort the DoD
working group had a better knowledge of what was required for mass
notification. The group then coordinated with NFPA 72® committees and was
successful in getting the requirements implemented in the 2007 edition of NFPA
Fire Alarm Code® as Annex E. Annex E provides guidance for the interface of MNS
with standard fire alarm/voice evacuation systems. It was the first time in the
history of the fire alarm code that another signal would be permitted to
override the fire alarm signal. In addition, this code implementation is the fastest
that any fire code has ever been modified from concept to approval.
Current Status
Many years
ago, my first position with DoD required being on a recall roster. Simply put,
the boss would call the next level of supervisors below him; they would then
call some of the employees who in turn would call a select group of coworkers.
This was an elementary crude MNS system, however slow it might be. Today, we
have electronic means to perform this function. A modern MNS simply provides an
electronic method to efficiently notify a great number of people of an
emergency event.
Recently,
several incidents on college campuses and in shopping malls have further
enhanced the need for a notification system in our daily lives. In some of the
college incidents, and most particularly in the shopping malls, if an MNS had
been in operation, the loss of life would have been significantly reduced by
directing people away from the danger areas. It has become clear to both the
general public and emergency responders that emergency communications must be
provided on a larger scale.
Some
communities are working on county-wide systems. Older civil defense warning
sirens are being refurbished or upgraded by using modern speaker technology.
Newer speaker technology allows for numerous tones to be generated in lieu of
the siren. Additionally, these newer systems can be installed to support voice;
however, the range is seriously reduced with voice due to intelligibility
issues. Some communities, especially those with large coverage areas, are now
using telephone dialing systems. These systems can easily be programmed to dial
all numbers in a pre-established call group or geographic area of the city.
College
campuses across the country are also installing various systems. Many are installing
wide-area systems that use sirens or speakers to cover the larger open campus
areas, along with automatic dialing to registered cell phones. As the result of
an incident, a college in Texas recently announced it is working to upgrade
their MNS system to better distribute warnings.
On
Halloween day this past year, I was on a college campus when a couple of
students dressed in costume came into the engineering building. The
inappropriate costumes consisted of hockey masks and toy weapons. Campus security
was quick to respond, and the MNS started warning staff and students in the
building.
Unfortunately,
the disadvantage to the dialing system is that it only notifies those that are
in a position to answer the phone. In the aforementioned Halloween incident, as
a visitor on campus who was not registered to the university call group, I was
not notified of the incident but instead was informed by one of the professors
in our meeting.
Future Outlook
In April
2008, the UFC 04-021-01 standard was revised to better reflect the DoD policy.
The UFC document states, "Mass notification provides real-time information
and instructions to people in a building, area, site or installation using
intelligible voice communications along with visible signals, text and
graphics, and possibly including tactile or other communication methods. The
purpose of mass notification is to protect life by indicating the existence of
an emergency situation and instructing people of the necessary and appropriate
response and action."
NFPA is now
helping to refine the MNS systems as they relate to and interface with fire
alarm systems. The NFPA 72® committee is making major changes to the fire alarm
code for 2010, which is scheduled for release in late 2009 and will be the
largest revision of this code in many years. The code is being reorganized and
updated to reflect today's needs for MNS. Both the UFC and the fire code
provide technical guidance for installers and designers to deploy MNS, while UL
is developing standards for MNS equipment.
Public
interest in MNS became notable after the Virginia Tech Campus shootings and
other college incidents, along with problems in shopping malls. Continued
incidents in public places will only increase the demand for the ability to
direct the public away from dangers on campuses and in shopping complexes.
It is
highly probable that over the next few years all colleges, shopping complexes
and public gathering places will deploy some form of an MNS. ITS designers and
installers should therefore work to expand their knowledge of MNS systems,
train their work force and consider this growing opportunity. While many areas
are shrinking with the current economy, growth in this part of our industry is
here and should continue to expand.
For more information, refer to the
following:
BICSI.
Electronic Safety and Security Design Reference Manual, Tampa, FL: BICSI, 2006.
UFC
4-021-01, Design and O&M: Mass Notification Systems, Department of Defense,
9 April 2008 (available at http://www.hnd.usace.army.mil/techinfo/)
NFPA
72®-2007, Annex E, National Fire Alarm Code®, National Fire Protection
Association, 2008.
Mr. Reece J. Miller Jr., P.E., RCDD
Mr. Reece
J. Miller, Jr., P.E., RCDD (Jay) is a recognized subject matter expert in the
field of fire alarm and mass notification systems. He has served in numerous
engineering positions since joining Mobile District U.S. Army Corps of
Engineers in May 1981. He is currently manager for the U.S. Army Center of
Standardization for Aviation (Vertical Construction) and C2F (Command and
Control) Facilities. Mr. Miller authored the U.S. DoD Guide Specifications for
MNS and assisted in writing the BICSI Electronic Safety and Security Reference
Manual, 2nd edition. He can be reached at reece.j.miller@usace.army.mil.
Reprinted with
permission of BICSI News – 2009 – www.bisci.org
***************************
The Pros and Cons of Optical Fiber Termination Methods
The
performance, installation, management, and cost considerations surrounding
today’s primary optical fiber termination methods. BY CRAIG FLEMING
As bandwidth and storage
requirements evolve, optical fiber links are more vital than ever for
transmitting data to and from a large number of sources. As enterprises
implement more optical fiber cabling to support the bandwidth and storage
requirements in the data center and backbone infrastructures, termination
methods are under intense scrutiny.
With so many types of
optical fiber, connectors, and deployment strategies available, data center
professionals have become increasingly concerned with making the best
termination choice for their environment to ensure performance, rapid
deployment, manageability, and reduced total cost of ownership, as well as scalability
for future growth. Making an informed choice requires understanding the key
performance, installation, management, and cost considerations surrounding the
three primary optical fiber termination methods:
- Pre-terminated plug-and-play
multi-fiber push on (MPO) Solutions
- Factory-terminated pigtails
with splicing
- Field termination
Preliminary Considerations
Every data center
environment is unique with several aspects to be considered. Determining
answers to the following questions will help data center managers as they
explore the pros and cons of each optical fiber termination method:
- What type of optical fiber and
connector interface is required for bandwidth and equipment?
- How many optical fiber
terminations are required both now and in the future?
- What is the overall insertion
loss budget?
- How quickly do systems need to
be deployed?
- Is expertise and equipment on
hand for termination and splicing?
- Can cabling lengths be easily
predetermined?
- How much space is available for
terminations, cable slack, and splices?
- How frequently will moves,
adds, and changes (MACs) need to be made to individual circuits?
- What is the overall material
and installation cost budget?
Option 1: Plug-and-Play MPO Solutions
The MPO connector is a
high-density, multifiber connector that typically terminates 12 optical fibers
in one connector approximately the same size of a one SC-style optical fiber
connector. MPO plug-and-play cassettes include an MPO interface on one side
broken out to12 individual optical fiber interfaces on the other side. These
cassettes can be deployed in an optical fiber distribution frame for higher
density applications or in optical fiber panels to connect the main
distribution area (MDA) to the equipment distribution area (EDA) in the data
center.
Plug-and-play trunk
cables are round 12-fiber cables that are preterminated in the factory with MPO
connectors on both ends. These trunk cables are purchased in predetermined
lengths and are typically easier to manage than traditional ribbon cables. They
can be quickly connected to the MPO plug-and-play cassettes at the
cross-connect or interconnect in the MDA, EDA, or other areas of the data
center. This method eliminates the need for onsite optical fiber termination
and splicing. Consequently, customers can rapidly complete optical fiber
connections in high-density applications.
Advantages to plug-and-play MPO solutions include:
- Reduced labor cost—Less time is required for
plug-and-play installation versus splicing or field termination. Less
expertise and resources are required of installation staff.
- Enhanced performance—MPO connectors are
factory-terminated and tested in a clean environment with comprehensive
quality control processes and documented test results that correspond to
serial numbers stamped on each assembly.
- Easiest and fastest
installation—MPO solutions offer the easiest and fastest installation because
they are easily plugged in. MPO 12-fiber trunk cables are also more robust
and easily pulled through pathways.
- Better manageability and density—MPO cassettes offer the highest
density for optical fiber connections, maximizing space savings in the
data center. They are easily deployed in a cross-connect scenario for
better cabling management.
- More environmentally
friendly—The
use of plug-and-play MPO solutions eliminates the waste and consumable
associated with splicing and field termination and requires less packaging
material.
- Better prepared for beyond
10-gigabit (Gb)—Speeds of 40 and 100 gigabit per second (Gbps) on
multimode optical fiber will likely require parallel optical fibers where
data is transmitted and received over multiple optical fibers. MPO
connectors are more prepared for this technology because they already
encompass multiple optical fibers.
Disadvantages to plug-and-play MPO solutions include:
- Increased material cost—Plug-and-play MPO solutions are
typically more expensive than other options.
- Higher return loss and
insertion loss—The additional mated pair increases the return loss and insertion
loss. Insertion link loss with MPO solutions can account for an additional
0.5dB per cassette, requiring careful planning of the loss budget.
- Limited access to individual
circuits—With
12-fiber MPO trunk cables, individual circuit access to backbone cabling
is limited. However, when used in a cross-connect scenario, individual
circuits should not need to be accessed once installed.
- Predetermined lengths
required—MPO
trunk cables are made to order in predetermined lengths, thus lengths and
lead time must be part of the planning process. In addition, measurements
need to be exact or slack storage will be required.
Option 2: Factory-Terminated Pigtails with Splicing
When cable runs are
longer than 25 meters (m [82 feet (ft)]) or a degree of permanency is required,
using factory-terminated pigtails at both ends and splicing optical fibers
together offers an attractive alternative. With this method, a splicing unit
can be located at one end of the optical fiber run or in a central location. At
the patch panel, factory-terminated pigtails plug into the back of the panel.
Some vendors’ intra-facility cables ship with the optical fiber panel and
blocks, leaving a factory-prepared stub end ready for splicing to the
individual strands of the cable.
Advantages to factory-terminated pigtails with splicing include:
- Reduced material cost—Factory-terminated pigtails are
less expensive than plug-and-play MPO solutions
- Best performance and
insertion loss—Factory-terminated pigtails are prepared in an environmentally
controlled setting with quality inspection and documented test results
that correspond to serial numbers stamped on each assembly. The connectors
are polished and terminated in an automated clean environment that is not
as subject to human error as field termination. Splicing is also a low
loss method of attaching two optical fiber strands together.
- Easy and fast installation—Preterminated pigtails are fast
and easy to connect, and trained technicians can splice two strands of
optical fiber together in as little as 5 minutes compared to 15 minutes
per field-terminated connector. The efficiency of splicing becomes more
pronounced when comparing splicing a 24-fiber cable to field terminating
it – 2 hours versus 12 hours. Stub-ended cable is also more robust and
easier to pull because there are no connectors attached.
- Exact lengths and slack
storage not required—Because backbone cable is cut to length before
splicing, it is not necessary to predetermine a length, which decreases
lead times. Cutting and splicing also eliminates the need to implement
slack storage.
- Individual circuit access—Unlike 12-fiber MPO solutions,
preterminated pigtails and splicing enable access to individual backbone
circuits.
- Better flexibility and
management—Several splicing solutions are available for managing and storing
splices either at the equipment end or at a central location. Once the
splicing is complete and backbone is in place, all MACs can be performed
via patch cords at the cross-connect.
Disadvantages to factory-terminated pigtails with splicing include:
- Increased labor cost and
expertise—Higher labor rates are typically required for technicians with
fusion splicing equipment and expertise. Fusion splicing equipment and
expertise should be readily available.
- Lower modularity and not
prepared for parallel optical Fibers—Factory-terminated pigtails and
splicing typically required 144- or 192-count optical fiber compared to
the 12-count optical fiber used with MPO solutions. Because pigtails are
broken out to individual connectors, it also is not as readily prepared
for parallel optical fiber technology.
Option 3: Field Termination
When optical fiber is
terminated in the field, the cable must be pulled between points and attached
to patch panels at both ends of each run. Before it can be attached to the
panel, technicians must attach connectors to each strand.
Advantages to field termination include:
- Lowest material cost—Typically, purchasing cable and
connectors is the least expensive material cost with no preterminated
pigtails or assemblies required.
- Exact lengths and slack
storage not required—Because backbone cable is cut to length before adding
connectors, it is not necessary to predetermine lengths, which can cut
down on lead times. This also eliminates the need to implement slack
storage.
- Individual circuit access—Unlike 12-fiber MPO solutions,
individual optical fiber connectors enable access to individual backbone
circuits.
- Easy cable pulling—When using field termination,
bulk cable can be easily pulled from either end of the circuit.
Disadvantages to field termination include:
- Highest labor cost and
slowest installation—It takes longer to install field connectors, increasing
labor costs and requiring additional time for installation.
- Termination quality concerns—The yield of acceptable
connections is directly related to the skill level and experience of the
technician, and reliability is jeopardized as field-terminated connectors
can fail or perform below acceptable signal loss tolerances. This can
require the cost of redoing work that has failed, as well as the cost of
additional connectors. Field termination may be less expensive at time of
purchase, but extraneous expenses encountered in the field can rapidly
increase.
- Least environmentally
friendly—Field
termination results in more waste and consumables and typically requires
more packing materials for individual connectors and cable.
Cost Analysis
Data center managers
have continually faced the decision of terminating optical fiber in the field
or purchasing factory-terminated solutions. With today’s struggling economy and
budget constraints, the cost of the chosen optical fiber termination method now
needs to be considered more than ever, as well as the total cost of ownership
associated with each method. That requires considering material cost, labor
cost, and potential costs incurred over the life of the network.
The following cost
analysis was conducted for a typical data center optical fiber MDA
cross-connect using laser-optimized multimode optical fiber and 8,000-fiber
ports housed in optical fiber panels.
The cost analysis clearly demonstrates that
factory-terminated pigtails with splicing is the least expensive option.
Because this termination method also offers the highest performance, it will
likely ensure better reliability and bandwidth capabilities over the life of
the system.
For those customers who
do not have the capability or expertise to splice optical fibers, plug-and-play
MPO solutions can be a better choice than field termination. While field
termination is typically a total lower cost option, labor hours associated with
the plug-and-play MPO option can be less than half that of field termination.
Therefore, deployment can be faster, which can potentially lower the total cost
of ownership. Plus, plug-and-play MPO solutions avoid the need for field
termination expertise and redoing any field terminations that have failed.
Summary
Today’s business environment leaves
little margin for error. In most instances, the cost savings and performance
enhancement associated with using factory-terminated pigtails and splicing
makes it the best choice in optical fiber termination methods. Plug-and-play
MPO solutions are also an attractive option for those customers requiring
extremely high densities and fast deployment in the data center.
Optical fiber termination in the
data center has much to do with a customer’s overall preference and with the
method the customer has traditionally been comfortable with. However, increased
optical fiber links in the data center and backbone infrastructures may justify
re-evaluation of optical fiber termination methods. Not only do
factory-terminated cables and MPO solutions eliminate the labor costs
associated with installing connectors in the field, they also eliminate the
need to spend money on redoing work that has failed, potentially losing
thousands of dollars associated with network downtime. It can truly be a
situation of pay now or pay later.
Craig Fleming
Craig Fleming is a senior systems
engineer for ADC Telecommunications, Inc. in Eden Prairie, MN. For more
information, contact Craig at craig.fleming@adc.com.
Reprinted with
permission of BICSI News – 2009 – www.bisci.org
Cabling Installation & Maintenance
Multimode fibers rise to the challenge
An update
on the current state of optical fiber in standards, including the definition of
OM4.
This article was developed on behalf
of the Telecommunications Industry Association’s Fiber Optics LAN Section
(www.fols.org) by Sharon Bois, multimode fiber product line manager at Corning
Optical Fiber; David Mazzarese, technical manager of fiber-systems engineering
at OFS; and Olaf Storaasli, product manager for optical fiber at Draka Communications.
FOLS members include 3M; Berk-Tek, a Nexans company; CommScope; Corning; Draka
Communications; Fluke Networks; OFS; Ortronics Legrand; Panduit; Sumitomo
Electric Lightwave; Superior Essex; and Tyco Electronics.
Multimode
optical fibers have always offered users the most cost-effective choice to
achieve the benefits of fiber-optic transmission in premises applications. The
simple reason is that the electronics are less expensive than those used to
power singlemode fibers. While TR-42, the User Premises Telecommunications
Cabling Requirements Engineering Committee, has always recognized both
multimode and singlemode optical fiber for private-network structured cabling,
this was because a combined system has always provided the best value for the end
user who might need singlemode fiber to support long distances or very high
data rates.
The good
news is that the newest generations of multimode fibers can support the same
high data rates as singlemode, including 40 and 100 Gbits/sec, while retaining
the cost savings associated with multimode fibers.
TR-42
initially recognized 62.5-µm multimode fiber in ANSI/TIA-568, The Commercial
Building Cabling Standard, since it was the most capable fiber for the
identified applications at that time. As newer applications and optical sources
came along, the higher-bandwidth capabilities of 50-µm fiber became recognized
as well.
[INSERT TABLE NEARBY]
As
transmission speeds increased, the market shifted from 62.5-µm to 50-µm fiber
and, more recently, to 50-µm laser-optimized fiber (OM3). This trend will be
accelerated with the advent of 40/100-Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) because there is
no OM1 or OM2 objective at these next-generation speeds.
The next speed generations
The current
objectives for both 40 and 100 GbE are to cover a distance of at least 100
meters on OM3 fiber. The 100-meter value will allow for extremely low-cost
transceivers, but is well short of the 300-meter distance allowed by TR-42 in
the TIA-942 data center standard; and no one seems excited about having to use
singlemode electronics and singlemode fiber for every link in their network
that reached farther than 100 meters.
In a survey
presented at the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE;
www.ieee.org) 802.3 meeting in July 2008, 20 end users were asked to consider
three options. Customers represented a broad cross-section of end users:
corporate accounts, school districts, banks, military installations,
consultants, network integrators, and government users. (Note that OM4 is a
higher-bandwidth multimode fiber that will be discussed in greater detail later
in this article). The three options were:
A) OM3 to
100 meters (requires one optical module);
B) OM3 to
150 or 200 meters; OM4 to 250 meters (requires one optical module);
C) OM3 to
100 meters; OM3 to 150 or 200 meters; OM4 to 250 meters (requires two optical
modules).
The survey
results were overwhelmingly (16 or 20) in favor of Option B: OM3 to 150 or 200
meters and OM4 to 250 meters. A minority (4 of 20) favored Option C: OM3 to 100
meters. All survey participants believed the 100-meter transmission length
limit suggested by 802.3 would increase the cost of data centers at
40/100-Gbit/sec speeds by forcing them to use a more expensive singlemode
system to meet their link-length requirements.
An ad hoc subgroup within 802.3 is studying
extended reach, and working on meeting the needs of these and other multimode
customers by extending the multimode distance from the current “at least 100
meters on OM3” to somewhere between 150 and 250 meters. Technical feasibility
for these extended distances has been shown. What remains is to identify the
distance and technical path that will provide the best, lowest-cost solution
for the end user. The goal is to ensure that multimode fiber customers continue
to get the best bang for their buck.
One
possible path to achieve the extended distance would be through the use of a
higher-bandwidth fiber. Unfortunately, the transceiver specifications that are
currently proposed for the 40/100-GbE standards are such that a
higher-bandwidth fiber, on its own, doesn’t provide much benefit. The sources
have such broad spectral widths that the effects of higher bandwidth may only
extend the distance by a few percent. But a higher-bandwidth fiber, combined
with tighter transceiver specifications or a chip added to the host board,
could support link lengths of at least 250 meters on multimode fiber.
Developers
of standards using the Fibre Channel (FC) protocol also have started talking
about next-generation speeds. This set of standards has a different migration
path, as it increases speeds by a factor of 2 with each generation. Standards
are currently in place for 8-Gbit FC, with discussions around creating a
16-Gbit standard on the horizon. In a Fibre Channel meeting last year, the idea
of a higher-bandwidth fiber was raised and participants agreed that a multimode
fiber with significantly higher bandwidth should be developed/characterized to
support 16-Gbit/sec serial transmission over 150 meters.
OM4 fiber standardization
Standardization
activities of OM4 multimode fiber are active in two fiber standards groups: TIA
and IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission; www.iec.ch). Both the IEEE
802.3 (Ethernet) and Fibre Channel application standards groups have expressed
interest in a higher-data-rate multimode fiber above and beyond the performance
currently offered by OM3 fiber. This has prompted the ISO/IEC premises wiring
cable committee to request the development of a new high-data-rate multimode fiber
standard.
OM3 and OM4
are referred to as “laser-optimized” multimode fibers because they are
specifically designed for use with high-performance, low-cost vertical-cavity
surface-emitting lasers (VCSELs). Careful processing to precisely control the
fiber’s refractive index profile is paramount to minimize modal dispersion—a
critical parameter of these fibers often referred to as differential mode delay
(DMD).
By limiting
DMD, all modes (light paths) in the fiber arrive at the transceiver at the same
time, minimizing pulse spreading and thus maximizing bandwidth. Bandwidth is
ensured by thorough DMD testing after the fiber is manufactured. Thus, these
higher-bandwidth fibers provide a combination of longer reach and lower system
implementation cost for current (e.g., 10-Gbit/sec) and more importantly,
future higher-data-rate multimode fiber systems.
Standardized
in 2002, OM3 fiber has a minimum effective modal bandwidth (EMB) of 2,000 Mhz∙km
at 850 nm using VCSEL transceivers. This is sufficient bandwidth to operate a
10-Gbit/sec Ethernet system up to 300 meters. An OM4 fiber is expected to
specify a minimum EMB of 4,700 MHz∙km at 850 nm—more than twice the
bandwidth of OM3.
OM3 fibers
are backward-compatible and can support legacy applications that use LED
transmitters operating at either 850 or 1,300 nm. There is a general consensus
among the fiber manufacturers that OM4 will also be backward-compatible;
however, the standard is still in the early stages of development and the exact
specifications have not been finalized.
TIA
standards committee TR-42.12, Optical Fibers and Cables, is developing the
specification to be named TIA/EIA-492AAAD “Detail specification for OM4 850-nm
laser-optimized, 50-µm core diameter/125-µm cladding diameter class 1a
graded-index multimode optical fibers.” This standard is scheduled to be
ratified in mid-2009. In parallel, IEC SC 86A Working Group 1 initiated work on
the OM4 fiber standardization in April 2008. The A1 MMF standard 60793-20-10
will be revised to include a higher grade A1a.3 (OM4) fiber.
While
standards in both TIA and IEC are expected to be completed this year, fibers
meeting the current proposed specification values have been on the market for
more than five years and are offered by all major multimode fiber
manufacturers. Because of the larger system budget offered, the primary use for
these OM4 fibers has been in networks that operate 10-GbE or Fibre Channel
systems with links beyond the specified maximum of 300 meters on OM4, with OM4
supporting lengths up to 550 meters at 10 Gbits/sec. OM4 fibers are also used
in 300-meter or shorter applications with a high number of connections, such as
data centers.
Critical future component
Multimode fiber
has come a long way from its humble beginnings supporting 10-Mbit/sec
transmission. As speeds continue to increase and bandwidth demand continues to
grow, laser-optimized 50-µm fibers become a critical component for structured
cabling systems of the future. Structured cable is designed to last through
several generations of electronics, so it is important to think about future
needs as networks are installed today.
Laser-optimized
50-µm fibers (OM3 and the future OM4) will support 10-Gbit/sec transmission
over 300 to 550 meters. For 40- and 100-Gbit/sec transmission, they will
support at least 100 meters, but efforts are underway to increase that distance
to 150 to 250 meters. This longer distance would cover the majority of LAN and
data center link-length requirements.
By enabling
significantly lower-cost transceivers, multimode fiber systems continue to be
the low-cost, future-ready solution for premises networks of yesterday, today,
and tomorrow.
[PULLQUOTES]
No one
seems excited about having to use singlemode electronics and singlemode fiber
for every link in their network that reached farther than 100 meters.
As speeds
continue to increase and bandwidth demand continues to grow, laser-optimized
50-µm fibers become a critical component for structured cabling systems of the
future.
[TABLE]
Multimode fiber
capabilities
|
Core diameter
|
Effective modal bandwidth @ 850 nm
|
OFL bandwidth (@850/1300 nm)
|
10G link length
|
40G/100G link length
|
OM1
|
50 µm or 62.5 µm
|
n/a
|
200/500 MHz.km
|
33 m
|
n/a
|
OM2
|
50 µm or 62.5 µm
|
n/a
|
500/500 MHz.km
|
82 m
|
n/a
|
OM3
|
50 µm
|
2000 MHz.km
|
1500/500 MHz.km
|
300 m
|
100 m**
|
* Fiber
type is per ISO/IEC 11801
** 100 m on
OM3 is the current objective in IEEE 802.3ba
Reprinted with
permission of Cabling Installation & Maintenance – 2009 www.cablinginstall.com
***************************
Using your infrastructure to support video applications
Smart
applications require smart infrastructure. Is yours up to the task?
VALERIE MAGUIRE is global sales engineer with
Siemon (www.siemon.com).
Today’s
surveillance and broadband video applications are downright smart. Consider the
following:
• Surveillance equipment boasting Internet Protocol
(IP)-addressable interfaces and remote-control features offer significantly
more security and flexibility than fixed analog devices;
• IP-based systems record images in digital format onto
servers or hard drives, rendering the use of cumbersome tapes and cassettes for
video storage obsolete;
• Community antenna television (CATV) will migrate to
virtually interference-free, 100% digital broadcasting in February;
• Emerging Internet Protocol Television (IPTV) technology
promises on-demand, interactive, high-definition viewing experience.
These
applications are no longer suitably supported by generic coaxial cabling; they
require smart cabling, too.
The number
of design professionals and building owners choosing to support surveillance,
broadcast, and other video applications with their telecommunications cabling infrastructure
is climbing rapidly. For example, according to a report from Multimedia
Intelligence (www.multimediaintelligence.com) entitled “Internet
Protocol/Networked Video Surveillance Market: Equipment, Technology, and
Semiconductors,” the market for IP/networked video surveillance cameras grew
nearly 50% in 2007 to approach $500 million worldwide. The market segment is
growing at more than four times the rate of the overall surveillance market.
In addition
to replacing coaxial cables with slimmer and more-flexible balanced
twisted-pair cables, the benefits provided by using a structured
telecommunications cabling network to support video applications are numerous,
including:
• Digital image quality;
• Ability to support high-definition (480i/p SDTV and 720p
and 1080 i/p HDTV) applications;
• Active surveillance area motion, audio, and tamper
detection with advanced security alerts;
• Pan/tilt/zoom and remote-powered devices, eliminating the
need for separate power and control cables;
• End-user ability to communicate and interact with “smart”
video devices;
• Compact and highly efficient storage and retrieval
capabilities;
• Convergence of voice, data, and video applications over a
single common infrastructure;
• Full support of standards-based cabling distances and
topologies;
• More-effective infrastructure management, service, and
scalability;
• Simplified troubleshooting;
• Improved asset management via IP-addressability;
• Neater pathways and improved pathway fill-ratios;
• Ability to upgrade to future applications;
• Lower total cost of ownership for many IP-based versus
analog-camera implementations.
Planning for video
If you are
not sure you need to support video now, the recommendation is to include in
your cabling plans additional twisted-pair channels specifically targeted for
video applications to accommodate future system needs. While you may not
currently anticipate the need to support surveillance applications with your
infrastructure, you cannot ignore that, with increasing safety and security
requirements worldwide, the surveillance industry is growing rapidly. According
to the RNCOS Industry Research Solutions study “Global CCTV Market Analysis,”
(www.rncos.com), the global CCTV market, including analog and IP-based CCTV,
grew at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 24.28% in 2007 over 2006. The
same study forecasts the market to grow at a CAGR of approximately 23% between
2008 and 2012.
Planning
now for video-applications support makes good business sense as well. According
to a total cost of ownership analysis recently published by Axis Communications
(www.axis.com), IP-based video systems always have lower implementation costs
than analog-based systems if the cabling infrastructure is already present.
All
surveillance and broadband video applications, when appropriate amplification
is used to boost CATV signal levels at higher-frequency channels, are capable
of operating over lengths of twisted-pair cabling greater than 100 meters. But
maintaining the TIA/EIA- and ISO/IEC-specified generic maximum 100-meter,
4-connector horizontal channel topology has numerous benefits and is strongly
recommended for video-applications support. In particular, adhering to the
generic topology ensures that upgrades to future video applications will occur
seamlessly, while also providing the flexibility that channels originally
designed for high-speed data support can be used for video if necessary, and
vice versa.
Video-deployment
planning is simple: bring video-ready twisted-pair cabling, in addition to data
cabling, to each work area or multi-user telecommunications outlet assembly
(MUTOA). For support of surveillance applications in areas where wireless
coverage is provided, it may be convenient to juxtapose video access points
with wireless access points in the coverage area. (See sidebar, “Juxtaposing surveillance-equipment
and wireless access-point coverage.”) The advantage to this approach is that
the telecommunications outlet is conveniently located in the ceiling space
where cameras reside, and video-equipment positioning is more flexible.
[INSERT PIC1…place side-by-side]
IP-enabled
video devices are preconfigured to accept the 8-position modular plug interface
and offer pug-and-play capability with structured telecommunications cabling.
Generic analog devices, such as CCTV cameras, monitors, and television sets,
are typically configured with coaxial BNC or Type F connectors and require the
use of video baluns to enable transmission over twisted-pair cabling.
[INSERT PIC2]
Video
baluns are used in pairs to convert a 75-Ω unbalanced (i.e., coaxial)
signal at the video-equipment interface to a 100-Ω balanced (i.e.,
twisted-pair) signal and then back to a 75-Ω unbalanced signal at the
telecommunications room (TR) or floor distributor (FD). Video baluns are
application-specific, such as for CATV or CCTV, and may be configured as
single-port converters for use at the device interface, as single-port
converters located in breakout boxes for use at the work area, or in 8- and
16-port video-distribution hubs for use in the TR. Video baluns may also be
integrated into high-performance Category 7/7A patch cords.
CCTV surveillance applications
Video
security can be an effective defense in detecting threats as well as a
deterrent against future threats. CCTV solutions are simple to deploy;
consisting of fixed or remote-controlled cameras, cabling, a recoding device,
and a monitoring device. While mandatory for highly secure environments, such
as government buildings, prisons, and casinos, surveillance systems are now
also commonplace in education, healthcare, industrial, and financial
facilities.
Historically,
CCTV systems were static and deployed as analog systems supported by coaxial
cabling. Enhancements, such as the availability of cost-effective baluns and
IP-addressable devices, now make surveillance solutions the perfect application
for operation over twisted-pair cabling. IP-based surveillance systems have the
added advantage that they are significantly more flexible and “intelligent”
than traditional analog CCTV systems. A wide range of structured cabling
solutions supports video surveillance applications.
The
simplest analog video CCTV configuration is a static system consisting of a
fixed camera, twisted-pair cable, a pair of video baluns, and a recording
device such as a digital video recorder (DVR). The video baluns are BNC/RJ-45
connectorized devices that transmit back-and-white or color images over one
pair (the pair terminated on pins 7-8) of the twisted-pair cable. Optional PTZ
capability supports the remote-controlled operation of the camera and offers
more flexibility than fixed camera systems.
Adjusting
the focus, angle, and field of view without being present at the camera site
are all benefits of a PTZ-enabled system. Structured cabling that includes
PTZ-enabled baluns, which use only the 7-8 pair to transmit video and PTZ
commands, easily supports this functionality. Because these solutions operate
over only one pair of a 4-pair cable, they represent an excellent opportunity
to take advantage of the cable sharing capability of category 7/7A
fully-shielded solutions. (For more information on cable sharing, see
www.cablinginstall.com: “In commercial buildings, cable sharing makes cents,”
June 2006; that article is based on the white paper, “Cable Sharing in
Commercial Building Environments: Reducing Cost, Simplifying Cable Management
and Converging Applications Onto Twisted-pair Media.”)
Note that
power must be provided locally to each camera in both traditional coaxial and
balun-based twisted-pair CCTV camera deployments. Depending upon the camera
location, providing separate power can range from inconvenient to practically
impossible, and this need cannot be avoided in coaxial implementations.
Emerging PVD (power-video-data) technology uses a pair of powered video
transceivers to fully support CCTV applications and eliminate the need for
external power cords by transmitting video (one pair), power (two pairs), and
data (one pair) over one 4-pair telecommunications cable.
PVD devices
are not IP-enabled and data is still collected on a traditional external
recording device, such as a DVR. At this time, PVD transceiver solutions easily
accommodate the operation of fixed position cameras, which typically consume
less than 300 mA of power, over 100-meter structured cabling topologies. Be
advised that the maximum distance supported by PTZ cameras, which typically
consume at least 600mA of power, is manufacturer-dependent and may be less than
100 meters, causing these implementations to fall outside the scope of
structured cabling. The good news is that power delivery technology “borrowed”
from the emerging related IEEE 802.3at PoE (Power over Ethernet) Plus
application Standard may result in an improvement in the operating distances
associated with PVD support of PTZ cameras in the future.
In typical
structured cabling implementation topologies for analog balun-based and PVD
video transceiver CCTV surveillance systems, the video distribution hub or PVD
video integrator is located in the TR and a coaxial cabling backbone is
provided. For maximum infrastructure flexibility and to facilitate adds, moves,
and changes, it is recommended to use an interconnect patch panel in the TR.
CCTV over
structured cabling offers a distinct advantage over traditional coaxial cabling
implementations in that scalability and flexibility are introduced into the
surveillance infrastructure. With structured solutions, cameras can easily be
added or moved as the system grows and needs change; however, this technology
is not intelligent, meaning that while substantial data is recorded, it is
unlikely that the video is being actively monitored. Events can be missed and
suspicious behavior can go unnoticed when monitoring personnel are distracted
or otherwise occupied.
It is also
important to remember that images collected over analog surveillance camera
systems are recorded on bulky cassettes or tapes that must be periodically
changed and will wear out over time. Image quality can also be impacted by the
limitations of the recording device. IP-addressable surveillance solutions
overcome these hurdles.
IP-based surveillance systems
IP-cameras
and IP-based systems represent the future of video surveillance. These
solutions deliver superior image quality, intelligent monitoring capability,
remote accessibility, and infrastructure scalability. Today’s fixed IP-cameras
are all remotely powered, and the use of an IEEE 802.3af-enabled PoE switch is
required. IP-cameras may be fixed or PTZ-enabled. Further enhancements, such as
more powerful PTZ capability, will become possible when the IEEE 802.3at
standard is ratified.
The
advantage of an IP-based surveillance system is that the camera acts like any
other device on the IT LAN. Images are transmitted via Ethernet or wireless
networks and can even be accessed through the Internet. This means that video
feeds from multiple areas at multiple locations can be monitored from one
supervisory site. Furthermore, because transmission is digital, the picture
quality of an IP-camera is superior to that of an analog camera. Audio
transmission is also supported. These capabilities result in IP‑based
surveillance solutions being increasingly integrated into the structured
cabling network by companies with geographically dispersed locations, building
access control systems, and point-of-sale applications.
Network
intelligence can also be built into the IP-based surveillance system. Events
can be monitored and alerts can be delivered to report suspicious behavior that
would otherwise go unnoticed. For example, the activation of a motion detector,
audio sensor, or anti-tampering mechanism could automatically result in a short
message service (SMS) text or e-mail being sent to the security operator.
Instead of
relying on external recording devices, IP-camera images are recorded in digital
format directly onto servers or hard drives, thus eliminating the need for
bulky and unreliable tapes and cassettes. Video data can be stored indefinitely
locally or transported to a remote location via the LAN or the Internet.
Real-time video transmission is highly compressed and several compression
options are available to maximize the trade-off between image quality,
bandwidth, and storage capacity. Commonly used compression techniques include
MJPEG, MPEG-4, and the emerging H.264 format.
In what
will be another advance for the IP-based surveillance market, three leading
manufacturers of IP devices (Axis Communications, Bosch Security Systems,
and Sony) have created the framework for a forum whose purpose will be to develop
a standard that will specify interoperability requirements for video devices,
such as cameras, encoders, and video-management systems. Once the framework was
established in late 2008, the manufacturers opened the process to all
interested parties. This step will go far in removing barriers, such as the
perceived custom nature of IP-based surveillance and concern regarding
specialized knowledge required to install these systems that have been a
hindrance to the adoption of the technology.
In most
cases, an IP‑based surveillance system is more cost-effective than an
analog system. Furthermore, IP‑enabled equipment is expected to decrease
in price faster than analog equipment. The previously referenced total cost of
ownership analysis prepared by Axis Communications concludes that IP‑based
solutions of 40 cameras or more have a lower cost to acquire, install, and
operate than same-size analog-based solutions. In fact, while 32-camera systems
are the break-even cost point between the two systems, the analysis finds that
even 16- to 32-camera analog solutions are only “slightly lower” in cost than
IP based systems.
The typical
structured cabling implementation topology for an IP-based surveillance system
is shown in the nearby illustration. For maximum infrastructure flexibility and
to facilitate adds, moves, and changes, it is recommended that a full
crossconnect be provided in the TR. A side benefit of IP‑based
surveillance technology operating over structured cabling is that cameras can receive centralized backup power
from the server room, so they will continue to operate in the event of a power
failure.
IP in focus
Advanced
video systems now deliver the highest-levels of system performance, image
quality, flexibility, and intelligence; capabilities that can only be realized
with the implementation of IP-based technology and a structured cabling
infrastructure.
Next month,
I will have a companion article discussing the use of structured twisted-pair
cabling infrastructure to support broadband video and IPTV applications.
Reprinted with
permission of Cabling Installation & Maintenance – 2009 www.cablinginstall.com
***************************
Increasing efficiency with unified Communications
A Voice
over Internet Protocol system anchors the unified-communications project taking
place at Cooper Industries.
PATRICK McLAUGHLIN is chief editor of Cabling Installation & Maintenance.
The name
Cooper Industries (www.cooperindustries.com) may look familiar to many
professionals in the structured cabling industry. The company, which derives
most of its revenue from electrical products, also offers the Cooper B-Line
brand of products including cable tray and firestopping products. Additionally,
Cooper B-Line acquired GS Metals, also a provider of cable tray, a little more
than a year ago. Cooper Industries’ footprint on the structured cabling
industry is not an insignificant one.
As a
manufacturing business, Cooper Industries has communications-infrastructure
needs of its own and, like its clientele, it seeks quality and value when
making purchasing decisions. Currently, Cooper is in the midst of a
communications-system upgrade that is marked by the company’s geographical
diversity, and geography has played a part in several of the company’s
decisions.
A global solution
The
previous telephone system was a traditional dial plan with handsets and
standard voice messaging. The central network interfaced among the companies
divisions in Wisconsin, Illinois, Missouri, Texas, Georgia, North Carolina,
South Carolina, New York, and the United Kingdom. Inter-office calling required
the dialing of the entire long-distance number, so a critical need for the new
phone system was the ability for eight-digit dialing among all its offices.
“Cooper
wanted a phone system that would also enable continued global business growth,”
says Jeff Taft, strategic partnership manager with CXtec (www.cxtec.com), a
provider of new and certified pre-owned networking and technology equipment.
Cooper Industries has been a CXtec customer for approximately six years, during
which time CXtec has provided pre-owned “equal2new” equipment as well as its
own OEM products, in addition to support services, Taft adds. In this
situation, “Cooper needed to leverage its global network and embrace the age of
the new telecommunications infrastructure,” he says.
CXtec
recommended flattening, consolidating, and simplifying Cooper’s phone system so
that core, necessary services could be available at all of the company’s
locations. CXtec advised Cooper on a single, Internet Protocol (IP)-based
unified global communications system that comprises best-of-breed technology
with centralized management.
“When
offering a solution to any customer, it ultimately boils down to the solid
relationships we have with our partners and their strong product offerings,”
Taft continues. “Our goal is to offer our customers the best solution for their
individual needs without being committed to only one or two vendor offerings.”
Ultimately,
Cooper adopted a system that includes expertise and equipment from two vendors:
Cisco Systems (www.cisco.com) and Netelligent (www.netelligent.com).
Specifically, the suite of products includes Cisco’s CallManager 5.1 software
clustered system with Cisco IPCC and cold-spare capability, and Netelligent
Aware call recording.
The unified big picture
Unified
communications as a technology is large and growing. In December, research firm
Dell’Oro Group (www.delloro.com) published a report stating the unified
communications market surpassed $3 billion during the third quarter of 2008.
According to Dell’Oro, the $3 billion figure was driven in large part by the
market’s top two vendors, Cisco and Avaya (www.avaya.com). The report indicates
that unified communications is driving the enterprise-voice market from its
hardware base, such as private branch exchanges (PBXs), to software.
“Functionality
that has historically been confined to the core PBX hardware is moving into
software applications that run on data servers and phones,” commented Alan
Weckel, a director at Dell’Oro Group. “Previously unavailable features, such as
graphical corporate directories and Web browsing, are becoming telephony
features. At the same time, functionality that used to be tied to the phone at
a person’s desk, such as caller ID logs or voicemail indication, is becoming
available in cell phones and soft phones. More than ever before, the overall
enterprise telephony market, from the PBX switch to the desktop phone, is
shifting its emphasis toward software.”
Another
research and analyst firm, Gartner (www.gartner.com), identified unified
communications as one of the top 10 strategic technologies for 2009. (See
sidebar.)
While the
implementation of this unified-communications system is still rolling out
across Cooper’s multiple sites, the company has already realized numerous
benefits from the project’s first phase, including several that Weckel
mentioned in his comments. With the Contact Center platform, Cooper has been
able to considerably improve its call-center efficiency, and the Netelligent
Aware call-recording system has enabled employee coaching and training, which
has improved customer service.
Additionally,
the eight-digit dial plan has directly reduced the cost to make a call, and the
soft phones from Cisco have allowed remote and mobile users to use the global
IP network as opposed to building cellular-phone expenses. The Cisco Mobility
feature has improved communication by having a single-reach number that can
reach an individual regardless of that person’s location.
The
increased communications efficiency required some Layer 1 infrastructure
upgrades, reports CXtec’s Tim Duffy. “That is typically the case,” when a user
transitions from traditional phone service to an IP-based system. “But it does
vary by customer. Category 5e is the minimum cabling requirement,” he says.
“Some already have it installed, but in most cases they do not—especially in
older facilities.”
Throughout
the deployment of cabling systems and the unified-communications equipment,
CXtec worked with Cooper Industries to ensure the project ran smoothly. “We had
an on-site presence throughout,” says CXtec’s Duffy, “from initial pre-sales
interactions, we had a team that met with Cooper representatives as well as
reps from Cisco. Once the project was established and deployment was underway,
the interaction varied from weekly update calls to actually deploying the
technology on-site.”
Because of
Cooper’s dispersed locations, CXtec partnered with another service-providing
company. Depending on the location being upgraded, either CXtec resources or
those of its partner were on site.
Overall,
Cooper Industries’ implementation of a unified communications system has been
successful because of the ability of the technology vendors, CXtec, and Cooper
to work together. A collaboration of Netelligent’s expertise, Cisco’s equipment
and tools, and CXtec’s relationships with both resulted in a smooth
implementation.
Reprinted with
permission of Cabling Installation & Maintenance – 2009 www.cablinginstall.com
***************************
Essentials of an 802.11y network
The
recently approved standard will allow for high-powered Wi-Fi-enabled
communications at distances of 3 miles or more.
STEVE SMITH is executive editor for Cabling Installation & Maintenance. The
Wi-Fi Alliance (www.wi-fi.org) contributed significantly to this article.
In late
September of last year, the IEEE (www.ieee.org) approved for publication the
802.11y wireless standard, designed to enable high-powered Wi-Fi equipment to
operate in the mostly vacant 3650 to 3700 MHz band. In essence, the amendment
to the 802.11-2007 standard allows for increased wireless operation for more
users at a much higher power than via traditional Wi-Fi equipment—up to 3 miles
or more—and, according to the FCC (www.fcc.gov) will “create a spectrum
environment that will encourage multiple entrants and stimulate the expansion of
broadband service,” especially in rural areas.
The Wi-Fi
Alliance (www.wi-fi.org), a global,
non-profit industry association of more than 300 member companies devoted to
promoting the growth of WLANs, recently published a white paper primer on the
802.11y standard, “A New Regulatory and Technical Environment for Wireless
Broadband.” In its report, the Alliance notes that the key intentions of
802.11y include “to lower the cost of entry and compliance while allowing
market forces to derive maximum value from the available spectrum through
shared use.”
The
standard emphasizes several interference restrictions, and the Alliance says
that “Wi-Fi technology is especially
well suited to meet the requirements for avoiding interference…Because the
contention-based protocol used by Wi-Fi technology senses and responds to a
broad range of potential technologies, 100% of the 3650 MHz band is available
to networks using the 802.11y protocol.”
The 3650
MHz band has been largely vacant due to the range limitations of radio waves
and intentional frequency spacing to avoid interference, but the Alliance
report notes, “The expectation is that successful deployment of [the Wi-Fi]
model in the 3650 MHz band can and should lead to a much broader allocation of
spectrum for lightly licensed networks utilizing a contention-based protocol
mechanism—eventually including most of the known unused or underused radio
spectrum.”
Light
licensing means that licensees pay a small fee for a nationwide, non-exclusive
license, and then pay an additional nominal fee for each deployed high-powered
base station.
Potential
installations include industrial automation and control, campus and enterprise
networks, and public safety and security networks. In one scenario of a
potential 802.11y installation, a fire station locates an enabling station (see
description below) on its communications tower, and uses dependent stations on
each fire truck and laptop. The incident commander controls the enabling
station using a Public Safety band radio.
Key network elements
Through the
courtesy of the Alliance, the following excerpts from their white paper
describe the major elements and operation overview of an 802.11y network:
• Enabling stations. An enabling station is a
high-powered fixed station with authority to control when and how a dependent
station can operate. An enabling station communicates an initial enabling
signal to its dependents over the air. The enabling station may then direct
supporting enablement messages to be exchanged over the air, over another
dependent station, or by mechanisms that rely on transport via higher layers.
As with all high-powered stations, GPS coordinates and altitude information of
enabling stations are registered in a public database to enable stations
experiencing interference to locate interfering stations and seek interference
mitigation. Enabling stations must include location information in every
beacon.
• Dependent stations. Dependent stations are
devices in the network that are not registered, but instead receive
authorization to transmit from a registered enabling station over the air.
Failure to receive the enabling beacon at regular, defined intervals requires a
dependent station to suspend transmission until it is re-enabled. A dependent
station may be fixed or mobile.
• Regulatory class
information. Each device in a network must be able to operate within regulatory
requirements of any channel available to it. Prior to 802.11y, channel
switching only occurred within a particular band, where only transmit power
limits may have changed. Future implementations will be able to move outside of
the original band, complying with the regulatory requirements specified by the
regulatory class octet in every beacon.
Together, these new elements support three significant new
mechanisms defined in 802.11y:
• Dynamic Station
Enablement (DSE). [This is] the process by which an enabling station grants
permission and dictates operational procedures to dependent stations. The
lightly-licensed structure of the FCC regulations for 3650 MHz calls for the
creation of procedures to govern the use of the band and treatment of
violations. DSE supports the lightly-licensed regulatory model by empowering
the network operator to ensure appropriate operation of base stations and the
dependent stations they enable. Beyond addressing the regulatory requirements
for the 3650 MHz Order, DSE offers the promise of other channel management and
coordination benefits1. For example, since the enabling station is not required to serve
as the access point for each of its dependent stations, DSE can reduce the
likelihood of a dependent station contributing to radio interference by
allowing the dependent station to complete the enablement process via a
geographically closer access point and ultimately through a channel other than
the air (e.g., the Internet)1.
• Contention-based
protocol incorporating regulatory class information. 802.11y devices can
sense both 802.11 and non-802.11 devices and identify available spectrum as
small as 5MHz. 802.11y access point beacons identify the country and the
regulatory domain for their physical location. By incorporating both channel
use and regulatory class information, 802.11y devices can identify available
channels and adjust operating parameters to the laws of the country in which
the access point resides.
• Extended Channel
Switch Announcement (ESCA). A methodology to coordinate a move from one
channel to another with less contention or to change channel bandwidth.1 Specifically, an
enabling station can identify the channel with the least aggregate interference
to all of the stations that are connected to it on a completely dynamic basis.
This capability ensures the best signal-to-noise ratio and lowest power levels
possible. ECSA also incorporates regulatory class information--if a channel
switch moves the network to a new regulatory domain, the station shifts to the
approved frequencies and channels for the new domain. ECSA originates in
802.11y, and is now being applied retroactively to 802.11n and the other
proposed concepts across 802.11.
Network operation
overview
The first requirement for establishing an IEEE 802.11y network is
determining if the area to be covered is in an exclusion zone. If it is outside
of the protected regions, the network operator must file for a license, pay a
small fee, and register the location of the enabling station in a public
database. Dependent stations, fixed and mobile, may then be added to the
network based on their ability to receive and decode the enabling beacon. Once
enabled, each dependent station continually tests its ability to receive and
decode an enabling beacon. Failing this test, the dependent station attempts to
reacquire the beacon, with a finite number of attempts before ceasing trying
for a predetermined amount of time.
This requirement prevents congestion caused by stations that may
be truly out of range of an enabling beacon. Enabling stations continually test
for interference. If interference is detected, the enabling station must
silence the network and search for a clear channel. When a new channel is
identified, ECSA directs all of the devices in the network to move to the new
channel, which may include a change in regulatory class, as specified by the
regulatory class octet.
Low-cost chipsets and the capability to effectively manage
interference through contention-based protocols make Wi-Fi technology an
excellent fit for applications in this spectrum. The improved quality of
service (QoS) made possible by higher power levels will make Wi-Fi technology
more attractive for intensive applications like Voice over Internet Protocol
(VoIP).
Ed. note—The complete
white paper may be viewed at the Wi-Fi Alliance web site.
References
1. Blue, Scott. 2008. The Sensible Guide to 802.11y. Sensible
Radio Corp. (www.sensibleradio.com/11y.pdf)
Reprinted with
permission of Cabling Installation & Maintenance – 2009 www.cablinginstall.com
CNS
Cabling Networking Systems Magazine is never satisfied
Cabling
Networking Systems Magazine is never satisfied. Canada’s leading publication
for the Cabling and Networking Industry is on the move. We had the opportunity
to meet with Maureen Levy, Senior Publisher and Paul Barker, Editor at the
recent BICSI annual conference in Orlando, Florida. They were busy digging out
volumes of information on new products and applications for their readers. CNS
Magazine stays on top in Canada because they make the investment in researching
the trends of the infrastructure industry and the business opportunities for
the readership – in print and on-line.
Paul
Barker, Editor said “These are challenging times. In the first quarter of 2009,
we face an economy much different from a year ago – or even six months ago.
People and business need help. CNS is committed to covering technical advances
in the cabling, networking and telecom sectors that will allow both to improve
their bottom-line.”
Maureen
Levy, Senior Publisher told us to keep an eye on their website as many
enhancements are in progress during the 1st and 2nd quarter of 2009. There will
be many web-exclusive items with information to help the cabling community.
www.cnsmagazine.com
Trying
times are no time to quit trying.
Frank Bisbee – HOTS monthly news column
***************************
Building Smarts
The highly
sophisticated central management system developed by Manitoba Hydro is a
paragon of high-IQ thinking. It joins a number of other organizations that are
taking intelligence to the next level.
By Denise
Deveau
If there were a Mensa
society for buildings, then Manitoba Hydro's new headquarters in Winnipeg would
be at the top of the list. The 22-storey LEED (Leadership in Energy and
Environmental Design) gold-certified building has more built-in intelligence
than your typical operation.
"In a typical building
you would have about 3,000 control points," says Tom Akerstream, energy
coordinator for Manitoba Hydro. "A complex hospital would have environment
would have about 6,000. This facility has more than 14,000 fully-integrated
inputs that control the buildings air quality, heating, cooling, lighting,
security mechanical systems and other functions."
He notes that getting up to
the super-intelligence levels took a lot of human thinking. "The biggest
issue in all of this was the control systems. It wasn't like what we wanted was
an off-the-shelf feature. You can't go grab a control system that will open a
window for example. There was a lot of custom design involved."
Interoperability was an
essential part of the selection process he adds. "We had to make
absolutely sure in the design stage that any systems relating to the control
and operation of the building could be integrated. This was critical for
maintaining an optimal indoor environment and energy consumption."
Another key consideration
was the backbone. "There was a lot of debate whether to use one backbone
for everything, or a separate one for the controls system." The decision
was made to go with a dedicated fully-redundant backbone.
It goes without saying the management
of this extremely complex "neural network" was of equal importance in
the planning and implementation stages. The highly sophisticated central
management system developed by Manitoba Hydro is a paragon of high-IQ thinking.
By way of example, the
building's weather stations provide data to the building management system,
which in turn communicates with different devices on each floor to tell the
various spaces how to respond. If there is an extra amount of heat generated
from sunlight in a specific area, the system will tell the blinds whether to
open or close. Wind conditions will dictate whether windows or vents should be
open or closed to vent air outside.
Depending on the
programming configuration, lighting fixtures can respond dynamically to changing
conditions. Lights run off photo sensors during the day, and adjust to changes
in ambient light conditions, while at night they respond to occupancy sensors.
The system can also identify which lights are to be left on for security
purposes.
Ackerstream says that while
the building control and management system it has in place today is impressive,
future- proofing was always a driver in the network design and decision-making
process. A big part of that was adhering to open standards all the way. "Having
an open architecture was critical, since it allows us to refine the controls as
we evolve for optimum performance. I'd say with all the groundwork we did, we
got it about 90% right to start with, but you need flexibility in your control
systems because you can always do better."
The fact is that building
intelligence is moving far beyond basic monitoring and control of mechanical
equipment. Now enterprises are finding a multitude of new ways to leverage
existing resources so that multiple devices -- from access control devices and
surveillance cameras to air quality and climate control systems -- can carry on
intelligent conversations.
Adding more intellectual
capacity to a building's IP infrastructure has been driven by a number of
factors, not the least of which is the availability of much more sophisticated
and affordable control systems that can do everything from managing heating
controls to opening blinds.
Bandwidth and network
infrastructures have the robustness and capacity to handle loads of extra
traffic, and wireless applications are now secure enough to make the job of
integration much easier and more cost-effective.
The rapid adoption of
telephony has also had its effect. Those who have gone the VoIP route have
proven that there are a lot of cost savings and efficiencies to be gained by
putting voice and data on a single network. Now network managers are applying
creative thinking to using the same IP backbones for even more applications.
The focus of intelligent
applications has evolved over time as various political and economic forces
have taken centre stage. The post 9/11 era spurred increased activity in
improving security, as organizations used their IP infrastructures to ensure
their surveillance and access control systems worked in tandem.
The last 12 months security
has been surpassed by energy as building managers seek alternative ways to
manage rising fuel prices and reduce their carbon footprint.
Bottom line thinking
"What is happening now
is that people are looking at their buildings and saying we have telephony and
data and have been able to drive savings, so why can't we do the same thing
with building automation and light controls -- or any other (electronic) thing
that we can put on an IP backbone?" says John Cowley, director intelligent
building solution business unit for CommScope Inc. in Richardson, Tex.
Ronald Zimmer, president
and CEO of CABA (Continental Automated Buildings Association) in Ottawa, says
that the move to building intelligence is really more of an interest in reducing
operating costs, creating better indoor air quality and increasing employee
productivity. "It's very easy for example to reduce energy usage by 35-45%
with technology. That's huge in terms of your bottom line and doing the right
thing."
A CommScope study of a
major building project in the Middle East, in which 100,000 devices were
connected and controlled through a central management system, delivered a 33%
up front savings in cabling costs and reduced IT support staff needs by 70%.
"This demonstrates that by going intel- ligent you save on up front
construction costs, as well as on back end operating costs to keep the facility
running," says Cowley.
The operative word to
achieving these gains is integration. As Jiri Skopek, managing director for sustainability
for Jones Lang LaSalle, a Toronto-based global real estate services company
notes, there have been plenty of control systems in place for some time that
can provide intelligent data. However, they have often operated in isolation.
"Typically, systems were installed separately, which meant dedicated
wiring and a lot of redundancy. Now the move is to integrate all those legacy
systems together to make a building intelligent."
Integration can ultimately
lead to a great deal of enlightenment when it comes to how buildings operate,
from understanding water and steam usage, to lighting controls and occupancy
management, says Greg Turner, director of global offerings for Honeywell
Building Solutions in Raleigh, N. C.
"Today's networks have
made it much more cost-effective to reach out to a whole building from a
sensing and control perspective and that's having an interesting impact on
operational functions. It's not just having the ability to connect everything
on a common network, but also extracting value from those facts and exchanging
information to make the building more efficient. For example, you can
understand what areas of a building are in use when, and adapt your lighting,
heating or air conditioning to meet demand."
Upping the intelligence quotient
of your building is not something that should be approached on an ad hoc basis.
An important first step for many is getting a working understanding of your BIQ
(Building Intelligence Quotient). This online intelligent building ranking tool
is provided by CABA and BIQC (BIQ Consortium).
BIQ expert Tom Lohner, vice
president of Peng & Associates in Chicago, says that in developing the
certification, they first looked at traditional things people relate to
intelligent buildings and typical automation systems. HVAC control was the most
dominant, followed by lighting, security, intrusion protection and vertical
transportation.
"For the most part
these were standalone components, but we then looked at whether any of them
could be integrated, as well as the additional features and benefits that could
be gained from it," Lohner explains.
The last part of the
process is looking at whether integration could reside on the corporate
intranet and/or had the ability to logically connect to the corporate network
in a secure fashion. "This last piece is more about the way a building is
managed and maintained (at the enterprise level). We considered how using data
from a building can be used to help improve ongoing operations and overall
management of multiple buildings."
A strong proponent of the
BIQ process, Skopek says, "By using the BIQ scoring system you can
determine the quality of the systems you have, how well they are integrated,
and the functionality you can bring to the building through linking those systems."
Once you know the lay of
the network landscape, integrating intelligence doesn't have to be an
"all-in" proposition from the get-go. According to Zimmer, "not
every building requires that you network your entire inventory of control
systems. It depends on the building's focus and your budget. A warehouse for
example is far different from a courthouse or an airport. In many cases, you
might just want to have the lighting and energy systems networked."
In addition, not all
building management systems need to run on a network. Because many
room-specific occupancy or CO2 sensors are small and low powered for example,
they can easily be battery-powered wireless solutions. That said, building
management systems actually put very little stress on a building's network.
Even video applications, which initially required a great deal of bandwidth,
can be managed more effectively on existing backbones.
"It's realistic to
assume that if you put in a TCP/IP backbone in the last two years, you can use
it for building automation purposes," says Turner. "Compression
algorithms (for video) are so much better, and end devices much more efficient.
Also, you now have the ability to allocate feeds between VPN tunnels which make
for better network management."
The only exception to the
rule in virtually all cases is the fire alarm/emergency system. These require
special routers and standby routers in accordance with building code
requirements.
Designing for
intelligence
The Bank of Montreal for
one has spent the last few years evolving its intelligent building initiatives
for several of its office towers. The facilities management team has automated
a number of lighting, fan and air flow systems to optimize energy efficiency
and indoor air quality.
"We can manage our
buildings floor by floor, zone by zone," says Mike Wells, director of
facilities management. "As we learn how our occupants behave, we can
automate changes in air flow and lighting to get as much savings as we can out
of our office towers."
Access control plays an
integral part in optimizing energy usage, which is why BMO's facilities team
has also been standardizing its surveillance and security systems on IP
networks in seven major buildings in the Greater Toronto Area.
A more recent pilot project
is the implementation of a single, central monitoring system for two buildings,
with a goal to increase that number over time.
For those working from a
clean slate, getting the most out of intelligent integration on a new build has
to start at the drawing board. Experts advise working with the architect and
consultant at the front end of the project to identify what systems you want
integrated, what are your electrical requirements, and whether you want to put
everything on a single backbone.
In the interests of
economy, many will opt for hybrid systems, since they have legacy equipment
such as surveillance cameras that haven't depreciated enough to warrant
replacement. "Even if you're keeping some systems, it's important that you
are looking to your future needs when it comes to cabling," says Cowley.
"That's one of the hardest things for people to get their head
around."
A key component of any plan
is ensuring interoperability and open standards. "It's very important to
have a homogeneous network with one standard to manage," says Turner. When
working with existing systems, there are devices such as the Building Network
Adapter from Honeywell that will TCP/IP enable proprietary, serial network
devices.
Interoperability also plays
a key role in the security aspects that go hand in hand with convergence.
Manfred Arndt, convergence solutions architect for HP ProCurve, notes that one
of the management challenges is how to seamlessly deploy policies and securely
authenticate users on the network.
"Depending on the
users, you have to ensure ongoing proactive management of communications
security. Adoption of interoperability standards is an important part of
supporting that."
Mark Ascolese, chief
executive officer at EDSA in San Diego, Calif., a specialist in power analytics
for electrical system applications also points out the importance of applying
intelligent software tools to enable real-time design changes and to keep tabs
on your power infrastructure in a real-time setting.
"If you want to make
better use of energy and reduce your carbon footprint, you need the model
simulation tools to figure out how design changes will impact electrical usage
before you spend money. That's a huge benefit."
Cat 6 cabling should be the
absolute minimum for any new installation, since Cat 5e can lead to bandwidth
and frequency response, says Cowley. "That cable will be bundled with 40
to 60 other cables running to offices and cubicles, and bundles can create
noise."
Termination is another
factor that deserves special consideration. Every time a transmission hits
break, reflection happens. The higher the bandwidth and speed, the higher the
reflection.
"You really have to
pay close attention to crosstalk and termination issues," Cowley explains.
"Most cable installed today is UTP, but when it's terminated at the jack,
the wires are untwisted. If you're not careful, you've defeated the whole
purpose of using UTP, which his noise cancellation. You wouldn't believe the
number of calls we get about poor performance on a network, only to discover
that they bought cheap patch cords. So make sure you test everything, including
outlets, connectors and jumper cables, to ensure they meet
specifications."
Redundancy is also a
network design and installation essential. This can be achieved through both
wired and wireless options. "It's much like looking at a power system when
you have redundant power providers," says Lohner. "You should look at
broadband services the same way and have redundant providers. You can
accomplish that in a number of ways. Wireless and Wi-Max can be used as
cost-effective alternatives."
Whatever the choices,
according to BMO's Wells, building intelligence is a matter of applying sound
technology principles, while keeping your business needs in mind. "The
technology is available to do it now. The question is, whether it' economical
to exploit it or not. You have to figure that out before you move to the next
stage." CNS
Reprinted with Permission of CNS
Magazine 2009 – www.cnsmagazine.com
***************************
Change Is On The Way
Thankfully,
The Data Centres Of The Future Will Be Vastly Different Creatures Than The
Power-Guzzling, Administrative Headaches Of Today.
By Laura
Anderson
CNS
A computer, like anything
else, works best when it is built and used for a specific purpose. Though far
more complex than a hammer or saw, a computer is a tool just the same. And all
tools must be designed to a task.
These days it is easy to
forget this simple fact. As computer systems grow increasingly complex,
particularly in the data centre, we find that many are being used in unintended
ways -- for example, running software they were never meant to run, or being
housed in buildings that were designed for other purposes.
As hardware and software
additions to the data centre require more and more connections between new and
old technology, eventually the industry will hit a complexity wall in which
data centres become unmanageable. The result will be widespread power and
utilization inefficiencies at a time when energy and efficiency are at a
premium.
That is why we believe that
the data centres of the future will be vastly different creatures than the
power-guzzling, administrative headaches of today.
In coming years, the
hardware systems that occupy these massive compute farms will be designed in
concert with the software they are intended to run.
Indeed, even the buildings
that house the data centre will be custom-built for the type of workload and
processes the systems will handle. These new data centers will use less power,
produce better results and require less administration.
When it comes to data
centres, complexity is the enemy of efficiency. And at the moment, thousands
find themselves in the midst of mind-boggling complexity. One technology that
holds the promise of greatly reducing that complexity is virtualization, the
process that pools disparate computing resources -- processors, memory, storage
-- to appear as one. But so far virtualization has been mostly about
consolidating servers. This is helpful, and it improves utilization, but it
does not cut down on software complexity or significantly reduce administrative
costs.
There are three
technologies that are emerging that will radically alter the virtualization
landscape. One is the concept of a Virtual Machine Image, or VM Image.
A VM Image is the bundling
of the operating system, middleware and application into a self-contained,
fully operational package.
These images have
instructions attached to them (metadata) that enable them to simply drop into a
data centre environment, find the necessary resources and execute.
The second technology is VM
Scheduling. This is akin to system provisioning, in which an administrator can
decide when and where to run a particular VM Image.
It allows for rapid scheduling
and prioritization of shared resources among other VM Images on the same
system, for more dynamic and efficient environments.
The third technology is VM
Mobility, which is the ability to move virtual images around the data centre
while they are actually running, without skipping a beat. Though there is still
work to be done on the standards and licensing fronts, these technologies have
the potential to greatly improve the dynamism and efficiency of the data
centre. This new world of virtualization will require some significant changes
to the data centre architecture itself. The major new concept that will emerge
is something we are calling an "ensemble."
These ensembles are
essentially collections of homogeneous hardware, or clusters that have systems
management capability built in; everything from workload optimization to
restart and recovery. The key to these ensembles is their autonomic abilities.
In other words, they will
monitor their own utilization, heat production and power consumption, dynamically
allocating re- sources as needed.
By using the principles of
autonomic computing -- Monitor, Analyze, Plan, Execute (MAPE) -- these
ensembles require very little by way of administration.
The goal of this
re-architecting is to simplify the data centre. Though the dynamic scheduling
of workloads is actually a fantastically complex process, the interface that is
exposed to the administrator is quite simple.
By using the ensemble
structure, managed by a service-oriented virtual machine interface, the data
centre becomes a system of self-contained components that interact with each
other on an as-needed basis. (see chart p. 22)
There is one more element
that needs to be rethought before data centres can reach their full potential.
Though it may seem sometimes that they exist only in the world of ones and
zeros, they are actual physical structures that require tremendous amounts of
power and cooling in order to operate.
In this way, data centres
are not unlike factories. And the lease, maintenance and power consumption are
all factored into the cost of finished goods.
Like a factory, there is an
optimal efficiency that can be reached in a data centre by matching the
machines to the building (or vice versa). By applying some of the same economic
principles that measure the efficiency of factories to the economics of data
centres, we have arrived at some surprising recommendations for optimizing data
centres. For example, bigger is not always better. The cost benefits of scaling
data centres begin to diminish if it is too large and requires too much
electricity. Maximum efficiency points will develop based on the workload of
the data centre and surrounding environment.
By optimizing all of the
components that reside in this building block, and monitoring power and heat
with sensors that feed back into the systems management capabilities discussed
earlier, the data centre can attain maximum efficiency.
At a time when energy use
carries heavy costs, both financial and environmental, every ounce of
efficiency is highly valuable.
In short, the data centre
of the future will be a much more integrated, purpose-built machine. The type
of workload will dictate the design of everything from the software to the
building itself.
And there may be a variety
of different types of data centres, based on their respective purpose. Not as
simple as a hammer, but just as efficient and effective. CNS
Laura Anderson is
Program Director, Service Engineering, at the IBM Almaden Research Center in
San Jose, Calif.
Reprinted with Permission of CNS
Magazine 2009 – www.cnsmagazine.com
***************************
Troubleshooting Industrial Ethernet Networks
Unlike
office environments, slowdowns in industrial networks can quickly escalate into
production nightmares. You definitely need some help.
By David
Green
Ethernet is rapidly
spreading across a wide range of industrial environments, but as frontline
engineers are quickly realizing the hostile environmental conditions can play
havoc with their networks.
This standardized,
plug-and-play technology is easy to install and it works 99% of the time, but
when it does not, it is not so easy to understand why.
With more devices being
added to the network and fewer people on the factory floor, production and
maintenance engineers are under growing pressure to ensure 24/7 network uptime.
If they don't, the consequences can be devastating.
Unlike office environments,
slowdowns in industrial networks can quickly escalate into production
nightmares. As a result, production and maintenance staff are under increasing
pressure to keep networks up and running at top speed, and when they're not,
resolving any issues as quickly as possible in order to maintain or improve
productivity and uptime.
In an industrial network,
you may encounter cases of sensors in the network sending their information to
multiple addresses instead of transmitting to the single, relevant address.
A pressure sensor in a
bottling plant for example could be sending measurements to labeling, and
capping in addition to the bottling machine, resulting in unexpected network
traffic.
In addition, if the
bottling line is not correctly segmented from regular network traffic, it may
send the bottling-machine pressure information (a time-critical packet of
information) at the same time as dozens of people in the corporate network are
busily downloading a new network security fix, causing major ramifications on
the production line.
On the industrial side
there is also much greater sensitivity to delay or latency than in office
environments.
When a forecast file takes
20 seconds longer to download than usual, a sales manager will not be too
concerned. In the bottling line, the difference between 25 milliseconds and
2000 milliseconds could result in a run of bottles without labels -- and all
the costs that go with that kind of mistake.
This article explores some
of the basic design and installation issues for industrial networks, as well as
troubleshooting tips to help you quickly recognize, locate, and solve problems
in order to maintain or improve productivity and plant uptime.
Design and installation: As with any network, taking care of
the basics when it comes to network design and installation can play a key role
in improving overall long-term performance.
There are several things to
consider when installing structured cabling in an industrial setting, these
include:
• Design to standards:
Make sure to adhere to the TIA 568A installation guidelines (standards from the
Telecommunications Industry Association that apply to structured cabling). When
installing STP (shielded twisted pair) /fiber in a noisy and harsh environment,
pay close attention to the cable length maximums and the quality of
terminations.
• Understand the
performance characteristics needed in your specific production environment:
In most cases, they tend to require much lower bandwidth than office settings.
(Sending 2K of a communication command requesting a temperature reading is more
critical than a receiving a complete 2 MB photo and being able to see it
clearly). It is more important to focus on accommodating multiple data commands
traversing a process system, rather than prioritizing bandwidth or network
transmission speed.
• Understand your
communication priorities: With industrial Ethernet it is important to
ensure that smaller commands continuously reach their end at exactly the right
time. Cat 5e transmission requirements are usually sufficient to handle this
type of traffic. Also gain a thorough understanding of the electrical noise
generated by any nearby machinery when deciding upon UTP (unshielded twisted
pair), STP or fiber optic components. *
• Use the right
components: Use protective cabling in any areas with repetitive motion or
an area that a link might be stepped on or crushed. Many cable manufactures
offer specific cabling with boots and/or advanced engineered material cable
jackets specifically for harsh environments.
The basic troubleshooting
sequence for any networking environment consists of these steps:
Document the network --
Create a diagram of the parts of the network, as well as the signal flow paths
between various devices, using for example the EtherScope Network Assistant
from Fluke Networks for discovery. This is enormously helpful in visualizing
the problem and saving valuable time. A good practice is to start with the
physical layer and work your way up the protocol stack (OSI model).
Collect all available
information and analyze the symptoms -- Verify or recreate the problem where
possible.
Localize and isolate the
problems -- A good overall troubleshooting strategy is to divide and conquer;
test and eliminate. Subdivide or isolate the problems into a smaller function
sections to eliminate culprits one by one, removing the largest and/or most
convenient section first.
The step-by-step process
should include:
• Pinging or simulating
signals to check for power and proper connections
• If the connections are
okay, proceeding to the control or management device
• Looking at the PLC for
error codes
• Document what you did --
As an important final step in troubleshooting, documenting of all the steps you
took will provide a baseline which will be helpful in troubleshooting similar
problems, prepare reports or train network support team members.
No matter what your cable
type, it is important that you test and certify each link. Following are some
of the more common issues you are likely to encounter when troubleshooting your
network.
• Contaminated fiber optic
cable end faces -- Microscopic fiber optic cable is particularly susceptible to
contaminants clogging the ends leading to communication breakdowns. This will
show up as errors in the transmitted data and could be catastrophic.
• Device installation
errors -- A common and difficult-to-troubleshoot issue is misconfigured
devices. The original installer must select the speed of the connection between
the switch and sensor. In some cases, the sensor may be configured for half
duplex, and the switch on the other end to full duplex in error. Duplex
mismatch is very difficult to detect since standard testing will indicate that
the cabling is fine and that both the switch and sensor are connected. The only
clue will be extremely variable delay or latency so the network appears slow. A
good tester can tell you the configuration of each device and will help you
locate a mismatch.
• Device failures caused by
a harsh electrical environment -- Electrical signals carried over the network
are susceptible to the harsh electrical and climatic environment. Several
factors can influence or degrade electrical signaling, including high-energy
sources such as lighting systems and heavy-duty machinery. Monitoring the
network, one segment at a time can capture these events so you can isolate
their source.
• High-voltage electrical
loads -- Transients, surges, and harmonics are the most common electrical
phenomena found on high-voltage electrical feeder and branch circuits with
breakers and non-linear loads. These and other phenomena like static discharge
from rotating machinery can cause disturbances to electrical signals.
Ground-loop currents are also notorious for creating erroneous equipment
failures that are hard to diagnose. With attention to proper installation
practices, minimizing sources of electrical disturbances, and using appropriately
IP-rated devices you can mitigate many of these problems.
Although similar principles
apply to installations in a data centre, Ethernet installations in dirty and
noisy industrial environments require special consideration. To ensure your
installation meets the customer and environmental needs you must design to
standards, use the right components, and understand the appropriate
troubleshooting techniques and equipment. As Ethernet continues to be deployed
across industrial environments, new and specialized test tools are available to
help isolate industrial Ethernet problems quickly and easily. CNS
David Green, P. Eng., is
Director of Marketing for Fluke's AmPac Region, including Canada, Australia and
LatinAmerica He can be reached by e-mail at david.green@fluke.com.
Reprinted with Permission of CNS
Magazine 2009 – www.cnsmagazine.com
***************************
Standards Update
40
Gb/S And 100 Gb/S Ethernet
The IEEE
802.3ba Ethernet Task Force is currently working on an amendment that defines
MAC, physical layers and management parameters.
By By Paul
Kish
For this month's article
you will find an update on the next generation standard for 40 Gigabit and 100
Gigabit Ethernet. What I have done is identify what technologies are being
considered and what media types are needed to support 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s
networking speeds.
The IEEE 802.3ba Ethernet
Task Force is currently working on an amendment to the IEEE 802.3-2008
standard. This particular standards update defines the parameters for 40 Gb/s
and 100 Gb/ s operation, including media access control (MAC) parameters,
physical layers and management parameters. The first draft of this amendment
was issued this past October.
What are the different IEEE
802.3 physical layer implementations for 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s Ethernet? A brief
description of these different implementations is listed below: Copper :
40GBASE-CR4: 40 Gb/s over
four lanes of twin-ax cabling 100GBASE-CR10: 100 Gb/s over 10 lanes of twin-ax
cabling
Multimode fiber:
40GBASE-SR4: 40 Gb/s over
four lanes of, short reach, multi mode fiber
100GBASE-SR10: 100 Gb/s
over 10 lanes of, short reach, multi mode fiber
Single mode fiber:
40GBASE-LR4: 40 Gb/s over
four WDM lanes, long reach, single mode fiber
100GBASE-LR4: 100 Gb/s over
four WDM lanes, long reach,
single mode fiber
100GBASE-ER4: 100 Gb/s over
four WDM lanes, extended
long reach, single mode
fiber
The copper based
40GBASE-CR4 implementation uses a special connectorized cable assembly with
eight twinaxial pairs, 4 x 10 Gb/s in each direction, for an aggregate data
rate of 40 Gb/s.
The 100GBASE-CR10
implementation uses a cable assembly with 20 twin axial pairs, 10 x 10 Gb/s in
each direction, for an aggregate data rate of 100 Gb/s.
The transmission parameters
for these cable assemblies are specified up to 6 GHz and are intended for
equipment-to-equipment connections for distances up to 10 metres (33 ft). There
are no physical layer specifications under development in IEEE 802.3 for 40
Gb/s and 100Gb/s transmission over 4-pair Category cabling, at least not at
this time. Such a need may develop over time; however, it is not envisaged
before 2013 timeframe.
The 40GBASE-SR4 and
100GBASE-SR10 implementations use four or 10 pairs of multimode fibers
respectively, for a distance of at least 100 metres.
The data transmission rate
for each multimode fiber is 10 Gb/s, for an aggregate data rate of 40 Gb/s and
100 Gb/s respectively. The connector interface is most likely the MPO
connector, although this is not specifically defined in the current draft
standard.
The reference is to the
performance specifications of IEC 61753-1-1 and IEC 61753-022-2.
Another question to
consider is why is the distance limit only 100 meters and not 300 metres?
OM3 fiber is capable of
supporting a distance of up 300 metres at 10 Gb/s. After looking into this, it
is my understanding that the parallel optics transceivers for SR4 and SR10 are
a different specification than 10GBASE-SR.
The 100 metres distance is
a minimum objective. It may be possible to do 200 metres or some longer
distance yet to be determined.
Table 1 below shows the
primary attributes of 40GBASE-SR4 and 100GBASE-SR10
The 40GBASE-LR4,
100GBASE-LR4 and 100GBASE-ER4 implementations use two single mode optical
fibers and wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) to achieve an aggregate data
rate of 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s.
The specified wavelengths
and the data rate for each wavelength are shown in Table 2 below.
This is a brief overview of
the cabling requirements in support of 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s Ethernet over
specialized copper cable assemblies and optical fiber. This work is under
development in the IEEE 802.3ab task force.
The plan is to complete
this work by mid-2010.
Paul Kish is Director,
Systems and Standards at Belden. The information presented is the author's view
and is not official TIA correspondence
Reprinted with Permission of CNS
Magazine 2009 – www.cnsmagazine.com
Communications News
Forecast 2009
Our panel
of experts makes predictions for technology trends in the new year.
One point is clear in our 2009 Forecast report, return on investment has
become the mantra of enterprise technology customers–and the vendor community
has definitely received the message. Throughout this report from two dozen
leading technology suppliers, the dreaded “recession” word is mentioned, as
well as the need to get as much out of existing networks as possible. Our
technology vendor panel here, however, still seems bullish on the new year,
expecting customers to continue their IT spending–at least for products that
enhance or improve their networks, while saving money and increasing
productivity.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
Better collaboration
by David Puglia
CTO, enterprise activities,
Alcatel-Lucent
In today’s
increasingly competitive economic landscape, the most successful business will
be the most agile business, in which end-users have access to real-time
information and knowledge necessary to make the right decision at the right
moment. Unified communications (UC), or the ability to connect to the right
person on the right media, based on factors like presence, will become
instrumental for success.
The shift
to UC solutions has been triggered by the rise of social software and
networking services. These networks enable enterprises to extract value from
UC, to leverage it and harness the most important asset of its
organization–connecting the knowledge of its workers.
An
estimated 80 percent of a company’s knowledge lies in the brains and on the
desktops or hard drives of individuals. This key asset remains largely
unavailable through traditional networks. Through the use of UC technologies,
sharing of opinions, contributing to discussions and building wikis, employees
transform untapped information into a knowledge base that can be accessed by
anyone within the company, ideally to provide a competitive differentiation in
business situations.
The true
value of these Enterprise 2.0 technologies and social networks lies in the
ability to harness knowledge in real time, connecting the right people to the
right information, and allowing employees to rapidly react to business
conditions with a competitive advantage, leveraging the brainpower of the whole
company.
Real-time
capabilities, supported by extended presence information (exposed by the SIP
protocol throughout the entire network), will enable communications between
end-users, either through private conversations or multimedia conferences,
wherever they are and whatever the device–desktops, desk phones or mobile.
Pushed by
both end-users and business imperatives, Enterprise 2.0 services are rapidly
becoming the interface of choice for UC. By providing a platform for content
and context-driven communications aimed to accelerate decision making,
Enterprise 2.0 technologies can provide organizations with a competitive
advantage, and supports end-users in achieving their business objectives while
offering new collaborative tools.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
The next big wave
by Shabtai
Adlersberg
Chairman
of the Board, president and CEO, AudioCodes
Even
with all the changes from analog to digital telephones, wireline to mobile and
eventually to voice over IP (VoIP), one constant in the telephony market has
remained consistent–limited audio quality. This is due to the limitations the
public telephone network (PSTN) enforces on traditional analog and digital
telephones. The adoption of VoIP and broadband networks have provided the
opportunity to break through this barrier with a range of wideband and
high-quality voice-coding algorithms that make communications more efficient,
effective and natural.
High-definition
(HD) VoIP implementation relies primarily on the use of a wideband speech
coder. Several wideband speech coders have been developed for different
networks, such as G.722, G.729.1 and G.711E for wireline applications, G.722.2
and EVRC-B for wireless applications, iSAC for the Skype application, and
Microsoft RTA for the enterprise environment. HD VoIP allows carriers to
differentiate their services with a much improved audio experience, creating
customer loyalty and affinity. Enterprises can differentiate themselves with
superior voice quality to their customers.
HD VoIP is
expected to become a major factor in the improvement of business efficiency in
the current global business environment. Today’s business globalization, with
many different accents and languages, requires an improvement of voice
fidelity. This is particularly important with conferencing applications. HD
VoIP can bring about improvements in business productivity by encouraging
effective collaboration, reducing errors and eliminating expensive travel.
HD
VoIP technology enhances applications deployed in many industries, and can
improve safety in critical environments. Industries such as banks and trading
rooms, travel agents, military and homeland security, air traffic control all
need intelligibility improvements that can be achieved with this technology. In
the mobile environment, HD VoIP can help enhance the user experience by
improving the voice quality. Internet applications like gaming, chat or
streaming also can benefit from HD VoIP technologies.
In order to
benefit from the sound quality that HD VoIP technology allows, the endpoints
must support the technology itself. Currently, regular phones are limited by
the handset, microphone and speaker technologies, which are unable to transmit
the broad range of frequencies in human speech. Wideband IP phones solve this
problem by supporting wideband coders, high-quality speakers and microphones.
More employers will adopt the high-quality sound of HD VoIP technology.
This is
expected to be the year when HD VoIP will become the natural choice for
businesses and service providers implementing new VoIP networks. HD terminals
such as HD-enabled DECT phones, wideband AMR-enabled mobile phones and wideband
IP phones will become commonplace in the market.
Reprinted with permission of Communication
News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
UC ready for stage
by David Levy
President and CEO, Objectworld
Communications
Unified
communications (UC) will be the big trend of 2009, but in ways that few expect.
Vendors are racing to develop new and sophisticated offerings that drive
business productivity for individuals and organizations. Prices on traditional
hardware (phones, gateways and PBXs) are dropping so fast and so radically that
many long-term incumbents may have to reinvent themselves by 2010 in order to
stay competitive. New, low-cost devices are coming to the market quickly
(everything from new mobile Internet devices, smart phones and voice-over-WLAN
handsets) and reshaping how we communicate.
Considering
today’s economic climate, the industry is ripe for merger and acquisition among
incumbents and new entrants alike. Yet, customers are ambivalent about adopting
UC. There is growing consensus that UC is good, if only it was clear what UC
entails (and what it will entail six months from now). This will be the year
that dynamic changes and, in turn, the way people communicate will be
substantially different by 2010.
The big
game-changers in 2009 will not be amazing new gadgets but rather a combination
of market-disruptive offerings from software vendors, as well as widespread
adoption of UCs in small and midsize businesses. Unified messaging with smart
phone integration will become commonplace. These are not necessarily new
technologies themselves, but their widespread adoption will reshape the
practical techniques of how we do business with added mobility and the
feature-rich applications that are made available to smart, wireless devices.
What is
really set to reshape the market is that the price of UC is about to go way
down and the time for return on investment will be measured in weeks not years.
The cost/benefit will be reshaped in favor of low-cost, interesting and
practical UC applications that help businesses do business.
That does
not mean the PBX is going anywhere fast. In fact, with the economic downturn,
we will see businesses making better use of the hardware and software that they
already have (particularly trying to integrate disparate systems), and businesses
thinking in greater detail about how they can respond more effectively to
customers as an organization.
Prices will
have to go down, and value will have to go up, or UC will not be going
anywhere. Businesses want something better than low-cost dial tone, something
more flexible, adaptable and, most of all, user-centric. They want
applications. The ubiquity of these new, flexible and user-centric productivity
tools will produce a rich and fertile ground for growth and change. The
economic slowdown will drive some businesses to retreat into cost cutting, but
it will spur many others into reaching out to customers in an effort to compete
more effectively with faster and more intelligent responses to their customers.
Reprinted with permission of Communication
News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
Automation essential
by Tom Goldman
CEO, Uplogix
Unified
communications has come of age as one of the best ways to foster collaboration,
increase user productivity and save time and money. Under today’s economic
climate, all costs are under scrutiny, making UC a strong candidate for CIOs.
IP telephony (IPT) is the enabling technology that is driving this
transformation from the phone company to the Internet. Achieving phone company
quality of service at Internet pricing levels requires reliable underlying
Internet infrastructure for UC to function.
Unifying
communications, such as e-mail, voice, video, fax and instant messaging, across
distributed locations requires a larger amount of bandwidth and stronger
management control than traditional management tools can provide. Today’s users
demand a high quality of service (QoS) from each corporate site, while
management expects a UC project to reduce operating costs when managing risks
during deployment and post-implementation support.
Customers are adopting a more strategic approach to manage UC across the
distributed IPT network they depend on. While legacy network systems-management tools provide helpful
overviews of enterprise infrastructure, however, they fall short for
mission-critical remote locations and the cost and time required to serve those
users with a UC-ready infrastructure. To compensate, secure remote management
(SRM) technology acts intelligently as an IT administrator’s eyes, ears and
hands to perform routine maintenance and problem resolution, and ensure remote
network and system devices stay healthy and continue to function without human
intervention.
An SRM
platform uses its local physical presence to maintain a high QoS by rapidly and
effectively resolving common issues with IPT environments. A few examples
include: preventing network atrophy;
ensuring an excellent end-user experience; streamlining maintenance tasks; and
ensuring that carriers meet MPLS service-level agreements.
Organizations can
make the leap to UC applications and IPT with confidence in the infrastructure. The risk
lies in neglecting the basic investments in infrastructure management so the
implementation is reliable, available and high-performing. Secure remote
management reduces the risk, cost and complexity of UC and IPT, with the cost
savings of the Internet.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
Business accelerated
by Joel Hackney
President, Nortel Enterprise
Solutions
The skills
to engage in negotiations, conversations, knowledge sharing and ad-hoc
collaborations in real time with partners halfway around the world are now
becoming core competencies for today’s enterprise. The unifying of
communications applications and technologies makes this possible.
Unified
communications is not just about enhancing personal productivity. When made
integral to business processes, it also can speed decision making, approvals
and problem resolution, generally shortening the time to whatever the key
operational objectives are.
Unified
communications adds value at both the communications and business levels. The
former comes from eliminating the barriers to effective communications anytime,
anywhere over any device, by delivering a consistent user experience tightly
integrated with desktop applications, including e-mail and calendaring. At the
business level, value comes from hiding the inherent complexity of multivendor
communications environments and delivering these as software services.
Embedding communications into business processes realizes
the full power of UC. Research in mobile UC shows significant business
improvements:
·
29
percent higher customer satisfaction;
·
27
percent higher employee satisfaction;
·
20
percent more time for mobile employees to do their jobs;
·
18
percent more sales as a result of shorter proposal cycle times; and
·
18
percent more time for desktop-based employees to do their jobs.
Leveraging
the chaos of challenging times to simplify and accelerate human-to-human
communications and business processes are high-multiplier investments. That is
why UC presents senior executives with an opportunity to realize significant
return on investment, while driving enhanced productivity and enabling ongoing
total cost of ownership savings. UC solutions are capable of wringing
inefficiencies from business processes and can more than pay for themselves in
as little as six months.
In
difficult and uncertain times, businesses should differentiate themselves by
being faster, better and more efficient than their competitors. Saving money,
while improving performance and focusing on the core business, is the bottom
line.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
GreenTech
IT and
energy-efficiency
by Michael Zhao
President and CEO, Array Networks
Virtualization
is a major trend that is revolutionizing IT, and will continue its rapid growth
in 2009. Instead of dedicating an entire machine to a single application,
several virtual machines on the same physical hardware can be used to run independent
instances of different applications. Reducing servers will reduce not only the rack space
and power requirements, but will also reduce the cooling and air-conditioning
requirements, since fewer machines means less heat emitted, less need for
cooling, and smaller, more-efficient data centers that ultimately cost a lot
less to build and operate.
In 2009,
virtualization will extend to the desktop. Replacing heavy-duty workstations
with virtual desktops can reduce overall power consumption and reduce IT
support load at the same time, since the desktops are hosted in a data center.
Alternatively, with cloud computing, the desktop and applications can be hosted
through the Internet.
Modern
computers come with power-saving modes, such as sleep and hibernate, that allow
machines to go to standby mode, which typically use only 3 watts to 5 watts of
power, as opposed to the 150 watts or more used when idling. In 2009, the
adoption of remote-access technologies will increase, turning on the machine
when needed, thereby saving on power and cooling for the hours when the machine
is not being used.
Remote-access
technology will allow more people to work from home. There are obvious savings
from getting workers out of their automobiles, but there are also savings in
the data center. This trend will continue to pick up steam in 2009.
Today’s
data centers consume 10 times more energy than buildings used to house people.
Reducing the energy consumption of IT equipment in the data center can have an
impact of a three to four times reduction in total energy and carbon dioxide
footprint as the overhead for HVACs, chillers, power-distribution units,
lighting and heat loss in conductors can be reduced.
Hybrid
technology that uses compute resources at data centers, along with appropriate
computing resources on the client side will eliminate the need to have more
powerful servers in the data centers, or have less of them so that the cooling
requirements can be reduced or eliminated.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
Power supply and demand
by Kathy Mazzarella
Senior vice president, Graybar
In the year
ahead, IT managers will turn to advancements in data center technologies to
overcome a myriad of challenges. Topping the list of concerns: adding new
applications and services, and keeping the data center running when power may
be in short supply.
In the next
five years, more than 90 percent of all businesses are expected to experience
costly data center downtime due to power failures or limits, according to the
data center trade association AFCOM. To avoid being part of this statistic, IT
managers will need to secure critical power solutions. Among the solutions:
adopting greater redundancy, maximizing energy efficiency and relocating to
risk-adverse areas.
Operational
redundancy helps keep data centers secure and accessible by replicating
critical functions, such as power, data processing and storage, or by creating
redundant facilities. Larger, more complex mission-critical data centers
require more redundancy.
As IT
managers implement redundant systems, they will need more power and cooling to
support the additional equipment. Since redundant systems in data centers
require more energy, many IT professionals will focus on managing costs through
energy-efficient solutions.
Data
centers consume more than 2 percent of all the energy used in the United
States. With consumption expected to double in the next five years, many IT
managers are working to maximize their efficiency now to avoid the higher
energy costs associated with increased demand in the future.
For some
organizations, data center renovations will not be enough to efficiently
accommodate power demands. As a result, these businesses may relocate their
data centers to areas of the country that provide less-expensive power. The
need for critical power will also drive relocation to areas less prone to
natural disasters.
Reprinted with permission of Communication
News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
More remote access
by Jerry Chase
CEO, Lantronix
With the
economy in turmoil and as companies pay more attention to their green initiatives,
corporations will increasingly turn to technology to help reduce costs and
deliver better service to their customers. Businesses will start investing in
products and technology that require fewer human resources to implement, and
allow employees to provide services and support via the Internet.
Current
economic realities, such as the need to work more efficiently and cost
effectively, and the need to conserve energy and reduce associated costs, are
now a global phenomenon. This has a direct effect on the market for remote
product services (RPS).
The RPS
model allows companies to access firewall-protected equipment from anywhere,
anytime, using the Internet. As more employees are working remotely and
corporations are expanding globally, businesses will need to be able to manage
and fix equipment that is located in remote locations and networks for which
they may not have administrative privileges.
More
electronic devices and office equipment, such as copiers or security systems,
will be network enabled so they can be remotely managed via the Internet. As
companies face mounting pressure to cut costs, technicians will need to have
remote access to equipment, so they can diagnose issues from distant locations
and, in many cases, implement solutions without the need to travel to the
malfunctioning device. With advancements in security and ease of implementation
of remote-access technologies, companies in 2009 will increasingly turn to
these RPS solutions to lower the costs of providing service and maintenance.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
Network Security
Back to the
basics
by Rajat Bhargava
President and CEO, StillSecure
One area
that will emerge in 2009 is a renewed focus on getting back to security basics.
The unstable economic climate, coupled with an ongoing need for increased
efficiency, will force security teams to excel more than ever by leveraging
current investments.
Choosing
the right security technologies to fit current needs, while meeting future
demands is critical. With threats such as click-jacking and social engineering
on the rise, many security professionals question what to focus on–new tools or
already-implemented technology. Security teams should consider the following
approaches to make better use of current security solutions.
Organizations
will be looking for ways to leverage current investments for greater ROI.
Network security initiatives have been traditionally comprised of multiple point products, all from different vendors. Moving
forward, the focus needs to be on the cross-silo integration of security tools
to do more with less. For example, organizations can leverage existing
investments in IDS/IPS technology to implement post-connect
network access control (NAC) instead of purchasing a separate post-connect NAC sensor.
Investing
in security education so that administrators can learn to maximize existing
tools is more cost effective than purchasing and implementing new technologies.
Companies will have to maximize their current investments instead of being too
focused on the latest and greatest tool to block attacks. Before moving forward
with any new investment, companies should conduct a full review of current
implementations to make sure they are being optimized.
Lastly,
organizations should use this downtime to implement best practices for the
existing workforce. There are many basic security best practices–such as being
careful about desktop downloads, not opening e-mail attachments from
questionable sources and locking computers when they are not being used–that
are simple to institute yet preventative in defending against basic security
issues.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
Cabling Infrastructure
Optical in
the LAN
by Clark Kinlin
CEO and president, Corning Cable
Systems
Demand for
higher bandwidth is stemming from several places, including IP convergence,
virtualization, increased storage requirements and new video applications. This
demand is driving the need for increased optical connectivity in the LAN and
data center. Customers are increasingly deploying optical solutions to meet
current and future connectivity requirements for solutions that provide data rate
scalability, reliable transmission, enhanced pathway/space utilization and
high-density electronics.
Advances in
Ethernet, Fibre Channel and InfiniBand speed projections are encouraging. These
all point to a need for optical connectivity in networks built with the future
in mind. Customers are now deploying optical connectivity solutions operating
from 10 Mbps to 10-Gigabit Ethernet, which are also able to support future
speed projections.
Optical
solutions consume significantly less network and cooling power, in addition to
providing superior performance when compared to electrical networks with copper
unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) cable. An increasingly important benefit of
optical media is reduced power consumption when compared to other solutions.
Optical solutions also can reduce carbon dioxide emissions.
Finally, customers are seeing the
possibilities created by IP convergence. Many are evaluating deployment of
optical fiber with a telecommunications enclosure (TE) zone architecture. The
TE architecture can offer significant material and electronics cost savings
compared to traditional copper home-run architectures. The TE architecture also
can reduce the volume of cable materials in the horizontal space to mitigate
fire hazards.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
Here comes FCoE
by Brian Protiva
CEO, ADVA Optical Networking
Enterprises
want to converge all storage and local area network (SAN and LAN) traffic on
one infrastructure–commonly managed, dependable, standards-based and powerful.
That was the goal that resulted the development of Fibre Channel, asynchronous
transfer mode (ATM) and InfiniBand.
Now
comes Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE). Leveraging enhancements to
conventional Ethernet in the areas of flow control, quality of service and
packet loss, FCoE holds promise as one day serving as that cost-effective and
unifying interconnect fabric.
The
real-world data center of 2009 is still a long way from there. Mass adoption of
FCoE remains years away, for several different reasons.
First,
migration will not be instantaneous. The existing Ethernet infrastructure would
require new low-latency switches for wide-scale FCoE deployment, and forklift
upgrades of functional network cores are too disruptive and too expensive to
undertake based on promise.
Second,
today’s mature enterprise data centers manage a spectrum of protocols in
addition to FCoE–InfiniBand, enterprise system connection (ESCON), fiber
connection (FICON), Internet small computer systems interface (iSCSI) and
others–that serve mission-critical purposes and will continue to need to be
supported.
Third,
there are significant behavioral, organizational and political questions to be
answered if FCoE is to shoulder all of an enterprise’s SAN and LAN traffic. For
example, are an enterprise’s server and storage groups to submit to the network
group and turn over all of their various mission-critical applications to ride
on relatively new and untested FCoE?
For
the foreseeable future, data center managers will continue to match services
with protocols based on various factors, such as cost, access options,
technical requirements and the distances among facilities to be connected.
FCoE
is one of the protocols that those data center managers will consider, and it
might well prove to be the most compelling choice for green field opportunities
or environments where low-cost connectivity is a greater priority than 100-percent
uptime. With wavelength-division multiplexing at the heart of its network, an
enterprise can cost-effectively, flexibly and simply converge FCoE, InfiniBand
and the rest of its multiprotocol traffic on the same optical backbone–all
performing at native speed.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
10GbE upgrade
by Russell Stern
CEO, Solarflare
This year
is positioned to be the era of 10-Gigabit Ethernet (10GbE) integration and evolution, witnessing the
widespread adoption of the technology to support advanced applications and an
ever- increasing number of transactions and users. With companies facing greater
demands than ever before and potentially strict government regulations on power
consumption, a look at upgrading existing infrastructures is required. Adding
in tighter IT budgets and an overall economic slowdown, organizations need
cost-effective solutions that do not require a complete network overhaul.
The
financial services industry, in particular, will be attracted to 10GbE.
Financial service users are dealing with ever-increasing volumes at higher
rates: an effect known as data-doubling. The trading institutions also need to
reduce the latency in transaction processing time for end-to-end trading. To
remain competitive and handle split-second financial transactions, institutions
will implement 10GbE for high-performance, high-capacity networks.
New
standards, such as IEEE 802.3 Energy Efficient Ethernet, will enable the
matching of energy consumption to actual traffic loads. On track for a standard
at the end of 2009, Energy Efficient Ethernet will introduce a low power idle,
saving up to 80 percent of physical layer power by turning off components not
needed when there is less or no data to transmit. At the system level, NICs and
switches will make vendor-specific implementations to save energy based on
operating at a lower link rate. Energy Efficient Ethernet will enable 10GBASE-T
deployment beyond the data center and into workstations and high-end desktops.
Virtualization
will move into its second phase as it matures in the marketplace. It will be
deployed more pervasively and new models, such as virtual desktop
infrastructure, will allow for the reduction of hardware costs and more
cost-efficient manageability. This will have a direct impact on the push toward
virtualization standardization.
The IEEE
802.1 bridging standards group will play a significant role in creating a standard
virtual switch whose ports (or MAC address) can bridge or transfer with switch
ports in the network, virtual or real. 10GbE enables enterprises and data
centers to leverage existing copper cabling and deliver optimal performance in
any virtualized environment.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
Strategic surveillance
by Peter
Strom
President and CEO, March Networks
The
convergence of physical and IT security will continue to dominate the video
surveillance landscape in 2009, as enterprise organizations seek the advanced
capabilities and cost benefits of all-IP video networking. The rate of IP video
adoption will vary by industry, however, and will be influenced by business
requirements that drive the selective adoption of newer technologies, such as
IP cameras and video analytics, as well as the desire to extend investments in
existing CCTV infrastructure.
In the
retail and banking industries, typically represented by numerous and widely
dispersed smaller locations, the preferred solution will be hybrid systems that
bridge the gap between the digital and analog worlds. As early adopters of CCTV
technology, most retailers and financial institutions are heavily invested in
legacy systems and eager to extend the capabilities of existing analog cameras
and cabling.
Object
tracking, direction-specific tripwires and perimeter alarms, occupancy sensors
and other video analytics will continue to make their way into the marketplace
and will become more attractive to all organizations as they demonstrate their
accuracy and value. These intelligent applications enhance the effectiveness of
IP and hybrid video surveillance systems by alerting staff to potential risks
in real time and enabling informed and proactive responses. Video analytics,
such as camera obstruction detection, that focus on monitoring the health of
surveillance systems are also growing in popularity as they prove their ability
to help ensure video quality and availability.
IP and
megapixel camera deployments will increase significantly this year, as well, in
both new and existing installations. As prices continue to drop and performance
rises, organizations will deploy IP and megapixel cameras strategically in
locations where images with high resolution and embedded analytics can deliver
optimum ROI.
The pace of
convergence will vary by organization and across industries. IT and physical
security professionals in many enterprises have already begun working together
to determine how best to support their immediate and longer-term security
requirements. Some will turn to managed services models that are just gaining
momentum in the facilities security industry. Others will continue to share
domain expertise as they strategically transition their organizations to all-IP
video solutions that meet their security, loss-prevention and operational
objectives.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
No recession for video
by Stan Jaworski
CMO, VBrick Systems
Today's
environmental factors and a rapidly fluctuating economy are causing
organizations to rethink the way they communicate with their workforce. The
global economy has led to a distributed organization. Good ideas and best
practices can come from anywhere and the need for ongoing knowledge transfer,
collaboration and feedback is required for an effective business strategy.
Escalating travel costs have caused organizations to think of ways to save,
while at the same time making sure critical information is disseminated to the
distributed enterprise.
To meet
many of these challenges, both large and small enterprises will turn to video
to keep their workforce connected. The streaming-media market has grown
steadily since 2000, but the overall weak economy is driving additional needs
for video-based communications throughout the enterprise. Video can be the
great equalizer within an organization–promoting distributed leadership and
allowing for individual on-demand access.
As
companies cut travel budgets because of higher costs and a softer global
economy, they are increasingly adopting technology that allows employees to collaborate
face-to-face without traveling. From CEO broadcasts to training to
cross-functional skills transfer, video accelerates successful knowledge
transfer between employees. Video has the power to motivate, inform and empower
employees.
In today’s business environment, the timely
dissemination of information both internally and externally is the key to
staying competitive. Through video, companies are able to reach all personnel
around the office or the world with executive broadcasts, product launches,
emergency broadcasting, and TV and news distribution, to name a few
applications. When employees need crucial, timely information, video allows
companies to cost-effectively message, market and raise revenue, while
stabilizing their business in this era of economic uncertainty.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
Network Performance
APM for
networks
by Scott Allen
Vice president, Fluke Networks
Until now,
one key factor missing from performance-management tools is an end-user view to
enterprise-wide application-performance visibility. Lack of visibility into
what applications are running, how these applications are being used and how
the various components interact can affect a broad spectrum of
application-lifecycle activities, including: deploying applications and WAN
services, managing planned changes and unexpected service disruptions, solving
performance problems faster, and optimizing converged voice, video and data
networks
Network-based
application-performance management (APM) systems have emerged in business
service and application visibility. Unlike APM systems that focus on servers,
hosts and data centers, these network-focused APM systems deliver
enterprise-wide visibility designed to help network operations teams improve
application availability and performance from the client site all the way
through to the data center.
Network-based
APM systems have three primary functions that make them unique. First, these
systems analyze network traffic data–such as NetFlow, cFlow, sFlow and
IPFix–from routers, switches or specialized appliances throughout the network.
These APM systems build a baseline of the systems, users and traffic inside the
network and continuously monitor their activity, alerting operations teams of
disruptions and performance issues.
Second, APM
systems identify applications and monitor important metrics that indicate
performance and availability changes and disruptions. Identification of
applications in this sense is based on deep-packet inspection or other similar
techniques in order to provide comprehensive performance analysis of the
application and those who use it. Finally, network APM systems coordinate the collected
data in a real-time, enterprise-wide application-performance console for
proactive network, application and service management.
In today’s
challenging economy where dollars spent on IT infrastructure must show a direct
benefit to the business (in profitability, revenue generation or governance), a
successfully deployed and managed network application-performance system will
provide measureable benefits to the business. The use of such systems seems
certain to grow as business performance becomes more tightly linked to the
performance of the network.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
Accelerating Web apps
by Jonathan Bixby
CEO, Strangeloop Networks
A slow Web site in today’s economy
could mean the kiss of death. Just as networking device innovations came to the
rescue when branch office performance became a business imperative, a new breed
of application-acceleration devices, Web application accelerators, is emerging
to deal with the dynamic nature of today’s Web sites by using the same
techniques to optimize performance that coders would, but in real-time. For the
future of application delivery, there are four must haves: an understanding of
how Web pages are built, the ability to track and record the request/response
conversations between the server and the user, a library of optimization
techniques, and the ability to intelligently apply these techniques based on
real-time observations and analysis.
As an example, developers have been
using caching for years to improve Web application performance. With more
dynamic content, however, many developers now shy away from caching for fear of
serving outdated content. Web acceleration devices are destined to reverse this
trend, as they now provide a means to automatically and safely invoke
caching–both on the device itself and on the browser.
These devices give operations the
ability to set caching rules, or the device can automatically recognize when
content changes, and change caching instructions based on this knowledge. In
addition, because they implement caching based on actual usage patterns, they
can implement caching for a page that suddenly gains popularity.
As companies depend more and more on
dynamic Web applications, and as vendors continue to add new
application-involved features, Web application-acceleration devices will be an
essential component to ensuring that Web applications perform fast, well and
efficiently so that the user’s experience is always rich and rewarding.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
BPA is back
by Donald E. Brown
President and CEO, Interactive
Intelligence
With recession threatening to cast a long shadow over the
new year, the search for productivity and efficiency will become even more
urgent. In such an environment, business process automation (BPA) is destined
to be the next big thing.
Much computer software has been written specifically to
automate key business processes. Underlying the whole re-engineering craze of a
decade ago was the implicit assumption that chaotic work environments could be
re-implemented using technology. Unfortunately, the significant promise of BPA
and re-engineering has gone unfulfilled, largely because the technology side
was too expensive. Process-automation efforts generally required extensive
professional service engagements and long implementation timeframes.
As with many trends in the computer industry, the second
time around looks more promising. A new approach to BPA is coming from a
surprising source–the communications industry. Vendors of high-end
communications solutions have been automating key customer-facing processes for
years, primarily in corporate contact centers.
Sophisticated tools and techniques have been developed for
queuing up work (handling customer interactions), assigning it to well-matched
resources (agents with specific skills), meeting service levels and tracking
the results. Vendors have recently begun to apply these technologies to more
general business processes.
As compared to previous BPA tools, these new solutions are
easier to use and less expensive. They also do a better job of incorporating
people using concepts, such as presence and unified communications, that have
been applied in the contact center for years.
In 2009, end-to-end process automation tools will emerge
that enable organizations to visually lay out processes, create the graphical
forms that employees will use to perform work, and put the automated processes
into production. Work will be queued up and routed to the right people using
contact center technologies.
Additional concepts such as quality monitoring (screen
recording), real-time supervision and workforce optimization (scheduling) will
be borrowed from contact center technology to provide end-to-end BPA that no
longer requires legions of systems integrators or long development times. BPA
also will be able to incorporate people in ways never possible before because
of the degree of integration with various unified communications systems.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
Managed Services
Monitoring
the network
by Dan Pocek
CEO, NetQuest Corp.
A greater
reliance on IP and Ethernet in 2009 will require additional monitoring of the
network. More network monitoring will lead to a significant issue: data access
and the four Cs–coverage, capacity, convergence and contention. When faced with
multiple issues in a single network, network managers will need to reconsider
their data-access strategy.
Network
coverage is about ensuring that all users get the required services and receive
those services with an acceptable quality. Such service does not always take
the same form, however, as disparate network technologies often are employed.
From a network-monitoring perspective, this practice is wreaking havoc.
Investments in monitoring technology should align with IP objectives as the
legacy to IP transition takes place.
Converged
Ethernet and IP networks offer cost benefits because they create a ubiquitous
global framework capable of carrying a multitude of services, offering what
seems like limitless bandwidth and savings in capital and operating expenses as
a result of a flattened architecture. These converged services should be
separated prior to the monitoring and security platforms. This approach allows
for each platform to be properly sized, which is always less than the total of
the network bandwidth.
Enterprises
are faced with an increasing array of internal and external services, combined
with security threats and regulatory compliance issues. Network managers and
operators should consider adding another layer to the network to provide a
unified access that can satisfy all the parties in an economical way without
degrading the results.
Monitoring
access optimizers–devices used in out-of-band applications that sit between the
actual network and the monitoring platforms–will gain importance in ensuring
networks are secure and behaving as expected. These devices intelligently
distribute traffic to many monitoring devices, while filtering unwanted
traffic, offloading precious monitoring resources to perform high-value
functions. They can bridge the gap by providing interface translations in
industry-accepted formats to allow further monitoring investments to be
IP-centric.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
SaaS to the rescue
by Isaac Garcia
CEO, Central Desktop
In 2009,
technology trends will be dictated by economic conditions for buyers and
sellers. Buyers will be seeking low commitment and quick-to-deploy solutions in
attempts to streamline their businesses and perhaps do more with less since
they may be forced to reduce their workforce and operating expenses. They will
also be seeking solutions that provide immediate value and ROI, rather than
justifying large software deployments as investments. Most small business
owners (and even departments within larger organizations) will look ahead 12
months and seek solutions that help them get through what may be difficult
times ahead.
Software-as-a-service
(SaaS) solutions will be the winners in 2009, as they are and easy way for a
business to try a solution and achieve immediate and measurable ROI. Many SaaS
solutions allow businesses to pay for services on a month-to-month basis,
giving the buyer the security and lack of commitment they desire in times of
economic uncertainty.
Customers
will be looking for Web-based solutions to give online demonstrations instead
of visiting prospects. Videoconference solutions will become more mainstream as
a more efficient way to communicate with field reps and remote offices instead
of flying the entire team to a single location.
Virtual
presentations, online meetings, Web-based conferences, and online collaboration
and communication will be at the forefront of the SaaS wave in 2009. Business
owners and managers do not want to lay off any of their employees, if possible.
They would rather spend a little money on a solution to reduce overall
operating costs and make current employees more productive to save dollars.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
Video gets integrated
by Robert Hagerty
Chairman and CEO, Polycom
The issues
that once hampered the growth of visual communication–cost, quality, bandwidth
and network management–have been solved, and the technology is gaining momentum
for its ability to address significant long-term business issues, such as
increasingly dispersed and mobile workforces, globalization and rising fuel
costs. The combination of technology and business drivers will catalyze further
expansion of video across industries in 2009.
The move to
IP telephony is doing much of the groundwork needed to prepare enterprise
networks for real-time visual-communication traffic. Boardroom telepresence
solutions provide experience that is creating renewed excitement for the
technology and driving demand for interoperable solutions that meet various
application, space and budget requirements to connect an extended organization.
New
scalable and cost-effective solutions for desktop video that work seamlessly
with videoconferencing and telepresence solutions will drive broad use of video
enterprise-wide. Video will also break out of its traditional home in the
conference room as an integrated component within unified communications.
Video is
moving onto converged networks as an integrated application that fits within
core unified communication environments. Video is now available to users as a
one-click extension of telephony devices, presence-based software applications
and Web-based unified communications tools that people already use everyday in
their jobs. Instead of a separate technology, video will be available as an
option within the quiver of communication tools at the disposal of workers.
Broad-scale
video deployments will have a profound impact on the scalability requirements
of enterprise networks, which will need to support tens of thousands of users
where they previously only had to support numerous video rooms.
The
next-generation of management systems will seamlessly integrate with IT best practices,
policies and existing directories via strict adherence to accepted IT
standards. These systems are uniting the various infrastructure
components into an integrated solution, making video and telepresence solutions
easy to provision, manage and control within an IT network environment on a
broad scale. Today’s solutions are designed to improve the efficiency,
reliability and performance of video calls and make delivering on-demand
videoconferencing services to employees easier and more cost-effective.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
Conferencing evolves
by Martin Bodley
CEO, Revolabs
The high
price of fuel, the hassle of air travel and concern for the environment have
converged to form the perfect storm for the audiovisual conferencing market to
explode. Technology also has aided the adoption of videoconferencing systems as
an acceptable replacement to face-to-face meetings. High-definition (HD) video
standards have improved the video quality to almost life-like. As always, the
network will be critical in keeping the video and audio synchronized.
Quality
audio is critical to a conference call because, without it, the video monitor
merely becomes a digital sign. The audio component of videoconferencing,
however, has been overlooked in the move to HD video. The audio equipment
should be chosen with the meeting dynamics in mind. Spreading microphones
around the room or using lapel microphones allow attendees to move around the
conference room to the presentation screen or white board.
Just as the
technology improves to make videoconferencing seem real-life, it also presents
real-life challenges. There are many products available to solve the various
challenges and allow organizations to implement high-quality, useful
audiovisual conferencing, which is good, because it does not look like air
travel will become easier, or the environmental concerns will go away any time
soon.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
Mobility/Wireless
Vo-Fi on
tap
by Mark C. Panico
President, Ortronics/Legrand
In 2009,
the trend toward network convergence will continue to see new services and
applications to IP-based networks added. One of the latest technology
applications is voice over wireless, often referred to as Vo-Fi. It allows
users to make and receive calls over a wireless LAN (WLAN).
A
voice-over-wireless system leverages two technologies, Wi-Fi and voice over IP
(VoIP), to communicate. Wireless IP phones provide a user experience equal to
that of a wired analog desk phone and offer the same functionality, such as
making and receiving calls, and accessing phone system voice mail.
Both the
adoption and maturity of VoIP and WLANs have led to increased interest and
adoption of Vo-Fi. Many organizations with mobile users are looking to Vo-Fi to
increase productivity and collaboration, and reduce telephone expenses.
With the
trend toward a more mobile workforce, accessing the network using Wi-Fi has
become commonplace in the same way that placing voice calls using cellular
phones has. The next step in serving the mobile workforce is to enable workers
to take their desk phone with them as they roam throughout the workplace.
To ensure
that a voice-over-wireless deployment offers reliable functionality and voice
quality, solid planning and implementation are critical. A centralized WLAN
deployment with managed access points will offer the best level of performance
and reliability. Having wireless capacity and coverage in the areas where voice
is supported is essential, including stairwells, hallways, basements and
anywhere voice coverage will be offered. A more dense AP deployment will offer
the best quality of service and roaming for Vo-Fi.
Organizations
looking to implement Vo-Fi today can take advantage of improved productivity
and reduced costs. Now that the technology has matured to the point where the
user experience between wired and wireless voice is equally reliable, Vo-Fi
combines the quality of the wired line with the additional benefits of
mobility.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
Smart management
by Greg Shortell
President and CEO, NEI
Today,
technological advances are coming at us from every direction. Employees are
bringing consumer devices like iPhones to work, expecting them to be able to
integrate with a PC on the corporate network. Workers want anywhere, anytime
access to corporate information and are demanding new enabling technologies in
order to access enterprise applications. None of these trends are likely to be
reversed anytime soon.
If
anything, technology and society’s mobility are related to each other in a
mutually reinforcing feedback loop. With greater mobility comes greater demand
for the enabling technology. With more widespread deployment of the technology
comes even greater mobility.
This
developing trend is creating a distinct shift within the enterprise. As the
iPhone, Google Android and a variety of smart phones hit the market, workers
are flooding IT departments with new requests: enable enterprise
applications–particularly SAP and Oracle–on smart phones. IT departments are
trying to support not only a wider range of mobile devices, but also ensure
that the devices are secure and sync seamlessly with corporate wireless
networks.
The variety
of smart phones is causing IT departments to put more labor and resources into
deploying applications onto mobile devices and integrating these new
applications with corporate networks. With this emphasis on deployment and
integration, IT departments are looking for ways to simplify and reduce the
cost of managing and supporting new enterprise mobile applications. In 2009,
they will increasingly turn to vendors and service providers that offer smart
services that can enhance security and remotely monitor and manage
interoperability, backbone OS, updates and patches, and other application
components.
Smart
phones are increasing organizational complexity for enterprise IT departments.
Dealing with this complexity will become more challenging as IT departments are
asked to do more with fewer staff and resources. By eliminating much of the
painful back-end work through smart remote management and monitoring services,
IT departments can rise to the challenge and continue to deliver.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
Expand fiber capacity with WDM
The
technology provides the flexibility to cost effectively increase the capacity
of existing fiber infrastructure.
by
Steven Olen
Steven Olen
is director of technical marketing for Omnitron Systems, Irvine, Calif.
Wave-division multiplexing (WDM) technology allows
independent and simultaneous data streams to be transmitted over a single
fiber-optic connection using different wavelengths, or colors of light. These
wavelengths are combined (multiplexed) at the source end, and then separated
(demultiplexed) via color filters at the destination end. The primary benefit
is that the bandwidth capacity on the fiber is significantly increased,
allowing for more information to be sent over the existing media.
There are two popular implementations of WDM technology:
dense wavelength-division multiplexing (DWDM) and coarse wavelength-division
multiplexing (CWDM). Both use multiple wavelengths to carry independent signals.
They differ in terms of the spacing of the wavelengths, the number of
channels supported and the cost.
DWDM has been widely implemented in telecom long-haul
optical networking for many years. Its use in enterprise and campus networks,
however, is typically cost prohibitive. Furthermore, the large number of
wavelengths offered is often excessive and not required.
CWDM systems do not require amplifiers, and they use
less-expensive, non-stabilized lasers in conjunction with broadband filters to
provide a wider spacing that supports up to 18 wavelengths. CDWM costs are
lower because the lasers require less precision and consume less power than
their DWDM counterparts. The maximum achievable distance between nodes,
however, is less with CWDM.
The need for network managers to maximize fiber utilization
is growing every day. Besides the ever-increasing demand for bandwidth, they
are also challenged with how to concurrently support multiple types of
communication applications. When fiber infrastructure is limited, network
managers typically have three options for implementing these new applications.
New fiber-optic cabling can be installed for each new application, which can be
costly and time consuming. Protocol converters can be used to converge the
different applications into time-division multiplexing or Ethernet, but this
can require significant investment in equipment and training. The third option
is to use CWDM technology.
CWDM technology provides the flexibility to cost effectively
increase the capacity of existing fiber infrastructure. As a result, it
eliminates the costly options of laying new fiber or installing expensive and
complex equipment. Bandwidth is increased because each wavelength carries data
independently from one another, allowing the network to securely mix speeds and
protocols for different applications and end-users.
The heart of a CWDM network is a device called the CWDM
multiplexer (MUX). The MUX combines unique wavelengths from different
communications sources onto a single fiber-optic line. At the other end of the
fiber line, another MUX device is used to separate (de-MUX) the individual
wavelengths, and deliver them to their destinations. CWDM MUXes are commonly
available in four- and eight-channel models.
An optical add/drop MUX (OADM) can be used to add or drop a
specific wavelength (or several wavelengths) along the route of the fiber-optic
line. This is useful in a large campus network that operates over a single
shared fiber and needs to drop individual links (wavelengths) at different
locations.
In order to connect communication devices into the MUX, the
optics from each device must be converted to specific CWDM wavelengths. This
can be achieved with small form factor pluggable (SFP) optical transceivers
installed in the communications equipment. SFP transceivers are interchangeable
fiber interfaces that provide a cost-effective way of adapting existing
equipment to support the wide range of wavelengths needed when implementing a
CWDM solution. The transceiver converts the optical signal to the appropriate
CWDM wavelength, thereby providing each device with a direct connection into
the MUX.
Connecting SFP ports to the CWDM MUX is straightforward. If
the communication device has a fixed fiber connector with a standard wavelength,
its wavelength can be converted to a unique CWDM wavelength using an
inexpensive wavelength media converter.
This holds true for nearly all types of communications
equipment, including TDM devices, video servers and serial controllers. Even if
the device has a metallic connector, it can be directly converted to CWDM fiber
by using a copper-to-fiber media converter.
In one application of CWDM (see illustration), a simple
point-to-point LAN network can be upgraded to a multiprotocol, multidrop application.
The campus LAN has a single-mode, dual-fiber link between two copper gigabit
switches using media converters. The fiber link connects the corporate offices
to the manufacturing plant.
The existing gigabit fiber is currently at capacity, and due
to company growth, the network manager now needs to double the capacity to the
manufacturing plant. Additionally, about halfway between these two buildings a
new call center has been added, which requires DS-3 connectivity to a PBX
system.
To support the new requirements, the existing fiber is used
to create a CWDM network. Two untwisted pair (UTP) gigabit ports from the
gigabit switch at the corporate office are converted to fiber using media
converters equipped with SFPs with two unique CWDM wavelengths. Both media
converters are installed in a high-density rack in order to save space, power
and cost.
In addition, in order to connect the DS-3 between the
corporate building and the new call center, its copper connection (coax) is
converted via another media converter to another unique optical wavelength. All
three wavelengths then are connected with fiber jumpers to a four-channel CWDM
MUX module mounted in the same high-density rack with the media converters. The
CWDM MUX combines all the wavelengths and sends them on a common CWDM
point-to-point fiber.
At the call center building, an OADM is used to split off
the wavelength that is carrying the DS-3 service. A standalone media converter
changes the signal from optical back to its native coax interface. The
remaining wavelengths continue to the manufacturing plant. There, a standalone
CWDM MUX separates the wavelengths, and the fibers for the wavelengths are
connected to SFP-enabled media converters that provide the UTP connections to
the Gigabit Ethernet switch.
A number of factors affect the design and selection of
equipment when deploying a CWDM-based network; overall optical loss is perhaps
the most important. Many factors can result in optical signal loss, including
length and type of the fiber, wavelengths used, number of connectors, splices,
patch panels and OADMs. Detailed calculations should be performed for each
fiber-optic link to ensure the proper optical devices are specified and that
the total loss does not exceed the optical power budget.
The quality and condition of the existing fiber
infrastructure is also an important consideration. Not all fiber is suitable
for use across the full CWDM spectrum, so understanding the type of fiber
available is important, as well as its characteristics before starting network
design. Consider relevant information about the length of the fiber,
attenuation characteristics and the location of connectors and splices. If new
fiber must be installed, the ITU-T G.652D standard should be considered for
CWDM network designs to provide the greatest network flexibility for adding
wavelengths.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
Cabling solution improves TCO
Small-diameter, laser-optimized trunk cabling allows migration to
high data rates.
by Alan Ugolini
Alan
Ugolini is market development manager at Corning Cable Systems, Hickory, N.C.
Data center networks play an increasingly important role in
the success of businesses today. Businesses that can easily deploy, manage and
scale new applications and technologies enhance the capital expenditure (capex)
and operating expenditure (opex) efficiencies in the data center. Data center
migration to new solutions, however, such as blade servers, Fibre Channel over
Ethernet (FCoE), 10-Gigabit Ethernet, virtualization and high-performance
clusters (HPC) can put pressure on the physical layer to the point where even
newly installed network cabling can become an aging liability to a business.
A closer look into the data center’s cabling shortcomings
when migrating to these new solutions may point to problems that include
ineffective physical topology, inadequate media bandwidth, reliability issues
and the inability to conduct quick and easy networking moves, adds and changes
(MACs).
Available solutions include high-density mechanical transfer
pulloff (MTP)-based, laser-optimized 50/125 µm multimode fiber (OM3) cabling.
The MTP-based OM3 trunk-cabling solution is deployed throughout the data center
in a star network configuration from the main distribution area (MDA) in
accordance with the TIA-942 Telecommunications infrastructure standard for data
centers.
An OM3 trunk cable has a small outside diameter and is
terminated on each end with high-density array MTP connectors. At the trunk
cable termination points, the MTP connector is transitioned to traditional
duplex-style connectors with your choice of various transition assemblies such
as breakout modules and harnesses chosen to facilitate the patching into system
equipment.
The advantages to deploying this type of cabling solution in
the data center include rapid initial deployment time, high-density packaging,
modularity for quick MACs and the ability to easily migrate to high data rates,
such as future 40-Gigabit Ethernet and 100-Gigabit Ethernet. Another advantage
to deploying an MTP-based OM3 fiber solution throughout the data center is its
transparency to the application being transmitted over it. Applications such as
Ethernet, Fibre Channel and InfiniBand can be transmitted over the solution.
Deploying the OM3 cabling offers the flexibility to operate multiple
applications at various data rates over the same backbone cabling system.
An additional solution to incorporate with the MTP-based OM3
infrastructure is a high-density media converter module (MCM). The MCM can be
placed on one end or both ends of the fiber link as an alternative to utilizing
an optical transition assembly such as a breakout module or harness at the link
endpoints. A high-density media converter module can be utilized to bridge the
gap between operating current gigabit speeds and future 10/40/100-gigabit
speeds.
The high-density MCM is configured with 12 modular RJ-45
ports on the front and two high-density MTP-based connector ports on the back.
Each of these ports convert an IEEE 802.3ab-compliant Gigabit Ethernet
1000BASE-T to 1000BASE-SX over fiber, providing a high-density media-conversion
solution with the scalability, reliability and rapid deployment advantages of
MTP-based preterminated systems.
Use of these MCMs allows IT managers to benefit from a
high-density MTP-based fiber backbone cabling system, while at the same time
leveraging existing copper port-based electronics. Using the MCMs, 1U and 4U
rackmount housings provide 24-port and 96-port capacities, respectively. Since
the media converter modules share the same footprint as standard all-optical
breakout modules, the 1U and 4U housings can share optical and copper port
connectivity in the same housing or be migrated to an all-optical solution in
the future.
An example application would be deploying an MTP trunk from
an MDA to a row of server cabinets. At the server cabinets, some of the fibers
in the trunk cable are transitioned with an optical breakout module to duplexed
LC connectors and patched into server host bus adapter cards for the storage
area network. Additionally, some of the fibers in the MTP trunk cable at the
server cabinets are transitioned to copper RJ-45 ports utilizing the MCM and
interconnected to the server NIC card.
Future migration to FCoE may include deploying top-of-rack
FCoE switches at the server cabinets. In this situation, the network cabling
can easily migrate with little cabling disruption by replacing the MCM module
with an all-optical breakout module and utilizing the fiber for the FCoE switch
uplink.
Replacing copper cabling in the data center with
high-density, lightweight optical cabling provides an improvement in cable tray
utilization, while providing greater data center cooling efficiency. For
example, two CAT 6a cables with maximum cable diameters of 0.35 inches have an
effective area equivalent to a 216-fiber ribbon cable.
Computational fluid dynamics modeling of a 10,000-square
foot data center showed that replacing under-floor copper cabling with an
MTP-based fiber solution decreased computer room air-conditioning pressure by
13.6 percent, improving airflow by 36,828 cubic feet per minute. By using a
rate of 10 cents per kilowatt hour, this results in an annual power savings of
$138,000.
Creating a reliable, definable network cabling migration
path leads to an increase in the cabling infrastructure lifecycle and total
cost of ownership. By utilizing high-density MCMs, networks can leverage
existing 1000BASE-T copper port-based gigabit electronics, while providing a
reliable migration path for supporting high data rates such as 16-Gigabit
Ethernet to 128-Gigabit Fibre Channel; 10-Gigabit Ethernet to 100-Gigabit
Ethernet and 10-Gigabit Ethernet to 120-Gigabit InfiniBand. Recabling costs and
troubleshooting expenses are negated since fiber-optic transmission is immune
to issues such as alien crosstalk.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
University deploys Wi-Fi access
Wireless network integrates well with existing high-speed wired LAN.
In 2005, the University of Utah, based in Salt Lake City,
began implementation of one of the largest wireless networks at any U.S.
higher-education institution. Answering the demands of students and campus
organizations and institutions, the office of information technology (OIT)
proposed and obtained funding approval to install a wireless network that would
provide connectivity and support applications for approximately 45,000 users
across 1,400 acres and more than 200 buildings.
According to Bryan Morris, OIT’s manager of network
operations and services, “Our goal was to provide ubiquitous wireless access to
every student, educator and administrator on campus. We also wanted to reduce
administrative costs of disparate wireless systems across campus by
establishing centralized management and integration with our existing wired
network.”
In specifying requirements for the wireless network, the
university formulated a set of objectives related to quality and performance.
These goals included:
·
scalability
and flexibility to accommodate planned growth, without requiring major
infrastructure changes;
·
integration
and interoperability of the wireless system with existing networking equipment
on campus, including systems for network security and access control; and
·
centralized
management to reduce resource requirements and to save administration and maintenance
costs.
The campus network plan involves approximately 2,200 access
points. The OIT’s implementation strategy used a phased approach in which the
team installed the needed wiring and equipment in common areas first. These
included the libraries, union building and open areas.
Then came the bulk of the installations: buildings with
classrooms of nearly 100 departmental areas in 19 colleges and divisions. In
the third phase, the OIT team installed equipment to cover administrative areas
in all buildings throughout the campus. The fourth and final phase was the
student housing and health sciences center.
In addition, the university has implemented some unique
applications utilizing the wireless network. For example, the Utah Museum of
Fine Arts uses the system to tag and track its large inventory of artwork. The
campus police department is using the wireless network in patrol cars to
provide officers with driver’s license and other information. Plant operations
has utilized the network to move to a paperless system, using wireless devices
to track work orders, tickets and approvals.
The network is centrally managed, enabling OIT staff to be
efficient and productive while ensuring that all users and traffic are fully
supported.
One key risk was that OIT did not know about all the
applications users would expect to use. Due to the scope of the project and the
variety of study and administrative areas that would link to the wireless
network, it was impossible to predict every likely scenario, Morris explains.
OIT had to craft its communications to set expectations as much as possible up
front, while continuously adjusting users’ expectations of reliability to suit
the wireless technology. At the same time, OIT was able to adapt its own plan
to ensure a sufficient level of support for applications across departments.
Morris also reports that, at first, a few LAN managers on
campus who had already installed discrete wireless networks in their areas of
responsibility had reservations about a centrally managed network. This is no
longer the case. “In truth, this centralized model took some pressures off the
individual departments and LAN managers,” Morris explains. “Now, because the
access points are ‘thin clients,’ all management is done from a single application
which the OIT staff uses to configure, manage, monitor and secure the network.
This has proven to be both efficient and cost-effective.”
The Trapeze Networks wireless solution is built on its Smart
Mobile architecture, which overcomes the limitations of current-generation wireless LANs (WLAN) with “intelligent
switching” technology. Smart Mobile’s intelligent switching combines both
centralized and distributed data forwarding based on the requirements of the
underlying application, resulting in optimized traffic flow, reduced latency
and high performance.
The system delivers optimal scalability,
productivity, security and quality of service, and includes deployment and
management tools to facilitate implementation and centralized network management.
The system offers a wide selection of controllers, switches, access points, and
all the software and hardware required to meet the functional and
application-specific requirements of the university’s network, says Morris.
The Trapeze solution is fully integrated with the existing
wired network, which is based primarily on Cisco equipment. The wireless system
is a transport for extending the existing wired network, which runs on a
high-bandwidth, low-latency fiber-optic network that the university had the
foresight to install in 1992. Due to the hierarchical topography of the
network, the university is able to use the same firewalls and network access
controls it uses for the wired network. All these benefits combine to make the
wireless network one of the most state-of-the-art in the industry.
With the new wireless network now running campus wide, all
45,000 users on campus have two options for connecting to the network: the
encrypted version, or “uconnect,” and the unencrypted version, or Hotspot. Students,
faculty and staff obtain instructions for accessing the encrypted network on
the university’s Web site, and OIT provides every user with a university
network ID and password.
“Not only are students now able to access the Internet 24/7,
but they can also access the information they need to successfully complete
their coursework while interacting with teachers, administrators and students
online,” notes Morris. “The network also provides an encrypted method for
students, faculty and staff to access the campus information system. This
system contains a suite of services through which information can be accessed,
depending on each individual’s status (e.g., student, staff or faculty) and
level of security.”
He adds that education departments and faculty are utilizing
the system to help with classroom studies and projects, while campus support
services, such as plant operations and campus police, are using the wireless
network to increase productivity.
Perhaps the most important benefit, according to Morris, is
how the network has significantly enhanced the students’ user experiences as
they go between colleges taking classes and completing lab work at various
campus locations. Eventually, the network will be available everywhere,
allowing students to access information on the Internet or university-specific
applications and data they need for their coursework.
The network is consistent with the university’s long-range
plans for growth while sustaining a high level of quality in the education it
provides. From a financial perspective, Morris says, the university will be
able to install more access points as required to support its continual growth
and its large array of educational options.
“Our OIT
team was able to utilize customizable planning tools to support the scope of
the project, while maintaining all existing user data so that users would be
able to use the same authentication measures for the wireless network that they
use for the wired network,” Morris says. “At the same time, the ability of the
system to integrate with existing technology ensured that none of the
information that was housed in the university’s network would be compromised,
during or after the installation.”
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
Fiberless GigE speeds connectivity
by Frans Versluis
Frans Versluis is program manager, wireless access and transport
programs, network solutions business unit, ADC, Eden Prairie, Minn.
Enterprise, educational and government facilities
increasingly require high-speed links between multiple sites on campuses or in
urban areas. Thousands of companies around the world work from distributed
offices, whether they are grouped on corporate campuses or in separate
locations. Productivity and fail-safe procedures demand that these facilities
be linked with high-speed network connections. Even end-user traffic needs are
increasing with increased use of video and presentation files that can exceed
10 megabytes.
With legacy copper connections unable to deliver the
required bandwidth (1 Gbps or more), service providers have used fiber,
microwave links or free-space optics to make building-to-building connections.
Each of these technologies, however, has drawbacks.
Millimeter wave (MMW) technology is a relatively recent
development. Using the 71 GHz to 76 GHz and 81GHz to 86 GHz radio frequency
bands, MMW standards were established by the International Telecommunications
Union (ITU) in 1979, but there was little commercial development until the late
1990s. In response to industry requests, the Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) opened the bands for licensing in 2003, and instituted a low-effort
licensing scheme in 2005.
Today, MMW technology enables reliable, easily deployable
native Gigabit Ethernet transport over a wireless link. It offers several
advantages over other technologies.
Distance. MMW links can span from three to 12
kilometers, depending on the rain profile of the area where they are deployed
and the required weather availability. Although a MMW signal can be attenuated
by heavy rain (more than one inch per hour), it is not affected by fog, light
rain, dust or snow.
Interference. Like microwave, the MMW frequency
is protected in each application. Unlike microwave, however, MMW technology
uses a narrow, one-degree beam width, so it has less potential for interfering
with other signals than microwave, allowing for a simple and inexpensive
licensing scheme.
Security. MMW technology’s narrow beam width
helps eliminate the chance of signal capture and its proprietary technology
makes it difficult to tap into and decode data being transferred even if the
signal is intercepted.
Easier licensing. Unlike microwave, MMW uses the
FCC’s “light licensing” scheme, so a specific deployment can be licensed within
hours. Equipment manufacturers and service providers hold national MMW licenses
that let them deploy the equipment across the country, and buyers of specific
MMW systems can get immediate licenses by simply registering the link
coordinates and radio information in a database. These licenses automatically
renew every 10 years.
Easier deployment. MMW links use relatively small
antennas (.6 meters in diameter or less) and lightweight electronics that make
for compact, easily installed systems on window ledges, masts or rooftops. Each
MMW terminal plugs directly into an Ethernet switch for a direct 1-Gbps network
connection.
Future bandwidth
upgrades. MMW
radios use basis low-order modulation protocols like BPSK. By applying higher
modulation protocols, MMW will be able to deliver 3 Gbps. Within two years,
improved digital modems will be able to deliver 10 Gbps on a single link.
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
***************************
10 tips to green IT
Energy
efficiency offers significant business and environmental benefits.
By Associate Editor Denise DiRamio, Communications News
Despite the slowing economy, twice as many companies are
accelerating their green IT initiatives compared to firms that are scaling back
green projects, according to a recent survey by Forrester Research. Of the 1,022 companies surveyed,
nearly half say they will accelerate or maintain their green IT projects. The
main reason: to save money. Some 67 percent of companies say the driving force behind their green agenda
was to reduce energy bills, while 33 percent say reducing the environmental impact of
IT is the goal.
Here are 10 tips to
help move toward a financially and environmentally greener IT:
1. Replace old hardware.
Incorporate energy-efficient technologies into every IT refresh. EPEAT- and ENERGY
STAR-certified systems deliver energy efficiency as well as
higher performance to save energy costs, and can often reduce the amount of
equipment needed. Replace cathode ray tube monitors with more-efficient
light-emitting diode monitors. Consider thin clients and solid-state drives,
which have lower power requirements. Today’s market offers a wide variety
products that are considerably more energy efficient than old equipment.
2. Cut the clutter. Replace older, energy-inefficient devices
that serve only one function with multifunction devices. Converge multiple
networks into a single infrastructure to reduce the number of devices needed.
3. Virtualize. Virtualization increases
server utilization, which means running fewer servers, consuming less power and
requiring less cooling. Virtualizing servers can prevent the need to build a
new data center. “The greenest data center you can have is the one you don’t
build,” says Albert Esser, vice president of data center infrastructure at
Dell.
4. Power management. Set power settings to activate the hibernate/sleep/shutdown
settings on idle systems. Turn off equipment that is not in use. Activate the power-management
features on servers to automatically reduce power use during periods of reduced
demand for processor resources and increase automatically during periods of
higher demand.
5. Decommission unused equipment. Unplug equipment that is no longer in use.
Recover some asset value if possible. Reuse or recycle all
electronic equipment at end of life.
6. Intelligent cooling. IT
managers can pinpoint hotspots and areas of energy inefficiency by looking at
every rack, rather than at data centers or server rooms as a whole. Airflow
problems can be addressed in the areas where they occur, rather than blanketing
the entire data center with additional cooling.
7. Enable remote workers. Teleworking offers
energy savings to the enterprise. As more people work from home, the company
can consolidate office space, leading to fewer buildings to power, heat and
cool. An added benefit is that fewer people commuting to work prevents billion
of pounds of carbon dioxide from being released into the environment.
8. Use video. Interactive video
collaboration between employees, customers, suppliers and partners, as well as
on-demand content distribution and on-the-job training, allows companies to
trim their travel budgets while retaining “face-to-face” contact.
9. Consider managed
services.
Buying computing resources a la carte can help enterprises control costs, while
attaining the performance and reliability required. Consuming IT resources
(e.g., communications, server and storage) on an as-needed basis can help
control costs and eliminate the need to equip, maintain, operate and staff
every IT project.
10. Measure energy use. By
exposing the energy hogs, administrators can determine which green projects
will offer the biggest payoff.
While true green IT
extends beyond energy efficiency, reducing IT’s energy consumption offers
immediate, tangible economic benefits. “In the current economic environment,” Esser
says, “you can’t afford not to be green.”
Reprinted with permission of
Communication News – 2009 – www.comnews.com
Electrical Contractor Magazine
Planning for Restoration
by jim
hayes
Network
design for fiber optics, part 11
Efficient
fiber optic restoration depends on finding the problem, knowing how to fix
it, having the right parts, and getting it all done quickly. Like any type of
emergency, planning ahead will minimize the problems encountered.
Documentation
is the most helpful thing you can have when trying to troubleshoot a fiber
network. Start with the manufacturer’s datasheets on every component you use:
electronics; cables; connectors; hardware, such as patch panels; splice
closures; and even mounting hardware. Along with the data, one should have the
manufacturer’s helpline contact information, which will be of immense value
during restoration (for more on documentation, see the October 2008 Fiber
Optics column).
During
installation, mark every fiber in every cable at every connection, and keep
records using cable plant documentation software or a simple spreadsheet of
where every fiber goes. When tested, add loss data taken with an optical loss
test set (OLTS) and optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR) data when
available. Someone must be in charge of this data and keep it up-to-date.
Next, you must
have proper test equipment available. An OLTS also should have a power meter to
test the power of the signals to determine if the problem is in the electronics
or cable plant. Total failure of all fibers in the cable plant means a break or
cut in the cable. For premises cables, finding the location often is simple if
you have a visual fault locator (VFL), which is a bright red laser coupled into
the optical fiber that allows testing continuity, tracing fibers or finding bad
connectors at patch panels.
For longer
cables, an OTDR will be useful. Outside plant networks should use the OTDR to
document the cable plant during installation, so during restoration, a simple comparison
of installation data with current traces will usually find problems. OTDRs also
can find noncatastrophic problems, e.g., when a cable is kinked or stressed, so
it only has higher loss, which also can cause network problems.
Once you find
the problem, you have to repair it. Repair requires having the right tools,
supplies and trained personnel available. Besides the test equipment needed for
troubleshooting, you need tools for splicing and termination, which may include
a fusion splicer for outside plant cables. You also need matching components.
For every installation, a reasonable amount of excess cable and installation
hardware should be set aside in storage for restoration. Some users store the
restoration supplies along with documentation in a sealed container ready for
use. Remember the fiber optic patchcords that connect the electronics to the
cable plant can be damaged and are not considered repairable. Just keep
replacements available.
One big problem is pulling the two cable ends close enough to allow
splicing them together. You need about 1 meter of cable on each end to strip
the cable, splice the fibers and to place them in a splice closure. Designing
the cable plant with local service loops is recommended. If the cable ends are
too short, you have to splice in a new section of cable, which should be kept
from the leftovers after installation.
What else besides cables and cable plant hardware should be in a
restoration kit? You should have a termination or mechanical splice kit and
proper supplies. For splices, you need splice closures with adequate space for
a number of splices equal to the fiber count in the cable. All these should be
placed in a clearly marked box with a copy of the cable plant documentation and
stored in a safe place where those who will eventually need it can find it
fast.
Personnel must
be properly trained to use this equipment and do the troubleshooting and
restoration. And, of course, they must be available on a moment’s notice. The
biggest delay in restoring a fiber optic communications link is often the chaos
that ensues while personnel figures out what to do. Having a plan that is known
to the responsible person is the most important issue.
Major users of fiber optics have restoration plans in place, personnel trained
and kits of supplies ready for use. It’s doubtful that most premises users are
ready for such contingencies. Users may find that the cost of owning all this
expensive equipment is not economic. It may be preferable to keep an
inexpensive test set consisting of a VFL and OLTS at each end of the link and
have an experienced contractor on call for restoration.
HAYES is a
VDV writer and trainer and the president of The Fiber Optic Association. Find
him at www.JimHayes.com.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009
www.ecmag.com
***************************
Managing Demand
BY Edward Brown
Reducing peak demand and your electric
bill, part 3
The great
thing about managing demand is the same strategies that reduce an electric bill by shaving demand peaks will enable
a customer to develop control strategies to reduce his or her total electricity
usage. If control strategies are in place, adding demand limits might cause a
reduction in service, but according to the California study mentioned in part 2
of this series (January 2009, page 120), this may not be the case. More often
than not, demand reduction (DR) won’t negatively affect the building’s functions;
in fact, DR strategies will become overall efficiency strategies.
Setting up demand-reduction schemes
depends in part on whether you’re working on an existing building or one under
construction. For a new building, it’s important that DR planning be part of
the design process from the beginning. The New York Times built a new
headquarters building in the center of Manhattan and wanted to incorporate
control systems that could be used for DR and that would also optimize
electricity usage. The design elements that would accomplish this centered on
lighting and heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) controls.
Lighting
The walls of the 52-story building are all glass to allow
the interior to be illuminated by sunlight. It is tricky to use natural light.
To reduce glare and keep down the heat load, the sun’s effects are minimized by
a combination of exterior ceramic shields and interior motorized shades, which
respond to outside luminance sensors that track the sunlight. The lighting
system uses a combination of dimming ballasts, daylight sensors, occupancy
sensors, and wall controls (dimmers and switches) that work together to
maintain the correct light level for the various spaces in the building. The
building uses the following strategies:
•Light-level tuning: setting the appropriate target light
level for each space
• Daylight harvesting: automatically dimming
electric lights when enough daylight is present
• Occupancy sensing: turning lights off when space
is vacant
The lighting control is a digital addressable lighting
interface (DALI) system. At the Times headquarters, about 18,000
microprocessor-equipped ballasts can be individually addressed by the system
controllers.
With digitally addressable dimming
ballasts, lights are networked with the luminance sensors, occupancy sensors
and wall controls and are integrated into the building management system. The
lighting is segregated into zones based on the kind of work being done in each
area. The DALI system allows for centralized control. At the same time, it
enables each worker to adjust the dimming of his or her own lighting.
The newsroom is an open space with
cubicles. Ceiling-located luminance sensors control the individual ballasts to
keep a desirable overall light level that includes a mix of daylight and
dimmable fluorescents. On a typical sunny afternoon, the ceiling lamps nearest
the windows will be off, with artificial lighting levels increasing toward the
room’s interior.
When DR is called for, the settings of
the devices relative to each other can be kept constant while their absolute
output levels are cut back. By using the DALI system, the best DR settings can
be decided experimentally.
HVAC
The second through fifth floors are cooled by air ducted
underneath the floors and returned through the lighting diffusers to a ceiling
plenum. The temperature is controlled by adjusting airflows and heaters. It was
decided that DR for heating/-cooling would not be done by varying central
equipment such as the rooftop chiller, but by widening the dead bands of the
individual thermostat settings.
During commissioning, it was found that precooling the floors on a
summer morning and cutting back on the cooling in the afternoons could be
enacted without occupant discomfort. Although this has no effect on total
energy usage, it shifts the demand, making it possible to reduce the peak,
which is usually high in the afternoons. In New York and many other places,
electricity is priced lower in the morning than in the afternoon, so this can
bring down total cost.
The bottom
line
There are three main motives for instituting demand
reduction systems:
1. Saving money
by reducing electricity use during high price periods
2. Optimizing
the working environment for the building occupants
3. Helping
stabilize the electricity delivery system to avoid brownouts and power failures
Incorporating control systems for
lighting and HVAC allows building managers to achieve the first two. Once in
place, these systems enable demand reduction strategies so the third can be
achieved for no extra cost.
If a building such as the Times
headquarters is designed in advance with building systems that can be tuned for
best efficiency, it is relatively simple to add DR. An advantage of designing a
building to include these strategies can be seen from the lighting load.
Although the building was initially designed to use 1.28 watts per square foot
of lighting power, it is using only 0.38 watts per square foot—70 percent less.
BROWN is an electrical engineer,
technical writer and editor. He serves as managing editor for Security
+ Life Safety Systems magazine. For many years, he designed high-power electronics systems
for industry, research laboratories and government. Reach him at ebeditor@gmail.com.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009
www.ecmag.com
***************************
NECA Reaches Out To New President And Congress To Protect & Promote Your Interests
NECA didn't wait for the changes in the White House and on Capitol Hill to take
effect before we started working with administration officials and legislators
to help advance our association's legislative priorities in the 111th Congress
and protect electrical contractors' interests. It started with direct overtures
to the Obama transition team in early November immediately following the
election, and we are pursuing ongoing contact with both the returning and new
members of Congress and with the new president and his administration.
Early on, NECA representatives met with officials from the transition team to
discuss the implications of immigration reform on the construction industry and
the problems inherent in current U.S. Department of Homeland Security regulations.
NECA participated in subsequent meetings and conference calls on a wide variety
of topics including energy policy and opportunities for construction businesses
within the developing economic stimulus legislation.
In addition, NECA wrote directly to Barack Obama shortly after the election.
Our letter introduced our association and focused on our legislative issues and
priorities. Among the issues addressed were multiemployer pensions, energy, tax
and immigration.
NECA also stressed the need to repeal the 3% withholding tax and estate
tax and the need for reform of the pension system. (In fact, we made a good
case for linking repeal of the 3% tax to economic stimulus. For an update on
this issue, see page 123.)
Additionally, we offered support for the incoming administration’s economic
stimulus proposal, specifically those aspects that would create opportunities
for electrical con- tractors. As our letter noted, "Electrical contractors
are the key conduit in our distribution system for installation of all energy
efficient electrical products and alternative energy sources, such as solar and
wind technologies. Together, we can help rebuild, renew and re-energize
America."
And, as discussed in the following article, NECA was represented at an important
hearing before the House Committee on Small Business on January 14 by Tim
Ehmann, senior project manager with Rochester Solar Technologies, a division of
NECA-member firm O'Connell Electric.
Our association was invited to testify on the need for the government’s
economic stimulus plans to include investment in building construction and
green energy projects. Our testimony also addressed the need for investment in
the national electrical grid and for the banking system to loosen credit on
construction loans.
We are continuing to advocate investment in our nation's built environment and
green energy both independently and as the driving force behind a new coalition
of powerful construction organizations and related interests. As NECA CEO John
Grau reported in his blog on December 12, he used his networking time during
breaks at a meeting of the Associations Committee of 100 — representing the
CEOs of the most influential national associations in the country — to found
this group.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009
www.ecmag.com
***************************
Leading Expo Service Company HFI Appointed To Manage NECA Show
NECA is very pleased to announce the appointment of HFI to sell exhibit space
and provide logistical service for the NECA Show. Although NECA 2009 Seattle
will be the first event of ours for which this company will provide this level
of support, NECA and HFI are long-time partners.
"This is an expansion of HFI’s current marketing services," according
to NECA Chief Operations Officer Dan Walter. "We have had a great working
relationship with HFI over the past ten years, and we look forward to many
more." HFI President Susan McCart will lead these efforts along with HFI
Exhibit Sales Manager Julie Duda. The firm is located in Peachtree City,
Georgia.
"The enthusiasm and excitement over the products and services showcased at
our 2008 trade show in Chicago was probably at the highest level I've seen in
17 years — and the fact that more than 10,000 people visited the Show floor
this year proves that," NECA Convention/Exposition Executive Director Beth
Ellis remarked.
"As we considered outsourcing our national trade show marketing, one of
our main goals was to find an organization with the experience, level of
professionalism, and the ability to build on NECA's good reputation of quality
customer service," Ellis said. "Sue understands the electrical
construction industry, and the trade show industry. She also has the vision to
help us achieve our goals."
Susan McCart has over 30 years experience in the trade show and hospitality
industry. Since 1997, her company has served several industry clients. Prior to
founding HFI, McCart was with AMC, Inc. (now called "AmericasMart")
in several positions, including that of “Vice President/General Manager Trade
Shows. AMC is best known as the producer of LIGHTFAIR, the big international
lighting show. She began her career with Hyatt Hotels in 1978.
"We are very excited about this great opportunity," said McCart.
"NECA is the leader in the electrical construction industry, and we are
excited about helping a great organization to grow the most important
electrical event in North America." She also confirmed that "HFI is
committed to offering NECA and the NECA Show exhibitors the best business
solutions available."
Mark your new calendars! The 54th NECA Show will be held in conjunction with
our association's 2009 National Convention in Seattle on September 12-15 —
almost a month earlier than in past years. Some preliminary information for
exhibitors and attendees has already been posted at www.necaconvention.org. As
always, much more information will be added to this special website as the
agenda is developed.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009
www.ecmag.com
***************************
Campus Fire Alarm System Upgrades
President George W.
Bush signed the
Higher Education Opportunity Act on Aug. 14, 2008. This bill contains several
important campus-safety components, including the core provisions of the
original Campus Fire Safety Right-to-Know Act. The law will require colleges to
report fire safety information to the U.S. Department of Education.
Specific reporting
details include the following:
• The number of fires and the cause of each fire
• The number of injuries and deaths related to a fire
• The value of property damage caused by a fire
• Description of the fire protection
equipment (sprinklers/alarms) in each on-campus housing unit
• The number of regular mandatory supervised fire drills
• Policies or rules regarding
fire-safety education and training programs provided to students and faculty
members
• Plans for future improvements in fire safety, if
determined necessary by the institution
This law creates a number of
opportunities for the professional contractor. First, you can offer to conduct
comprehensive surveys for your local college campus. These surveys should be
detailed and include such things as performing a visual inspection in the form
of a building walk-through to inspect the fire alarm systems for the following:
• Evaluate the
fire alarm system general conditions for all head-end equipment, excluding
functional testing (functional testing can be included as an option).
• Identify the
model and manufacturer of the fire alarm system and components at a level
adequate to obtain the system manufacturer’s product support.
• Evaluate notification arrangements
for general adequacy, age and code compliance.
• Identify the general system control
functions (smoke control and elevator functions, etc.).
• Evaluate the
existing facility drawings, maintenance records, and operations and maintenance
manuals where available.
In addition, you can develop and submit
fire alarm system assessment reports or checklists. The fire alarm system
assessment report should include the system-design summary and whether the
existing system meets the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 72 for
such items as detection device and notification appliance placement and
adequacy. You should review and report on the overall condition, approximate
age and remaining life expectancy of the system, and issues concerning the
panel discovered during the survey, such as if trouble, alarm or supervisory
signals are activated.
You may need to research the panel and
component manufacturers for availability of spare parts and product support to
determine if the equipment currently installed is obsolete.
With all of this information in hand,
you can do a thorough evaluation of the existing system and present a proposal
with a rough order of magnitude cost to upgrade or replace the system to ensure
its reliability as required by the new law.
During the discussion about upgrading or
replacing the fire alarm system, the professional contractor also will want to
determine the campus mass notification needs. If the existing fire alarm system
is a non-voice system and the recommendation is that the system needs to be
replaced, you will want to consider discussing a combination in-building fire
alarm/voice communications system.
A new chapter for all communications
systems, including mass-notification systems (MNS), is included in the proposed
2010 edition of the National Fire Alarm Code. This new Chapter 12, titled
Emergency Communications Systems, will provide guidance and requirements for
mass notification and fire alarm/voice communication systems. The proposed
content of the new chapter is available for review on the NFPA Web site (www.nfpa.org).
As stated in the purpose section of the
proposed chapter, “The systems covered under Chapter 12 are for the protection
of life by indicating the existence of an emergency situation and communicating
information necessary to facilitate an appropriate response and action. […] An
emergency communications system is intended to communicate information about
emergencies including but not limited to fire, terrorist activities, other
dangerous situations, accidents, and natural disasters.”
Some highlights include major changes
regarding the use of fire alarm/voice communications systems for other uses.
For example, there are proposed
requirements that permit the use of code-compliant fire alarm/voice
communications systems for routine, frequent use, such as for paging, without
requiring the approval of the authority having jurisdiction. The code will also
have requirements that permit mass notification systems to use the same
loudspeakers as alarm notification appliances on fire alarm/voice
communications systems.
These changes provide the astute
contractor with the guidance to assist colleges and universities to meet the
requirements of the new law for future improvements to the fire safety systems.
The goal of any college or university communications system is to disseminate
information to the population throughout the campus. The objective of these
systems is to allow the campus security personnel to provide real-time,
actionable information to everyone on the campus. In addition, the new
requirements spell out the required system interfaces between mass notification
systems and the fire alarm system.
The proposed 2010 National Fire Alarm
Code will require the system to be designed to ensure both the safety of the
occupants and the transmission of some type of intelligible messages to those
occupants during any adverse conditions. In all cases, the design must assign
local building fire alarm operation the highest priority. This priority must
include the fire alarm system’s own voice message. No other message may
override this fire alarm message, except under certain circumstances, such as
for emergency mass notification operation.
As one may expect, not all mass
notification messages should take priority over the fire alarm messages. The
proposed code suggests the development of messages using risk analysis and
offers the following voice message priority suggestions:
1. “Live voice messages from qualified personnel on
site should be the highest priority. Systems could permit microphone locations
that are usable by non-emergency personnel, but those microphones should be
disabled during emergency operations.”
2. “Automatic fire alarm messages/other high priority
messages as determined by risk analysis criteria.”
3. “Message priority for emergency conditions such as
severe weather warnings, gas leaks, chemical spills, and other hazardous
conditions should be determined by risk analysis criteria.”
4. “Non-emergency messages, such as general
announcements and time function signaling (work breaks, class change, etc.)
should have the lowest priority.”
“In multi-building, campus, area or
regional systems, local buildings could be controlled and overridden from a
central control station. When the local fire alarm system is not in an alarm
condition, the central control station can override without restriction. If a
local system is active for any reason, the central control station should only
be able to override if authorized personnel can determine the status of the
local system. If the local fire alarm system is actively in alarm mode, it can
only be overridden by a central control station where the interface meets all
requirements of the proposed Code.”
It should be obvious that, in order for
contractors to take advantage of these new opportunities, they have to increase
their knowledge of communication systems beyond those used in the past for fire
alarm/voice communications systems.
Typically, contractors do not have a strong communications
systems background, so it will be imperative to obtain this specialized
knowledge through training programs or an alliance with a sound and
communications contractor.
Regardless of the economy, fire safety and security on
college campuses will still be a priority. The contractor who takes the
initiative to help college and university customers meet the requirements of
the new law will continue to generate new business.
MOORE, a licensed fire protection
engineer, frequent speaker and an expert in the life safety field, is a
co-editor of the current National Fire Alarm Code Handbook. Moore is a
principal with Hughes Associates Inc. at the Warwick, R.I., office.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009
www.ecmag.com
***************************
Can School Disasters Still Happen?
By frank bisbee
Putting
safety first with mass notification systems
On March 4, 1908, at the Lake
View School in Collinwood, Ohio, 172 students and three adults died in the
largest life-loss school fire in U.S. history. At the 13th annual National Fire
Protection Association (NFPA) meeting in 1909, then-president C.M. Goddard
addressed the event.
“We have done valuable work in
formulating standards, but this is not enough,” Goddard said. “We must secure
the adoptions of these standards. We must begin a campaign of education of the
public.”
Casey C. Grant, P.E., program director
for the Fire Protection Research Foundation, said professionals must do what
they can to prevent such accidents.
“It’s up to us to remain vigilant and
continue our untiring efforts to make sure that such a tragedy will never
happen again,” he said.
According to the NFPA, in 2007, public
fire departments attended 1,557,500 fires, and 530,500 occurred in structures.
Every 20 seconds, a fire department responds to a fire somewhere in the nation.
A fire occurs in a structure every 59 seconds, and, in particular, a
residential fire occurs every 76 seconds.
In the world of education, threats come
in many forms, not just fire, but also weather, crime and even terrorism. Many
technology solutions not previously available are being used to alert the
faculty, staff members and students.
Campus
mass notification system
The goal should be building a flexible system using existing
infrastructure that easily supports future expansion and implements mass
notification systems (MNS) in a campus environment. The 2007 edition of NFPA
72, National Fire Alarm Code, includes provisions for fire alarm systems to
accommodate MNS.
Note that a new NFPA Technical
Committee on Emergency Communications Systems has been formed to further
develop requirements for these systems. The next edition of NFPA 72 is expected
to include significant revisions, including a new technical chapter providing mandatory
requirements.
And this is ready to be put to use.
Nearly every college in the United States has examined or is examining its
ability to notify students and employees of danger. Some state legislatures
have passed laws requiring their schools and universities to implement reliable
and comprehensive mass notification systems. The Crime Awareness and Campus
Security Act of 1990 requires all post-secondary institutions to make timely
warnings to the campus community about crimes that pose an ongoing threat to
students and employees. Above and beyond legislation, those involved in public
safety have a moral and ethical obligation to provide the safest possible
environment for students and employees.
One valuable lesson gleaned from our
experience is to keep all processes as simple as possible. Generally speaking,
the more complex the process, the more things can go wrong. When many colleges
were built, little thought was given to the need for timely mass notification
and the need for lockdowns or evacuations. As a result, they have been playing
catchup.
Convergence
in action
MNS implementation would not be possible without an active partnership
between the safety staff members and college or university IT departments. The
staff should also have strong relationships with hardware vendors and software
firms to create a dynamic infrastructure.
Announcements heard in large campus
common areas, outdoors and on athletic fields present a bit more of a
challenge. Many colleges broadcast voice over Internet protocol announcements
over loudspeakers placed in the library, cafeteria, student activities areas
and gymnasiums. Outdoor speakers and notification beacons may be mounted in the
center of campus and other locations, such as athletic fields. The notification
beacons can interface with external audiovisual devices, such as sirens,
strobes, televisions and scrolling marquees. These features aid in getting the
message to disabled and handicapped people.
Training is critical for all parties to
react appropriately once the MNS is activated. Authorities should also be
actively engaged with students, faculty and staff members in training sessions
that cover their reaction to campus emergencies.
Future enhancements to the existing
emergency notification suite of applications could involve instant
communication with students, faculty and staff, using mobile phones and
personal digital assistants. Many universities are looking into building
systems where students can receive emergency text announcements over their mobile
phones.
Safety is too important to ignore.
BISBEE is with Communication Planning
Corp., a telecom and datacom design/build firm. He provides a free monthly
summary of industry news on www.wireville.com.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009
www.ecmag.com
***************************
Convergence Goes to College
by claire swedberg
Students and faculty
members at Louisiana’s Grambling State University may feel
more visible, as well as more secure, than those on a typical campus. The
forethought of the university’s information technology (IT) staff led to an
Internet-protocol-based (IP) campus-wide security system, and now, there are
few unsecured areas. The university has installed more than 300 IP cameras that
transmit images to the Internet-based server, and the school intends to expand
the deployment to 500 by the end of 2009. Video software allows the school to
access video from each camera through the Internet and to integrate video and
security, access control and retail business functions. More schools may begin
looking like Grambling State soon.
A few years ago, Grambling State had
some stand-alone analog camera systems, none of which were easily upgradeable
or integrated. In fact, as the technology became obsolete, the old analog
systems just stopped functioning.
The school wanted an IP system with a
robust enterprise--level server where mass storage could reside. Now all access
control and video events are stored on the server at the IT building. The
system, Genetec’s Omnicast IP-based surveillance, was provided by security
integrator Camera Watch, Jackson, Miss. Since the system is wireless, it uses
one backbone and gives the college the flexibility to grow.
For students, it means carrying a
single ID card with a variety of uses. For example, the card can be used for
access control at multiple locations and also for payment at campus businesses.
All camera footage is available on the IP platform, as is the access control
data. That means that if, for example, there is a suspicious use of a card,
security can automatically pull up a video image of the user, which can be
compared against photos stored for that individual in the database. The ID card
also can be used as a debit card at retail locations, such as the campus
bookstore. The student can prepay a balance into an account, which is accessed
each time the student scans the card, said Jim Walker, Camera Watch’s vice
president of sales.
Throughout the country, college
security systems vary greatly. But nearly every college in the United States is
looking at some level of convergence, bringing the security network in on the
IT platform and sharing tasks, responsibilities and software among those who
once traveled in very different circles.
Integrators—often electrical
contractors—can bring vendors and college facility managers together and help
sort through rapidly changing technology and security needs.
Convergence puts the decision-making
into the hands of both the security and IT departments, said Dennis Charlebois,
director of product management and marketing, physical security, for Cisco, a
network systems supplier. Today’s security systems are more IP-centric, he
said.
“Historically, the network is the pipe
to move data. Now it can be used as a platform for applications to
interoperate,” Charlebois said.
This convergence alleviates some of the
past management burdens that had to be handled when security and IT operated on
multiple platforms. When physical security was in its own world, it needed
separate event management, scheduling and policy management just like IT,
Charlebois said. Having both of these systems managed by one platform makes the
process less cumbersome and even less expensive.
Devices, such as access cards or
cameras, can deliver information into or pull data off the same school network.
“If we standardize the way we talk to the network, it gets even easier,”
Charlebois said.
Currently, each of the multiple camera manufacturers has its own
individual drivers.
“The cost of owning these systems and sustaining them is high,”
Charlebois said.
The goal of reducing that burden is
motivating Cisco to develop a network that would allow devices to speak the
same language and share one common platform. At the same time, the network
needs be flexible, so universities can gradually phase it in, using their old
analog equipment and card readers and working in new equipment as it becomes
necessary.
“You don’t want to rip and replace
everything,” Charlebois said. “We still have a long way to go before technology
will all be interoperable.”
A new open media application
programming interface (API) will go a long way to harmonizing devices in the
meantime. With the swipe of an access card, lights could turn on and cameras
could swing in the appropriate direction. All of these functions would take
place through the API or simple ASCII exchanges.
Included in this convergence are the
communication and notification systems that allow the university to communicate
with all students at once, sending text messages, e-mails or phone calls in the
event of an emergency, such as a shooting. Video takes a great deal of
bandwidth, so Cisco begins by looking at the network a university already has
in place, assessing whether it is serving the functions needed, then looking at
the existing devices to see to what extent they are IP-enabled.
Cisco also interprets what the risk
scenarios are for that specific university and how they interoperate with local
police and administrators. Sometimes, convergence is more difficult. IT
departments may not be the ones selecting cameras, while security departments
might not understand the networks.
“It’s the IT folks who are capable of
providing that value,” Charlebois said. “We’re at a crossroads with technology,
and both departments need to be at the same table. They’re the ones on the
front line.”
With convergence, Charlebois said,
installation will be less painful. Configuration tools will make it possible
for end-users to step in and configure the system as they need it when the
installer is finished.
“In that way, the installer is able to
provide more value,” he said. “You don’t need to have a Ph.D. or be an engineer
to install this anymore.”
Adam Thermos, security consultant and
founder of Strategic Technology Group, Milford, Mass., agreed that convergence
makes systems easier to install and capable of doing much more.
“If a person steals a card and enters a
building, the access control has to note the problem,” he said.
He offers a scenario in which—during winter break—someone enters a
building that he isn’t expected to enter. The system can send video of the
event to authorities, along with a record of where that person’s card has been
for the past five days.
“This is real convergence,” Thermos said.
Taking it a step further, if the owner of the card is registered as
driving a red Jeep, for example, the system can then track the movement of
every red Jeep that enters and exits the campus.
“Technology helps in extreme situations,” Thermos said, adding that it
can even be set to detect the speed of someone’s movements. “The technology
does not solve issues but only prevents a percentage of them; it mitigates
events.”
Approaching
standards
But how much does a school need, and how much can it afford to do?
Sorting through upgrade options is a challenge for the schools and the
electrical or low-voltage contractors serving them.
To make the process more standardized, the National Electrical Manufacturers
Association (NEMA) has stepped in, providing a new set of standards as a guide
for security installations on college campuses. It includes sections on
administrative issues, definitions, risk assessment and the maintenance of
systems. It also includes a table of testing frequencies so that those
unfamiliar with communication systems will have guidelines to follow. According
to J. Robert Boyer, director of industry affairs at GE Infrastructure Security
and chairman of the NEMA communications committee, the measure provides an
overview and brings perspective of types of threats, such as weather or
intrusion, and the opportunities to secure the school against them.
Traditionally, school administrators provided education. A college or
university never truly had any threats that were of major concern, Boyer said.
“But with terrorism being what it is, we felt, at NEMA, that there was a
significant need to address this early on,” he said.
“Systems have to be designed and installed to provide benefit in an
attack,” Boyer said.
The guidelines include attacks from terror, crime from within the school
and weather-related disasters. With the rising occurrence and awareness of
safety threats, it has become necessary to integrate systems to contribute to a
common objective, he said. Intercoms and paging systems, physical access, and
audio/video should function seamlessly in meeting that objective.
“Budgets are going to be a serious consideration,” Boyer said. “I think
those doing installations can create specifications that meet the bidding
criteria.”
Although the standard is not a mandate, Boyer said, “they would be in
excellent shape if they follow this standard. They can use it to ensure they
are not creating an over-design.”
“Let’s assume there’s pressure in the community to do this, but everyone
has a different perspective,” he said.
In such cases, with numerous interests and a tight budget to work with,
the NEMA standard helps the security community address all criteria
realistically, he said.
Thermos said every college administration should address its security
operational efficiency and how long the school can survive with the existing
system, while managing risk and minimizing liability exposure. Although there
is no return on investment for security, schools can easily justify the
expense.
“It’s not like building dorms that will bring in more students,” Thermos
said. “But from a marketing aspect, it allows the school to provide due
diligence to its students.”
Today, the field of hardwiring security systems is shrinking, while
addressable systems are expanding with IP, voice over Internet protocol,
Category 6 cable and wireless.
“In effect, what we’ve got is a situation where even fiber is giving way
to Cat 6 and wireless,” Thermos said.
Today, the convergence of IP addressable databases takes the work out of
the hands of programmers and places it with installers and school staff
members.
Thermos recommended that integrators and contractors get educated on
these systems quickly.
“Start taking classes put out by the industry. You can skip the formal
education. I still take training myself once a month,” he said.
Training courses provided by technology manufacturers are useful to keep
contractors educated about industry changes. There are contractors who did well
in the pipe and wire business but are dropped from projects in favor of someone
in the wireless sector, Thermos said. As we move out of analog and into the
digital environment and hybrid systems, colleges may be unsure of what they need.
“Most vendors we have today started as
lock shops,” Thermos said, adding that they have little experience with IP
convergence. “They will still sell you the boxes and the wire.”
This leaves contractors to sort out the school’s needs and puts the responsibility
squarely in the hands of those knowledgeable integrators and contractors.
Thanks to the interest in security convergence from colleges, the ranks of such
contractors are now growing.
SWEDBERG is a freelance writer based in
western Washington. She can be reached at claire_swedberg@msn.com.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009
www.ecmag.com
***************************
The Importance of IP Video Surveillance in Education
Network video can help schools do more with less
For the quality of
the educational experience as well as the safety of
the students, it’s important that schools view safety as the highest priority.
Administrators need to closely examine the security options available to them
in the video surveillance marketplace. They should begin with a thorough look
at what network-based video technology can do in the community’s local
educational facilities, compared to traditional analog systems.
Today,
the industry is in the middle of a paradigm shift as it slowly
gravitates from analog video systems to digital Internet protocol (IP). Use of
IP-based video is on the rise, and nowhere else in society is this new flavor
of video surveillance as well received.
According
to Peter Boriskin, vice president of product management for Tyco
International’s Access Control and Video Systems, IP’s current market share is
roughly 15 percent.
Erron
Spalsbury, account manager with 3xLogic, Westminster, Colo., said his company
sees a growing interest in IP.
“About
80 percent of every DVR [digital video recorder] we sell records video from at
least one IP camera,” Spalsbury said.
Use of network-based video
Since
the 1950s, security companies have installed and serviced analog cameras in
educational facilities as well as in commercial, industrial and retail markets.
For the most part, analog technology has served the industry well, but since
the introduction of computer networking in education, the number of IP video
installations has more than doubled each year.
In
a growing number of schools, colleges and universities, IP cameras allow
officials to better track and identify suspicious individuals as they enter and
leave facilities. IP cameras allow administrators to monitor parking lots,
sidewalks and critical entrances with greater clarity and efficiency.
When
real-time observation is not feasible, IP video allows images to be recorded on
an assortment of digital media for later review. Network video offers the
advantage of capturing real-time events as they happen and storing them on a
computer hard drive. And because of megapixel imagers, IP video has the ability
to record images in near-to-life resolution.
Because
of their digital nature, images from an IP camera also can be easily exported
for law enforcement use without degrading image quality. A watermark within the
digital framework of each image verifies its authenticity. This is especially
important when video images are removed as evidence to use in a court of law.
Megapixel
IP cameras also allow schools to do more with fewer employees, which is
important to cash-strapped institutions. Through the use of live and recorded
video, the number of security personnel can often be reduced and replaced with
IP video cameras. Instead of a school full of security officers, many
educational facilities can effectively function with a handful.
Digital IP vs. analog cameras
An
IP camera is designed to connect to a computer network or a recording device,
such as a DVR, network video recorder, network attached storage or some other
method of image retention. With an IP camera, this is accomplished using a
Category 5e or 6 cable with eight-position modular plugs. An analog camera, in
contrast, uses a coaxial cable plus a second cable for power.
IP
cameras are assigned a unique address for identification purposes, which is
also a feature that separates the technology from analog. This address enables
the network to store images in separate folders corresponding to the specific
cameras. IP addresses allow networks to associate specific information with
each image, such as camera location, date, time, camera type, etc. This enables
system operators to readily identify where a scene comes from inside or outside
the facility.
In
some cases, the network superimposes other data onto an image, such as cash
register transaction information. Because it’s in a digital format, advanced
searches can be conducted using any number of criteria. For a good example,
consider the retail side of a college or university, such as a book store or
cafeteria. Data from credit cards or other identification credentials can be
used to locate a student in real time or through recorded video. Integration
with other subsystems, such as access control, enables school officials to
review an audit trail of student and staff member activities, reviewing images
from nearby cameras in the process.
Another
difference between IP and analog cameras is the format used to send image
information over a wire. Conventional cameras use the National Television
Standards Council (NTSC) standard, commonly referred to as composite video. A
conventional video camera bundles everything needed to create an image within a
single composite signal. This signal contains lumina (brightness/contrast) and
chroma (image color) information as well as synchronization pulses for display
scanning control. The typical bandwidth of a composite video signal is 6 MHz at
1 volt peak-to-peak. This is a lot of information that must be carried by the
analog signal; therefore, a lot can be lost through electromagnetic
interference.
Digital
IP-based data is not as prone to outside interference as analog because it’s
easier for the head-end system to detect the two voltage states of a digital
data signal than the nearly infinite number of frequencies used in an analog
signal. This makes digital IP more robust than analog, especially in locations
experiencing a high-level of radio frequency interference, such as airports and
industrial plants.
It
is easier to place intelligence on the edge of the network using IP cameras
than with analog. Software can be added to provide video analytics, e-mail and
more. Some IP cameras have a built-in Web server, which adds a degree of redundancy
to any video surveillance system. If something happens to the main method of
image recording, relevant images may still exist.
Adding cameras to an existing infrastructure
Another
advantage to using IP cameras is the relative ease with which they can be added
to an existing local area network (LAN). Most educational facilities have a LAN
installed throughout the buildings. This eliminates the need to install coaxial
and power cables from one end of each building to the other, which must be done
when installing analog cameras. Not only does this save time, but it also saves
money because installers do not have to contend with the same amount of
metallic cable.
“In
this environment, where cost is a significant driver, being able to use the
existing infrastructure allows us to reduce the installation cost to the
customer,” Spalsbury said. “And not only is the wire (Category 5e) cheaper when
it comes time to install a network, but it’s easier to pull. And it makes it
easier and faster to expand when needed. In addition, IP technology makes it
possible to record multiple facilities on the enterprise level and to do so
using megapixel-type cameras.”
Not
only do IP cameras use Category 5e or 6 cable, which is generally cheaper than
coaxial, but sometimes the choice can be between installing a $700 megapixel
camera with a 6-foot extension cord to a network’s wall outlet to get a robust,
high-resolution picture or paying an installer $500 to run new coaxial cable
the entire distance of a school for analog. IP video also allows for rapid
deployment where there is an existing network, something educational facilities
may need as security requirements change.
“An
environment like that of a school is constantly changing and so will their need
for covert and overt camera placement,” Boriskin said. “An IP video strategy
allows for much easier camera movement.”
Balancing the need for IP video
Opponents
of IP-based video cameras maintain that such a pie-in-the-sky approach to video
surveillance is not worth the cost. Ask some information technology (IT)
managers, and they may say attaching IP cameras to a school’s network isn’t
practical because the cameras require a lot of bandwidth.
While
it is true that not every school requires megapixel quality video, those that
use one say you can’t have too much resolution when it comes to proving your
case in court.
“The
most compelling reason to use IP is the simplest one: don’t send 12 hours of an
empty stairwell at 3 MB per second. Use the camera as a gate-keeper so only
interesting video is sent,” Boriskin said.
In
this case, when a camera is first installed, it will send a complete image of
the stairwell. After that, only those pixels that have changed are sent to the
head-end.
Although
digital high-resolution cameras may not be ideal for every application, they
are a potent new tool in the security expert’s bag of tricks.
Colombo is
a 33-year veteran in the security and life safety markets. He is director with
FireNetOnline.com and a nationally recognized trade journalist in East Canton,
Ohio. Reach him at abc@alcolombo.us.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009
www.ecmag.com
***************************
It’s Only Low Voltage
By michael johnston
Electrical circuits and systems in hazardous -(classified)
locations present challenges for installers. The National Electrical Code
(NEC) indicates that hazardous locations are where explosions or fire
hazards are possible due to flammable gases, flammable liquid-produced vapors,
combustible liquids, combustible liquid-produced vapors, combustible dusts or
ignitable fibers/flyings.
Low-voltage
or limited-energy systems present the same ignition hazards as those of 120 volts
and greater. The concern is that arcing, even at a low-energy level, could
cause ignition of an explosive material.
It
is common to think low-voltage and limited-energy systems are less dangerous
than higher voltage systems. From a shock and fire hazard standpoint, this may
sometimes be the case, but when installed in hazardous locations, these systems
cannot be treated any differently than 120-volt systems. The arc causes
ignition, so the hazards are the same.
Chapter 5
of the Code provides wiring rules for special occupancies, including all
hazardous locations. The key to how the NEC applies to low-voltage and limited-
energy systems in hazardous locations starts with Section 500.1, which
indicates that the rules in Articles 500 through 504 apply to electrical and
electronic equipment and wiring for all voltages. Taking this a step further,
if one were working with a remote control signaling circuit, the basic rules
are provided in Article 725. As an example, Section 725.3(D) validates the
information provided in Section 500.1 by providing the correlation between
Article 725 and the applicable rules for all wiring in hazardous locations
covered in Articles 500 through 516 and Part IV of Article 517. Not only does
this installation have to meet the general rules in Article 725 and in Chapters
1 through 4 as referenced, it also must be installed in compliance with all
applicable Chapter 5 requirements for a hazardous location. Similar rules in
other NEC limited-energy articles, such as those covering communications
systems and fire alarm systems, appear within each article to refer the reader
to important applicable rules to be considered when these systems are located
in a hazardous location.
When
wiring in hazardous locations, it is critical to not cause ignition of the
explosive atmosphere and to not spread the hazardous atmosphere to other areas
through the conduit systems. Suitable identified enclosures must be used for
equipment, conduit seals must be provided and appropriate wiring methods used.
This requires these circuits to be installed in a rigid conduit system or other
wiring method suitable for use in a hazardous location as provided in Section
501.10 for Class 1 locations, 502.10 for Class 2 locations, and 503.10 for
Class 3 locations. The degree of hazard is what determines the type of wiring
method that must be used, even for low-voltage or limited-energy systems. The
degree of hazard is provided as a particular division or zone under each
classified location. For example, Class 1, Division 1 is a greater degree of
hazard than Class 1, Division 2; thus, the wiring methods allowed for one
degree of hazard differ slightly from others.
It
is important to know how an area is classified—and the extent of the classified
area—for correct wiring methods to be installed. Section 500.4 requires all
hazardous locations to be properly documented, and the documentation must be
available for those authorized to install, maintain, inspect or operate
electrical wiring and systems in those areas.
Circuits
and systems identified as intrinsically safe are suitable for installation in
any hazardous location. These circuits are not capable of causing ignition
because their energy levels are so low. Any wiring method can be used,
including cable wiring methods provided in Chapters 7 and 8. Intrinsically safe
circuits and systems are suitable for Division 1, Zones 0 and 1 locations. A
nonincendive circuit is defined in Section 500.2 as one in which any arc or
thermal effect produced under intended operating conditions is not capable,
under specified test conditions, of igniting the flammable gas/air, vapor/air,
or dust/air mixture. Nonincendive circuits and systems are suitable for
Division 2 and Zone 2 locations, the difference being the degree of hazard
involved. When installing these systems, specific control drawings are
necessary. These limited-energy systems are suitable for installation in
hazardous (classified) locations only when installed according to the drawings.
The manufacturer of nonincendive systems and intrinsically safe systems
provides the applicable control drawings. While a circuit or system may be low
voltage or of limited energy, the requirements for these circuits and systems
in hazardous locations are generally the same as those for higher voltage
circuits and systems. Unless intrinsically safe circuits or systems or
nonincendive circuits or systems are installed per the applicable control
drawings, the wiring methods and equipment specified in Chapter 5 for the
particular classified area must be used.
It’s
only low voltage, but it must be safe and Code-compliant.
JOHNSTON is
NECA’s executive director of standards and safety. He is former director of
education, codes and standards for IAEI; a member of the IBEW; and an active
member of the NFPA Electrical Section, Education Section and the UL Electrical
Council. Reach him at mjohnston@necanet.org.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009 www.ecmag.com
***************************
Look out Below
BY diane kelly
When is 6
feet enough?
OSHA’s “6-foot rule” for fall protection is pretty
straightforward. It states that if any employee is in a situation where they
may lose balance and fall to a lower level or simply fall 6 feet or more, fall
protection must be provided and used. So why is fall protection consistently
included in OSHA’s top 10 most frequently cited violations? For one,
unfortunately, contractors often believe it is easier, faster and cheaper not
to comply. A second reason may be a misinterpretation of the standards related
to fall protection.
Scenario
1
A portable
ladder is placed on the roof of a structure within a larger building. The roof
of the inner structure is at least 10 feet above the lower level, about 10 feet
by 10 feet, and strong enough to support the load of workers, materials and
tools.
This situation relates to two standards, Subpart M and Subpart X. First
is the need for fall protection from the 10-foot roof. Second is fall
protection while the worker is on the ladder. The roof falls under Subpart M,
Fall Protection as a walking/working surface. Section 1926.501(b)(1) of Subpart
M states that a work surface with an unprotected side or edge that is 6 feet or
more above a lower level must be protected by some form of fall protection.
This can be a guardrail, safety net or personal fall arrest system. Since the
work surface is unprotected and 10 feet above the lower level, fall protection
is required for any employee working on this surface.
Although working
on a ladder is not specifically covered in Subpart M, ladders and any fall
protection are covered in Subpart X, Stairways and Ladders. Subpart X does not
require fall protection for working on a portable ladder in the same manner as
Subpart M. Protection is provided in the proper use of the ladder, such as
setting the ladder at the appropriate angle, maintaining three points of
contact with the ladder and keeping the body centered on the ladder.
Scenario
2
Work is
being done on a low-slope roof by both roofers and heating, ventilating and air
conditioning (HVAC) installers. The roofers can comply with fall protection on
a low-slope roof by using a warning line placed at least 6 feet from the roof
edge (1926.501(b)(10) of Subpart M). In order for the HVAC installers to go
without personal fall protection, the warning line must be at least 15 feet
from the edge. Since both are working on the roof at the same time, would the
6-foot warning line be sufficient for both trades?
The purpose
of the warning line is to keep employees away from the unprotected edge, thus
preventing a fall. There are a few specific situations where the standard
allows the use of a warning line instead of fall protection, including
low-slope roof work, some leading edge work, precast concrete erection and
residential construction, i.e., situations in which the feasibility of fall
protection is limited. HVAC equipment does not fit into any of the exempted
categories, so a warning line at 6 feet is not an option.
There are
at least two solutions for this situation. One is to run two separate warning
lines, one at 6 feet for the roofers and another at 15 feet for the HVAC
installers. Depending on the particular work site, this may be confusing or
simply unworkable. The other possibility is to equip the HVAC installers with
conventional fall protection (e.g., personal fall arrest systems), while
running a warning line at 6 feet for the roofers’ fall protection. This way,
both trades comply with the fall protection standards that apply and are kept
safe on the job site.
Scenario
3
Employees
are performing work-related tasks while on a guardrail-equipped scissor lift
platform. The lift’s platform extends beyond the wheelbase of the lift. The
scissor lift and its guardrails meet all applicable requirements in Subpart L,
Scaffolds. Work is conducted from the scissor lift only when the lift is
stationary. Would the workers be required to have fall protection in addition
to the guardrail?
According
to Subpart L, employees working on a scaffold more than 10 feet above a lower
level must be protected from falling to the lower level. There are, however,
different ways to protect the employees. Since a scissor lift is not named
specifically in the standard, it would be covered under 1926.451(g)(1)(vii),
which states that employees can be protected by either a personal fall arrest
system or a guardrail system that meets the appropriate requirements. Since the
guardrail system meets the requirements, no further fall protection is
required.
The need for fall protection on the job cannot be denied.
Unfortunately, determining if it is needed and what should be used can be a
time-consuming and tedious task. Although it may be a challenge, the safety
afforded to the employees and the benefits to them and their families makes it
worth the effort.
KELLY is a safety and health specialist with Intec, a safety consulting,
training and publishing firm that offers on-site assistance and produces
manuals, training videos and software for contractors. She can be reached at
800.745.4818 or dkelly@intecweb.com. Joe
O’Connor edited this article.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009
www.ecmag.com
***************************
Fiber Focal Point
BY jim hayes
Usage has
grown and continues to grow
It seems each year, optical fiber gains strength in the
marketplace. Fiber’s strengths, its bandwidth and distance capabilities, along
with its immunity to electrical interference, help it quietly gain converts.
Fiber’s biggest gains have been in connections directly to the home,
with millions of new users connected in the last year. Certainly the slowdown
in housing construction has affected greenfield installations around the United
States, but Verizon, for example, is focusing on replacing its aging copper
infrastructure with fiber as fast as resources allow.
Justification for replacing copper with fiber to the home (FTTH) is
easy. Not only does fiber allow the service provider to offer more services
that generate greater revenue, but it reduces maintenance of the network to
practically nothing. Maintenance cost savings alone reportedly would pay for
FTTH in less than 20 years. In addition,
the enhanced revenue for high-speed Internet access—up to 175 megabits per
second in some Verizon service areas—and the ability to offer advanced
high-definition TV service, make the return on investment period for FTTH
conversion much shorter.
FTTH
suppliers promote all kinds of new equipment development, but one stands out
and promises to make other fiber optic applications much simpler. Prefabricated
fiber optic cable assemblies with weather-sealed connectors make installation
of outside plant cabling much easier.
These assemblies
are truly plug-and-play, requiring no splicing or terminating. Prefab
assemblies can be used in aerial or conduit installations, making them the
perfect solution for applications such as campus and municipal networks.
For local
area network (LAN) applications, it appears the copper versus fiber to the
desktop battle may be over; both lost. While these two have been trading barbs
over cost, technology and power, Wi-Fi networks have been developed to provide
high quality connections at speeds that are more than adequate for most users,
and security issues now have been addressed.
The move to
wireless connectivity has become a no-brainer, as many corporate users now
prefer laptops (with built-in Wi-Fi) to desktop computers for mobility. Many
people also own portable mobile devices—such as smartphones, iPhones and
Blackberries with wireless access—that are becoming almost as powerful as a
laptop.
Within the enterprise LAN, the backbone is primarily fiber, with new
installations mostly using OM3 laser-optimized 50/125 variety capable of being
upgraded from today’s 1 to 10 gigabits per second to 40 or perhaps even 100 in
the future. Category 5e or Cat 6 to the desktop is still cheaper. The new
generation of higher bandwidth wireless requires more access points, which have
traditionally been connected over copper and recently have been powered over
copper, as well. But there seems to be some question about whether adequate
power for these new wireless access points can be carried over the same copper cables
that must provide gigabit Ethernet connectivity. Fiber may prove to be a better
choice here, too.
Another big
market for cabling is the data center, an application important enough to
recently get its own cabling standard. Connecting servers, storage devices and
routers is the big application for 10 gigabit systems, and users have three
choices for cabling: simple coax for short links, fiber or augmented Cat 6.
There has been a lot of concern about the amount of power consumed by
servers, as high-speed computers and communications links need much energy.
Estimates of server power consumption in the United States is about 2 percent
of all power produced in the country. Google, the largest single user, has
moved many of its servers to the banks of the Columbia River in Oregon to take
advantage of cheaper local hydroelectric power and is equipping its San
Francisco Bay Area facilities with giant photovoltaic arrays.
In the data center, fiber wins hands-down. A 10-gigabit fiber
transceiver uses less than 1 watt of power, while a copper transceiver uses
5–10 watts. Copper links in the data center consume much more power, require
larger power supplies and require equally larger amounts of cooling. Coax seems
to be the choice in the data center for short connections (less than 10
meters), and fiber is used for all others.
Adding the
rising number of municipal and government data, surveillance closed-circuit TV
and traffic control systems on fiber, greater fiber usage in industrial
applications, and utility systems for grid management, the market for fiber
optic contracting services has never looked better.
HAYES is a VDV writer and trainer and the president of The Fiber Optic
Association.
Find him at www.JimHayes.com.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009
www.ecmag.com
***************************
Construction Forecast 2009
by joseph m. kelly
Silver
linings hard to find in dismal economic recession
At a time when things could
not look much worse economically, there is some good news to accompany the over- whelming bad. First, the bad news.
“The economic outlook is a disaster,” said Michael J. Mandel, chief
economist for BusinessWeek, during a presentation at the October 2008
McGraw-Hill Construction Outlook 2009 Executive Conference in Washington, D.C.
His sentence sums up the economic debacle weighing down all markets in the
United States. Some argue about when the economy fell into recession, but it is
clear, we are there now. Some have said this is the worst economic crisis since
the Great Depression, and there is no sunshine on the short-term horizon.
According
to Reed Construction Data’s (RCD) “U.S. Construction Outlook 2009–2010” report,
contractors and suppliers must endure a drop in demand for building space and
facility capacity and increased commodity prices along with low access to
credit, which collectively “suggest that the recovery from the recession will
be relatively long and slow,” wrote Jim Haughey, Reed’s chief economist, in the
report.
The Reed
report indicates that what finally “popped the credit bubble” was the
trillion-dollar default on residential mortgages in the United States. When the
credit bubble burst in August 2008, businesses also lost out on short-term
loans and access to credit. The financial institutions stopped lending money
out of fear. That includes contractors from all sectors of the construction
market.
“Fixing the
credit problem will be a long, ugly and expensive process that will dampen
economic growth for several years,” Haughey wrote in the report.
When
analyzing the data provided in Reed’s “U.S. Construction Outlook,” the numbers
paint a gloomy picture for residential and nonresidential construction alike.
Based on U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA) at the Department of Commerce,
the Reed report indicates that private investment in residential structures
dropped 25 percent in the first quarter of 2008, another 13 percent in the
second quarter and an additional 19 percent in the third quarter.
Nonresidential private investment rose substantially by 18.5 percent in the
second quarter but grew by a mere 8 percent in the third quarter. That trend
will to continue with the recession hitting the nonresidential market, which
had held its own during recent quarters.
Robert Murray, McGraw-Hill Construction’s vice president of economic
affairs, indicated that last year’s refuge is no longer a sanctuary for
contractors. As single-family
housing starts continues to fall, commercial buildings also are heading down.
Institutional construction is healthy for now but could trend downward soon.
Public works projects also declined by 5 percent in 2008 after growing by 8
percent the previous year. This is likely due to tighter government budgets
caused by declining property taxes. Therefore, for electrical contractors who
sought refuge in commercial/industrial/institutional (CII) work in the early
stages of this economic crisis, there is nowhere to hide in 2009.
According to McGraw-Hill’s statistics, single-family housing starts
dropped 36 percent from 2007 to 2008. Commercial building, which had increased
by 7 percent from 2006 to 2007, slumped severely in 2008 by 10 percent. This
reversal is alarming in terms of square feet, as well. Construction of stores
and shopping centers declined by 30 percent in 2008 and should decrease by an
additional 15 percent, or 188 million square feet, in 2009. Slowing retail
sales have stunted aggressive expansion plans by Wal-Mart, Target, Kohl’s and
The Home Depot. When you add the increased amount of store closings and
reorganizations of failed retailers, the future for retail construction is
especially grim in the short term.
The only
sector that showed slight growth was the institutional market, which grew by 7
percent in 2008 after increasing by 5 percent the previous year. Construction
projects related to new convention centers, hospitals, schools and churches
anchored this uptick.
RCD’s U.S.
construction starts information shows a 6.1 percent decline in overall
commercial construction, tempered only by a tremendous increase in government
office starts of 90.3 percent. There was a 2.1 percent dip in nonresidential
construction, but other sectors—especially residential and industrial—felt a
harder gut-punch. Residential starts were down 33.4 percent as industrial
(manufacturing) starts fell by a whopping 44 percent.
Institutional
work was the shining star in the market, posting a 5.6 percent increase from
the previous year. Within the institutional market, hospital/clinic starts were
up 14 percent, and library/museum starts increased by 32.6 percent.
While
military construction starts increased by almost 15 percent, we must examine
that number in context. The previous year, military starts rose by an
astonishing 123 percent. The latest numbers indicate a major slowdown in
military construction projects. Despite the expected decline, contractors close
to government military base realignment areas can benefit from an influx of
funding. According to McGraw-Hill, federal spending for fiscal year 2008
increased in the Department of Defense’s base realignment plans by 29 percent.
That number will increase by another 18 percent in fiscal year 2009.
The main point to take from construction starts data is that
residential and manufacturing have taken the largest hits. Closed plants and
factories leading to defaults on mortgages and lost homes are fueling this
downward spiral. Overall, construction starts declined by 15.5 percent from
2007 to 2008. These figures are enough to send most electrical contractors to
the psychiatrist for antidepressants, but there is a thin silver lining.
Good
news
We have
touched on the bad news, but there is a modicum of positive news in this
downtrodden economy. While this may be the worst economic climate since the
1930s, things will not deteriorate to that level.
“We are living in a very different place than the U.S. economy was in
the 1930s,” said James Poterba, president of the National Bureau of Economic
Research (NBER), speaking at the Reuters Investment Outlook 2009 Summit held in
New York on Dec. 8, 2008. “It is possible to have the worst postwar recession
without getting anywhere close to what it was in the 1930s.”
He added,
though, that this recession will likely last longer than the average recession.
The NBER, which marked the beginning of the recession at December 2007,
believes this downturn will last well into 2009 and be the most severe slump
since the 1981–1982 recession.
“A year ago, no one would have predicted where we are today,”
BusinessWeek’s Mandel said at the McGraw-Hill conference. “Few predicted this
direness.”
Mandel said
this is the slowest growth rate in the U.S. economy in 50 years. He said the
combination of overbuilding of homes and excessive lending sparked this crisis.
Mandel—a self-described optimist—spoke in frank gloom-and-doom terms about the
economic outlook, and he was not alone.
Kermit
Baker, Ph.D., chief economist for the American Institute of Architects (AIA) in
Washington, D.C., said the housing boom that homebuilders and other trades
enjoyed over the last several years was cyclical.
“It will correct itself eventually,” he said. However, he warns that we
have not yet hit bottom in the housing market. “We haven’t been able to work
off the excess inventory [of houses],” which is the only way to crawl out of
this crisis, he said.
Homebuilders
have cut production, but the excess housing stock is still sitting on the
market. As home prices continue to fall at historic rates, consumer spending
goes down as well. Baker is confident that it will rebound because slumps
historically have. Agreeing with Poterba, Baker said the recovery time for this
recession could be longer than most. An overall weak economy delays the housing
recovery, but when the recovery begins, production of new homes rebounds
quickly, he said.
“We knew
this was coming, but we didn’t know the extent,” McGraw-Hill’s Murray said.
“This is a recession … . It’s looking pretty dark.”
Reed
Construction Data expects construction spending to decrease by 5.8 percent in
2008 and an additional 2.2 percent in 2009. However, RCD predicts a reversal in
2010 with a 7.9 percent increase in construction spending. Then, in the first
quarter of 2011, construction spending will again reach its 2006 peak, the RCD
report indicated.
According
to Hanley-Wood’s Key Indicator Alert, new home sales fell again in October 2008
by 5.3 percent to a seasonally adjusted pace of 433,000 units. New home
inventory declined to 385,000, which is the lowest figure since June 2004, but
the housing market is not out of the woods yet. The existing home inventory
will take quite some time to sell off. More foreclosures are on the way, as
other adjustable rate mortgages reset at higher rates in 2009.
However, if
remodeling of existing homes is part of your repertoire, there are
opportunities for you. Unfortunately, those opportunities are starting to feel
some negative effects from a tighter economy and limited consumer spending, not
to mention increased unemployment. Reed’s seasonally adjusted data shows that
construction employment is down by more than 6 percent since January 2007. That
is starting to plateau off, but it is indicative of what is happening in all
economic sectors. If people are not working, they are not improving their
homes. Multifamily housing might offer some refuge for the time being.
Multifamily
housing, Baker contends, remains the strongest sector of the construction
market. He also sees some strength in remodeling and repair work. According to
Baker, in 2007, $335 billion was spent on remodeling, accounting for 3 percent
of all activity in the U.S. economy and 70 percent of home improvement dollars.
There is room for more concern, though.
“Early in
the housing downturn, remodeling held strong, but now remodeling is getting
caught in the housing crossfire,” he said.
Baker predicts that green building initiatives and the aging housing
stock will spur increases in home improvements. The older stock needs fixing
and replacement parts, such as new roofs; heating, ventilating and air
conditioning (HVAC); and other upgrades. According to Harvard University’s
Joint Center for Housing Studies, homeowners spend an average of about $2,500
annually on improvements if a house is 54 years old or older. Conversely, if a
home is six to 11 years old, the average spending per year dips to $1,750 per
unit. Expenditures slide to about $1,300 per unit on houses less than six years
old. There still is opportunity in home retrofits, but there will be a slowdown
in growth in this sector.
Green
collar jobs
There is a
lot of potential, Baker said, in sustainability (green) projects, which could
pose vast opportunities. Green retrofits will lead the wave of innovation that
increasingly will penetrate the remodeling market. Rick Fedrizzi, president,
CEO and founding chairman of the U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC), agreed.
“The green
revolution will be a big part of the solution,” he said at the Outlook 2009
Executive Conference.
He recommends
contractors working in environmentally friendly projects—particularly
Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) projects—stay the course.
LEED is a certification for projects that comply with strict environmentally
friendly criteria.
“LEED is
one of the reasons this green movement is taking off,” Fedrizzi said. He added
that the return on investment is making green projects more attractive to
mainstream contractors.
He said the
USGBC is prepared to make LEED a big part of future growth in “green collar”
jobs. Solar installations and wind generation will anchor a movement that could
create 40 million new green collar jobs by 2030, Fedrizzi said. He said
energy-efficient lighting alternatives and improved building performance will
catapult this green market. He also said there will be greater investment in
building systems and controls, which is an indicator to electrical contractors
that LEED projects can be launching pads for success.
That success can come from the existing building stock, Fedrizzi said.
He said 86 percent of existing buildings need retrofits and updates to systems
to make them more energy efficient.
Fedrizzi said the focal point should be schools. For 55 million
students, older buildings in which they learn are in dire need of repair. Green
building concepts help in the learning process. He said there are reports of 20
percent better test scores in green schools, with less asthma and overall
better health. Environments with more natural light and better air quality are
more conducive to learning.
The changing demographics also indicate that school construction is a
ripe sector for electrical contractors. Right now, school budgets are tight, as
indicated by a modest 2.6 percent increase in construction starts in the
school/college sector, according to RCD’s “U.S. Construction Outlook 2009–2010”
report. McGraw-Hill data show that recent state legislation will fuel school
projects in certain states. For example, California passed a referendum in 2006
to earmark $10.4 billion for school facilities. In the November 2007 elections,
Texas voters approved a school construction measure.
According to McGraw-Hill Construction, school construction is still
strong but losing some momentum. In terms of square feet, 223 million square
feet of educational buildings accounted for a mere 1 percent increase over
2006. McGraw-Hill predicts a decline of 7 percent in 2009. Some areas of
education are stronger than others. Laboratory spending decreased by 41 percent
in 2008. Major increases in construction came from vocational schools (27
percent), community colleges (21 percent) and high schools (13 percent).
Changing demographics are fueling this sector. As the economy improves
over the next few years, investment will increase for schools because of the
growing younger population. According to Reed’s report, property taxes drive
kindergarten through grade 12 construction spending. Taxes are down right now
due to the economic situation, particularly with record levels of foreclosures
and homes for sale. However, expect modest-but-steady growth in this area after
a single-digit decline in the near-term.
Growing
immigrant population
If you
drill down into the demographic changes, AIA’s Baker said immigration data
point to a robust housing market in the coming decade. According to American
Community Survey and the U.S. Census Bureau projections, the average annual
growth in the foreign-born population will jump to 1.51 million between 2020
and 2025. That is a 300,000-person boost, which could be a great opportunity
for the construction industry. Foreign-born citizens comprise a growing
percentage of the overall U.S. population, as well. In 1970, the foreign-born
population made up a mere 4 percent of the total U.S. population. In 2005, that
percentage tripled to more than 12 percent. Once concentrated in the biggest
states of California, New York, Florida and Texas, the immigrant population is
becoming more far-flung, creating opportunities to deliver electrical
construction and voice/data/video work to serve this growing group.
The demographics, Baker said, also favor remodeling opportunities.
Immigrants and their children account for a larger share of the population in
critical home buying and remodeling years. Immigrants dominate the key age
groups of 25 to 29, 30 to 34, and 35 to 39. These ages are the most likely ages
for people to purchase and remodel homes. Remodeling—still weaker than in
previous years—is holding its own with slight-but-steady growth. The tight
housing market, coupled with a tight credit market, is reducing the
availability of funds for home-owners to make improvements to their homes. When
the economy rebounds, this immigrant population may be a key driver for the
construction market.
Building
materials
Making matters worse for electrical contractors in today’s tight economy
is the drastic changes in commodities prices. According to McGraw-Hill
Construction, between December 2007 and September 2008, key commodities to the
electrical sector were up, forcing higher materials costs and tighter margins.
Iron and steel increased by 36 percent, while copper wire jumped by 13 percent.
The 36 percent increase in iron and steel comes after single-digit increases
since 2005. The 13 percent increase in copper wire comes on the heels of a 1
percent decrease in 2007. However, 2005 through 2006 saw increases in copper
wire of 18 percent, 26 percent and an astounding 61 percent, respectively.
These core materials in electrical construction have hampered contractors’
ability to keep pricing down, which affects their bids and competitiveness.
Bailouts
and stimulus packages
Few have
escaped the economy’s grasp, and some are begging for help from the government.
The federal government has already doled out billions of dollars in relief to
various sectors. We also know President Barack Obama supports a stimulus
package for individual taxpayers, in addition to the Bush stimulus package.
Whether
these influxes in cash will fuel economic growth and help Americans navigate
through this crisis is unclear. We know that this nation and its construction
trades have endured difficult times in the past. Of course, there will be some
contraction. For some electrical contractors, this was the environment that
caused them to think about retirement. For others, it meant bankruptcy or
selling to a competitor. Overall, the electrical construction industry has
weathered past storms and remained a viable and important trade.
Conclusion
The
recommendation from Wall Street and the government is the same: Stay the
course. Wait out the storm, and things will slowly improve. It will not be
easy, and it will not come fast. But times of prosperity follow times of
economic crisis. If history is our guide, a rebound is coming.
The key for electrical contractors is to prepare for opportunities when
the market turns. Now is the time for self-assessment. If you can get through
this mess and remain competitive, prosperity awaits on the horizon. Green
buildings, school construction, institutional work and multifamily housing are
nice places to start. That is what the experts say, and the numbers confirm.
Looking at the overall economic picture, Baker summed up the direction of the
construction market: “Cycles correct themselves, so you’ll just have to hold
your breath.”
KELLY, a former editor at ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR, is a Baltimore-based freelance writer. Reach him at writerjmk44@comcast.net.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009
www.ecmag.com
***************************
The Alternative-Energy Quandary
by EDward Brown
New opportunities bring new challenges
Alternative
energy sources are all over the news these days as a means of achieving fossil
fuel independence, while addressing global warming. Many issues must be
addressed in order to enable sources, such as wind and solar, to make practical
contributions to our supply of electricity. However, this cannot occur in
isolation. Increasing the use of alternative electric-energy-producing
technologies requires development of physical infrastructure and also the
development of system architecture that includes technical, economic and
regulatory strategies. If a variety of energy sources can provide our
depended-upon electricity, there must be a strategy for integrating them as
well as an entity with clear authority for implementing and managing the
system.
A brief
list of some of the important challenges follows:
• Both wind and solar derive their
energy from natural events that vary in intensity, while at the same time, our
electric supply has to be stable. Can power from these sources be economically
stored and stabilized?
• Solar-derived
electrical power—photovoltaics—is direct current (DC), so, in most cases it has
to be converted to alternating current (AC) to be useful. The process of
changing DC to AC is done using inverters, which must achieve efficiency
comparable with producing electricity by traditional means using coal, oil or
gas-fueled steam turbines.
• Should all alternatively produced
electric power be connected to the grid? If not, what are the conditions for
this decision and who makes that determination?
• How might energy generated by wind
turbines or solar panels interconnect with the power grid?
• Should the electricity produced in
these ways be small local installations sited near their users (distributed
generation), or should they be large installations some distance away?
• What are some of the economic and
regulatory considerations that must be addressed in order to incorporate
alternative power sources as a significant portion of the national power supply
system?
History
Some of
these issues date back to the beginning of electrical energy generation and
distribution. The first electricity--generating plant was Manhattan’s Pearl
Street Station, opened by Thomas Edison in 1882. It produced 110V DC, which was
used to illuminate one square mile of New York City, using Edison’s electric
lamps. Four years later, George Westinghouse established the Westinghouse
Electric Co. to compete with Edison. In 1888, he obtained the rights to the
patents held by Nikola Tesla for generating polyphase AC electrical power.
AC made centralized power generation economically viable. A transformer
could be used to increase the generated voltage to a high level. Since
electrical power is voltage multiplied by current, large amounts of power could
be transmitted at high voltage and low current. The advantage is that power
lost in the copper transmission lines is proportional to the square of the
current; therefore, high voltage at low current equals high power with low
losses. Power in watts is volts times amps; energy is power totaled over a
period of time, e.g., power of 1,000W generated—or consumed—for one hour would
be energy of 1 kilowatt-hour. This means power could be sent over long
distances and then transformed back to usable low-voltage power at its
destination.
The Edison
Electric Institute (www.eei.org) provides a brief
history of the power industry. Electricity-generating plants were mostly built
in urban areas. The high population density meant many rate-payers per unit
area. Franchises were awarded to competing companies, resulting in a mix of
different voltages and frequencies. In the early 20th century, entrepreneur
Samuel Insull realized the way to maximize the financial returns from
generating electricity was to have his company feed the maximum number of
users, since his major expense was the initial cost of building the generating
station. That dwarfed the cost of actually running the system. Therefore, the
more customers, the faster the return on investment. This motivated the move
toward centralized generation.
Another
development was the invention of the demand meter, which became the uniform
method for billing each customer according to usage. The next stage was the
licensing and regulation of power companies by states and the granting of
monopolies within designated geographic areas.
“By the
1920s, most urban areas were electrified,” according to EEI. Since 1935, the
federal government has regulated interstate power, and state governments have
regulated retail electric service, mergers, facility planning and siting.
Because so much of the electric power industry is affected by government
regulation, it becomes a crucial component in understanding the challenges of
incorporating alternate energy technologies.
Distributed
generation
The
availability of small, nonpolluting alternative energy-generating facilities
has the potential of reversing the trend toward ever-increasing centralization
of electric power generation. It is now within the realm of possibility that
distributed generation for some portion of our electricity needs might be
viable.
One
solution to the problem of fluctuating availability of wind and solar energy is
to feed power back to the grid when the local source is generating more than
can be used and drawing power from the grid when the local supply is
insufficient. This is a somewhat tricky, but solvable, technical problem and an
even trickier economic problem. Some of the important technological problems
have to do with solving the economic and regulatory ones.
Federal
regulation and economics
In the article “Upgrading the National Power Grid,” in the Fall 2004
issue of the Rutgers Computer & Technology Law Journal, Joshua Franklin
traces the history of the regulations coordinating the electric power industry.
Laws passed by Congress in 1935 gave the government the right to set utility
rates so as to ensure power companies make a reasonable profit. In exchange for
their monopoly and government-guaranteed profit, the power companies agreed to
serve everyone in their area who was willing to pay the standard rates. The
first change in this structure came in 1978 when the Public Utility Regulatory
Policies Act (PURPA) was passed. One facet of this law was to deregulate the
electric industry. It allowed nonutility-owned power generating plants to be
created, which would connect their output to the grid. These were called
qualifying small production facilities (QFs). The law required utilities to pay
the QFs what it would have cost them to produce the same amount of energy. This
ended the utilities’ government-guaranteed monopoly and encouraged the growth
of small independent producers, who could generate power at a lower cost than
the power they would receive from the utility. This was a disadvantage to the
utilities since the larger portion of their expenses was not the cost of
producing electricity, but rather was the amortized costs of building the large
generating plants and the systems of transmission lines. However, since the
utilities retained a natural monopoly of ownership of the transmission lines,
QFs could not make independent deals with consumers.
The Energy Policy Act of 1992 was aimed at leveling the playing field
between utilities and small producers. According to Franklin, this law and two
subsequent rulings by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission made it possible
for nonutility-power producers to sell power to utilities and other end-users.
The Energy Policy Act of 2005 encourages the use of alternative-energy
sources, but does not significantly modify the existing legislation as far as
planning and control.
Study findings
A number of important studies of the overall strategies are being
implemented by the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) and the Electric Power
Research Institute (EPRI) on the national level, and many regional studies and
field experiments are being conducted by state governments, utilities and
universities. The DOE’s Renewable Systems Interconnection Executive Report
report was released in February 2008.
“DOE brought together a team of industry experts to address the
technical, regulatory, and business issues that have the potential to limit the
market uptake of distributed PV and other renewable technologies,” the report
states. “One key finding of the RSI [renewable systems integration] study is
that grid integration issues are likely to emerge much more rapidly than many
analysts expect. In some regions of the United States,
grid--integration-related barriers to future growth could emerge within the
next five to 10 years.”
Among the many important findings, the report cites the necessity of
developing uniform codes, standards and regulations.
“National requirements for power quality and active participation in
power system operation must be developed,” it states.
EPRI, in its white paper titled, “Distributed Photovoltaics: Utility
Integration Issues and Opportunities, August 2008,” states investment in
photovoltaics comes with a great price but offers a great reward.
“Successful integration of substantial quantities of distributed PV will
require grid modernization to maintain performance and reliability and to enable
the communications, metering, and control functions needed for effective energy
management, market access, service delivery, and grid operation,” the report
states. “On the other hand, distributed PV will create opportunities for
industry participants to serve consumers in different ways, develop new revenue
streams, and meet societal objectives in a political, regulatory, and business
climate likely to place an increasing premium on an intelligent grid capable of
delivering clean energy and precision power in a reliable and secure manner.
New business models, advanced technologies, and informed regulatory
perspectives will help transform residential, commercial, and other distributed
PV systems into grid assets.”
The road ahead
It is clear
that there will be a major effort to incorporate alternative sources into our
national electric power supply system. This movement has been underway since
industry deregulation in 1978, and since then, there have been tremendous
strides in the technology for production and control of renewable energy
resources.
President Barack Obama has promised to make technology and the
development of renewable energy resources major goals for his administration.
There are many forces moving us in the direction of building and incorporating
renewable energy that the only question is the rate of growth. This is an
exciting moment filled with opportunities for forward-thinking people to play a
major role. One of the predictions of the EPRI study is that PV units will
become a standard component in much of our new construction. This is a business
opportunity for electrical contractors who are willing to learn the technology
and the existing code regulations and to get involved in planning for future
developments.
BROWN is an
electrical engineer, technical writer and editor.
He serves as managing editor for Security + Life Safety Systems magazine. For many
years, he designed high-power electronics systems for industry, research
laboratories and government. Reach him at ebeditor@gmail.com.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009
www.ecmag.com
***************************
Challenging Times
BY Wayne d.
Moore
Using the
fire alarm market to stabilize your business
Although the origin of the phrase “May you live in interesting times”
is uncertain, the times in which we are living are interesting. They also are
challenging for many contractors, especially those who were “too busy” to
diversify or learn more about specialty systems, such as fire alarm systems
installations.
All of the pundits tell us new construction starts are down, but most
of us can figure that out from watching the bailout fiascos march across our TV
screens.
According to the McGraw-Hill’s Construction Outlook, the new
construction market will continue to slide in 2009. But the bright part of the
gloomy picture is that although construction is down, it hasn’t stopped. If you
have paid attention to doing what is right and are going the extra mile for
your customers, you will continue to get their work. One of the challenges
today is to have a steady stream of business to at least pay your bills and
keep your talented employees in place until the economy returns to a growth
mode.
But these challenges also are opportunities to the contractor who is
willing to look for them. For the professional contractor, there always will be
fire alarm systems retrofit projects and upgrades. Regardless of the state of
the economy, building owners must maintain their life safety systems. If you
have developed your niche in the fire alarm systems market, you already know
this and are taking advantage of the opportunities.
Now is a good time to enter the fire alarm systems market. Use this
slow business period to attend fire alarm systems seminars to better understand
the requirements of the National Fire Alarm Code. Network at your local Rotary
Club. Volunteer to speak on the importance of maintaining a fire alarm system.
Network with local fire officials. They often know owners who need installation
or maintenance assistance even before the information becomes public.
If you don’t have a close relationship with a fire alarm systems
supplier, now also is a good time to develop one. Working together with systems
suppliers often leads to projects.
In addition, many fire alarm systems suppliers offer free training
programs that you can use to train your technicians. You also can use this time
to obtain certification from either the National Institute for Certification in
Engineering Technologies or the International Municipal Signal Association that
will give you additional “marketability” for selling your fire alarm systems
expertise. At the same time, mine your current customer base for contacts and
market your fire alarm systems expertise. Never assume that because your
present customers know your electrical systems installation strengths that they
will automatically know your fire alarm systems background as well.
One of the ways to market your fire alarm systems maintenance abilities
is to send instructional letters to your current customer base. Present them
with the NFPA 72 requirements that the property or building owner or the
owner’s designated representative is responsible for the inspection, testing
and maintenance of the system and for alterations or additions to their fire
alarm system. Develop a plan that will allow them to use your company to
efficiently maintain their system by offering to audit what is currently installed.
Article 110.12 of the National Electrical Code (NEC) requires
that “electrical equipment shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike
manner.” It also specifically addresses the mechanical execution of work for
fire alarm systems in Article 760.24 that states “Fire alarm circuits shall be
installed in a neat workmanlike manner.” We have all seen “Code-compliant”
installations that do not meet the intent of NEC Articles 110.12 and
760.24. And although those systems appear to be working, they are less than
satisfactory when applying the operational reliability test to the
installation. The audit can provide the customer with a report card of their
systems as well as provide you the opportunity to develop upgrade suggestions
and bids.
In these difficult times, make every effort to differentiate your
company from the competition. One way is to become the acknowledged expert in
fire alarm systems application and installation. Another is to be known as the
most reliable contractor in town.
It is your
choice. Wring your hands, and worry about losing business, or get busy and face
the challenges with knowledge and hard work.
MOORE, a licensed fire protection engineer, frequent speaker and an expert in
the life safety field, is a co-editor of the current National Fire Alarm Code
Handbook. Moore is a principal with Hughes Associates Inc. at the Warwick,
R.I., office.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009
www.ecmag.com
***************************
A Big Step Forward
BY russ munyan
An 802.11n
retrofit offers and demands much
Low-voltage contractors who are keeping
abreast of developments in their industry know
wireless technology is in the process of moving to its next generation of wireless
access, which will be defined by the IEEE standard 802.11n.
Of course,
wireless access is not new, but 802.11n promises to bring new technologies to
network users that will result in significantly increased functionality.
“This is a
big step forward in the industry that will make a profound difference in
networks,” said Randy Nickel, wireless manager for Intel’s Mobile Platforms
Group. “This breakthrough is going to increase the performance vector
throughput by up to five times.”
While there is more to 802.11n than can be fully explained here (a
simple Internet search will provide plenty of good information), low-voltage
contractors need to understand the cabling related topics and demands. Just as
it will be logical for project owners to expect their IT directors to
understand the “how it works” elements of 802.11n, so will they expect their
cabling contractors to understand the cabling issues.
“A retrofit is a lot different than in a new build or ‘greenfield’
installation,” Nickel said.
A greenfield allows a relatively unobstructed design of the network, so
a contractor can place wireless access points (APs) in optimum locations.
“But 802.11n has so much greater range and reliability than previous
generations that a retrofit will require a lot more than just ripping down the
old and putting up the new [and] thinking that happiness will follow,” Nickel
said.
Test to
1 gigabit
“The first
major consideration on a retrofit is to assess your cabling,” said David
Veneski, Fluke Networks’ marketing manager for certification products. “You
can’t install 802.11n on just any cable drop and be sure that it will work. It
might, but it might not.
“The 802.11n standard, as presently drafted, specifies data rates as
high as 600 Mbps,” he said. “But most preexisting Cat 5 or Cat 5e cable
networks were never tested for data rates beyond 100 Mbps, so the installed
base of Cat 5 or 5e copper could obstruct 802.11n connections.”
That means the preferred cable for 802.11n’s higher throughput is at
least Category 6 (or better) twisted pair, which will be the logical greenfield
choice. However, a Cat 6 reinstall will be out of the question for many
existing networks.
“All
802.11n uplinks should be able to support 1 gigabit Ethernet (1,000BASE-T)
traffic, which means that Cat 5 or 5e may actually work,” Veneski said. “But it
will all come down to proper testing to determine if a network’s existing
twisted-pair cabling is suitable.”
Of course, if patchcords are already in-place, the certification should
be done as a channel test, rather than a permanent link test. In addition, new
802.11n devices may require upgraded Ethernet switch ports, or even replacing
an entire switch.
Site
survey
Following a
retest of an existing cable network, the next step in a retrofit to 802.11n
will likely be a site survey, said Carolyn Carter, Fluke Networks’ product
manager for wireless networking.
“You can do
a traditional walking survey, taking RSSI [received signal strength indication]
measurements with laptop software, though that can be labor-intensive,” she
said. “In many cases, a better way may be to use site survey software that uses
predictive simulation.”
Carter said
some vendors are encouraging users to skip the site survey in favor of an AP
deployment.
“That is risky, though, because chances are that you’ll end up
installing more APs than you need,” she said. “And commercial-grade 802.11n APs
are two- to three-times more expensive than previous generations, costing about
$1,300 each.”
Mid-2009
(-ish)
The actual release date of the 802.11n standard is currently expected to
be around the middle of 2009, but that date has already been extended multiple
times.
“That does
not mean that people should be thinking of 802.11n as still coming, though,”
Nickel said. “It’s already here. The IEEE approval process has lagged what the
industry is already doing. At this point, that approval is merely perfunctory.”
He said all
of Intel’s offerings have been on the proposed 802.11n standard since July
2007.
“There are
already hundreds of millions of devices out there operating on the 802.11n
standard,” he said.
That means
there also are many existing cable networks that will need to be tested and
retrofitted for this powerful new technology that is fast becoming the industry
norm. That translates to a large and profitable opportunity for
telecommunications contractors that educate and equip themselves to pursue
clients who will want this higher level of wireless performance.
Munyan is a freelance writer in Olathe, Kan., specializing in
technical and business writing. He can be reached at www.russwrites.com.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009
www.ecmag.com
***************************
Make the Access Control Connection
by allan b. colombo
According to the FBI, There were more than 1.4
million acts of violent crime, or
466.9 offenses per 100,000 Americans, in 2007. Over the same period, nearly 10
million property crimes occurred, or 3,263.5 per 100,000. Although the
overall level of crime has gone down in recent years, the need for security is
still on the minds of those responsible for the security and safety of large
corporations and institutional facilities. This is a great time for electrical
contractors (ECs) to enter the security market, especially where it involves
access control. The need to control foot traffic into and from office
buildings, warehouses and other facilities has never been so great.
Look
before you leap
The first
step in the process of entering any market is to carefully pick a primary
vendor. This company is where your firm will obtain most of the access control
equipment your low--voltage technicians install. The same company also must
provide assistance in order for your company to succeed.
ECs should
consider the following basic issues:
• Product support and longevity
• Quality technical support
• Product reliability
• Ease of installation
• Ease of programming
When
selecting an access control system, ECs should take a close look at the
manufacturer that designs and builds it. Be sure to ask questions, such as the
following:
• How long has the firm been in business?
• What is its track record in the field?
• Can it provide replacement parts when needed?
If an
equipment manufacturer hasn’t been in business for at least five years, you may
hesitate to choose it as your primary vendor. As a general rule, it takes three
to five years before a new startup company’s survival is somewhat assured.
Also, there’s nothing wrong with asking for a list of companies that purchase
products from it. Be sure to contact some of these firms for a reference.
Lastly,
what is its chain of distribution? Does the distributors stock replacement
parts, or do you have to rely entirely on the factory? As equipment ages and
breakdowns occur, you must be able to procure replacement parts quickly. The
fact is timely product delivery and technical support can make or break you in
the security business.
Getting
quality help when needed
Another issue that should be looked at is whether quality technical
help is available and how long your technicians have to wait to get it.
Traditionally, the most important means of assistance in this regard is the
telephone. Unfortunately, some companies have a high turnover in technical
representatives, which means a good percentage of their work force may lack the
knowledge needed to provide quality, timely help.
The other
part of the support issue is how long your field techs have to wait to get
help. The last thing you want is for your technicians to sit idle while on
hold, waiting for a representative to answer the phone. After all, time is
money.
The quality
and format of the technical manuals provided by the equipment manufacturer also
are important. Quality vendors continue to provide hardcopy manuals with the
products. In addition, most offer them online on their Web site. These manuals
must be easy to read and understand or your technicians will need to call the
manufacturer’s support department.
The bottom
line is look for a vendor that offers a fax-back service and an extensive
document section on its Web site. Both services usually are available on a
24-hour basis. Some may require you to enroll.
Product
reliability
Another important criteria to consider when choosing an equipment
vendor is reliability. You should not select your primary vendor on the basis
of price alone. Although price must figure into the equation, product quality
and reliability should be considered foremost. Otherwise, your technicians will
be running free service calls all the time during the warranty period.
For example, clients who use computer-based access control systems could
experience problems with software unless a careful examination of an access
control product is carried out before selection occurs. You may need to hire a
consultant on a short-term basis to assist you with this type of in-depth
review.
Another
factor to consider is the duration of trouble-free operation of the selected
system when the host computer goes offline for prolonged time periods.
Today, most
of the systems sold employ distributed architecture, which means they are
designed to operate in stand-alone or distributed mode. The concern here is
event storage, which directly relates to the time period that reader
controllers will continue to operate when in stand-alone mode. Once the host
comes back online, every event that has taken place since it went offline is
uploaded to the host by each reader controller for analysis, report generation
and long-term storage.
Considering
the relatively low cost of data storage, these systems should operate for
prolonged periods without a hitch.
Many
systems require the software to send a command to lock a door, make valid
cardholder decisions according to a time schedule, process elevator requests
and change cardholder area status. A good system will be able to do all of this
while the host is offline.
Installation
considerations
One of the things that makes access control systems easier to install
today than previously is the introduction of packaged systems. Using this
approach, electrical contractors new to the access control market are better
assured that they will have what is needed to put a basic system in place. Many
of the manufacturers who offer this convenience do so by signing purchase
agreements with peripheral manufacturers.
Because the primary system manufacturer assumes the task of purchasing
and stocking the various peripherals, the dealer does not have to. This
simplifies the dealer’s job; he does not have to hassle with procuring each
piece of hardware. This saves the dealer time and allows him to place his
hard-earned money where it will do the most good, rather than as stock on a
shelf.
Another important feature related to installation is the ability to
accommodate a wide variety of applications. Certainly, the system selected
should be flexible enough to handle small, single-door installations to larger
multiple-door installations.
One way to do this is to use a system that uses access readers and
controllers that can be used in stand-alone or multiple-door modes. Thus,
single-door readers installed today can be used later when a client decides to
expand the system. This reduces the amount of stock the dealer must keep on the
shelf. It also assures the client that what he purchases today will fulfill his
needs tomorrow.
Dealers
also should use access control systems that employ common communication
protocols, instead of proprietary ones. The Wiegand protocol, for example,
offers the ability to install anybody’s keypad, card reader, optical card
scanner or proximity reader on anyone else’s access control platform.
In
addition, an access control system should have the ability to communicate using
hardwire, a local area network, a wide area network, dial-up, wireless and
optical-fiber technologies. Lack of flexibility in this regard could cause the
client to replace his or her system, hiring another contractor in the process.
Programming
Another important aspect associated with product choice is programming
ease and flexibility. The system that lacks these qualities will ultimately
cost the electrical contractor more in time, effort and future business.
There are
several essentials dealers need to look for with regard to programming:
• Feature expandability
• Customized reports
• Panel status queries
• Online programming help
• Online troubleshooting help
• Remote panel access
• Addition of database fields in software
As
mentioned earlier, the access control system selected should be expandable
beyond a single door, ensuring that the electrical contractor will be able to
meet a variety of applications. Otherwise, it may be faced with supporting more
than one manufacturer’s software.
An
expandable access control platform also ensures that the contractor does not
have to carry and support several different access control systems made by two
or more vendors. A quality system may require a license based on the number of
doors needed and other criteria. Of course, the more doors you must cover, the
more the license will cost.
The
software also should provide the dealer with the necessary tools to add
database fields to the card holder entry screen. In addition, it must provide
the dealer and his client with the necessary tools to customize reports, using
the activity data and other information stored within the system.
Another
important programming feature is the ability to query the panel for its current
status. This feature is extremely helpful when fine-tuning the programming and
ferreting out communication problems and bugs in software.
Dealers
also should look for extensive help files. Be sure help is available from each
edit screen, otherwise your installers must
leaf through the operator’s manual more than they would like, which takes
time away from more pressing matters.
There is no
doubt that this is a great time for the electrical contractor to enter the
access control market. Doing the necessary homework up front is essential to
starting off on the right foot. Otherwise, a contractor might be forced to back
up and start over later by looking for another access control platform that
will better suit his or her client’s varying needs.
Colombo is a 33-year
veteran in the security and life safety markets. He is director with FireNetOnline.com and a
nationally recognized trade journalist in East Canton, Ohio. Reach him at abc@alcolombo.us.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009
www.ecmag.com
***************************
Electrical Contractors: A Natural for Access Control
Electrical contractors (ECs) are usually responsible for the
infrastructure that makes life safety and security happen, including the
installation of conduit, cable, control panels and peripheral equipment.
Traditionally, when the EC is finished, a low-voltage firm makes the final
connections and performs the necessary programming.
The
low-voltage specialty contractor also usually ends up with any recurring
monthly revenue (RMR) that may come out of the project, such as ongoing
maintenance and a long-term maintenance contract on intrusion and fire alarm
systems as well as access control.
In the end,
not only does the electrical contractor miss out on the short-term profit
potential from the sale of access control equipment, but it also sacrifices
long-term profits realized from RMR income.
The saddest
part is that electrical contractors are well positioned to do it all, thus earn
it all. There is no reason why an electrical contractor’s low-voltage division
should not be involved in an access control installation from start to finish.
Before doing so, however, it is important that management do its homework and
prepare technicians for any issues they may encounter.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009
www.ecmag.com
***************************
New Leader Navigates a Sea of Change
claire swedberg
Rex
Ferry begins a three-year term leading NECA until 2011
REX FERRY—Valley
Electrical Consolidated Inc. president/CEO and former National Electrical
Contractors Association (NECA) Vice President, District II—is the new NECA
president, following exiting president Milner Irvin. Ferry brings nearly four
decades of experience in the electrical industry and intends to use that
experience to help foster education and growth.
Ferry graduated from high school in 1969 and joined the IBEW Local 573,
Warren, Ohio, apprenticeship program, which he completed in 1972. He served 16
years as a journeyman and foreman before joining Valley, Girard, Ohio, as
partner/vice president in 1988. At that time, the family-run company focused
the bulk of its work in the automotive and manufacturing industry in the area
between Youngstown and Cleveland.
In 1990, Ferry bought the company. At the time, it was earning about
$4.5 million annually with a dwindling customer base as Ohio’s manufacturing
work moved out of the country. Accepting the challenge, he took charge and
brought in many of his own relatives, continuing a family tradition at the
company.
“This is a
family business,” Ferry said.
His wife of
36 years—his high school sweetheart, Mary—is corporate secretary and board
member. Ferry has two daughters; Tricia Ferry is head of human resources at
Valley, and Rachel Barber serves as accounts receivable manager. His son-in-law
Jeff Barber is vice president of the systems integration and technology
division.
Since buying the business, Ferry has turned it into a major national
player. Today, Valley has 42 office staff members, including engineers, and
approximately 130 electricians, which increases to 330 electricians during peak
times.
Ferry made several strategic changes that brought on the company’s
growth. Valley built a low-voltage division, VEC Systems Integrator, in 2001.
In 2003, Valley acquired Evets Electric, Girard, Ohio. Together, these helped
bring the company’s revenues from $15–18 million in 2001 to $50 million last
year.
Evets
Electric is a specialty electrical contractor that works primarily in the
natural gas and oil industry. The company undertakes hazardous-location
projects, such as gas compressor stations, petroleum plants, refineries,
airport fueling stations and fuel storage yards with customers such as Duke
Energy and Columbia Gas.
Together, Evets and Valley have focused on gas and oil compressor
stations and metering stations as well as refueling stations for military
bases, such as Buckley Air Force Base in Colorado and the Marine Corps Air
Station, Cherry Point, N.C.
Primarily, Valley continues to serve steel and automotive clients in
the Mahoning Valley and Cleveland area and has supplemented its work with
installations in hospitals and schools. With Evets, Valley also contributes more
industrial work that has taken the company to Colorado, Florida, Pennsylvania,
Texas, and up and down the East Coast.
“Our
strategy has been continued growth,” Ferry said.
And the
growth has been a result of not only smart acquisitions, but of a philosophy
that encourages the business to respond to the changing market.
“We’re
blessed with a lot of young people here,” he said, adding that it has allowed
the company to join the technical and low-voltage arena without much pain.
Electrical engineer Chris Jaskiewicz, whom Ferry hired from Youngstown
State University’s engineering department, is COO and senior vice president of
Valley VEC.
NECA
involvement
Within NECA, Ferry served on the local Mahoning Valley Chapter as board
member, president and governor before going national as vice president for
District 2.
As Ferry begins his three-year term at the helm of NECA, he said the
changing climate for the IBEW and NECA will be his focus. He will direct his
attention to education and communication as the electrical industry moves
forward in a shifting business and technological climate. These goals will help
address the large-scale retirement of contractors and electricians, movement
into voice/data/video and building automation, and a growing emphasis on
sustainable building.
To increase education, he intends to focus on building leadership and
training the new generation of contractors, journeymen and apprentices to be
leaders. The IBEW faces the loss of millions of workers in the next five years
and behind them comes a shortfall. Ferry believes the incoming electrical
workers are a vital part of the industry’s future. And he sees a great
opportunity to educate future leaders of the electrical industry. Ferry first
attended a NECA Future Leaders program meeting in May 2007.
“[It] opened my eyes to how smart all these young people are,” Ferry
said.
He intends
to support the continuation of this leadership program, whose members include
Valley’s Jaskiewicz and Barber. He also plans to go over NECA’s education
programs already in place, working with the Management Education Institute.
“I don’t have a college degree myself,” he said. “My experience came
from NECA.” He values that experience and wants to ensure other electricians
and contractors can have access to the same kind of valuable information.
Communication will be Ferry’s other focus. With this in mind, he said,
it is vital that NECA continues its efforts with the Labor Management
Cooperation Committee (LMCC).
“I’ve
always said a strong LMCC equals more man-hours. That’s what all of us want,
whether IBEW or NECA: more man-hours and the opportunity for more man-hours.
What we have to do is open the lines of communication to make that our shared
priority,” he said.
Ferry said communication will be at the root of improvements for both
NECA and the IBEW.
“We’ve got to quit sweating the small details. We have to find ways to
negotiate and move forward,” he said.
That, he said, will not happen overnight.
“When I reread NECA’s history recently, I read about codes and standards
that we take for granted today but that were major issues back then,” he said.
Those issues were resolved, he pointed out, through a process of
negotiation, and without that, it simply doesn’t happen
“To be a successful businessperson you have to figure out ways to be
flexible,” he said.
The industry as a whole is changing, and the skills electrical
contractors need to provide are as much about data and security as pulling
cable. Like contractors at the turn of the previous century, NECA and the IBEW
today must focus on how to start building policy for the future, a future that
looks little like the business of 100 years ago.
One example is the focus on energy consumption. Ferry expects NECA’s
National Energy Summit to continue looking at energy management issues and to
put national programs together with energy management in mind.
“The NECA Energy Plan will make our contractors competitive in this
growing new field,” he said.
Ferry also hopes to continue increasing membership. In 2006, the
executive committee set the membership pledge for a 3 percent increase yearly,
which has not yet been fully met. Ferry hopes to boost that membership drive,
in part by meeting regularly with local boards and continuing an approach of regular
conference calls with NECA chapters throughout the country.
To meet the industry’s changing needs, Ferry believes leadership skills
for the next generation of electricians, flexibility among the entire
membership, and communication will all be essential. He recalls looking out
over the waters of Lake Erie, watching big cargo vessels make their way through
the waters. That image, he said, reminds him of NECA and the IBEW.
“We’re a huge ship in the middle of the Great Lakes,” he said.
If that ship has to change direction, the movement is going to seem slow
and cumbersome, but it does change direction.
“What’s fortunate for me is to arrive here at this time,” he said. “We
have young people coming in, and they understand we have to do things
differently. We’re working with a customer that demands changes, and we are now
in the midst of a transition.”
Ferry said the past presidents that have served during his involvement
with NECA have all motivated him.
“I have always been impressed with the dedication of the last four NECA
presidents,” he said. “Their dedication to NECA and to the industry has always
inspired me, and I have every intention of being just as dedicated. I think we
all feel we’ve been blessed by the leadership that came before us and by the
advantages their efforts have given us. Now it’s my turn to step up and do the
right thing for NECA.”
Ferry will
continue to work from his Ohio office with visits to the Washington, D.C.,
area. On average, that will mean 120 to 130 days per year in travel. However,
he doesn’t consider himself a workaholic.
“With
communication technology today, I can be anywhere,” he said.
In the
meantime, he’ll still enjoy traveling with his wife, visiting with his three
grandchildren and spending a few hours playing golf.
SWEDBERG is a freelance writer based in western Washington. She can
be reached at claire_swedberg@msn.com.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009
www.ecmag.com
***************************
Studies in Savings
BY edward brown
Reducing
peak demand and your electric bill, part 2
Real-world experiments to reduce
electricity costs by automatically reducing peak demand provide
information that can be used to convince end-users these measures lead to
significant monetary savings.
California
The state
of California and the U.S. Department of Energy jointly sponsored a 2003–2006
study by the Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory. The “Introduction to
Commercial Building Control Strategies and Techniques for Demand Response”
provides information on a range of control strategies that can be implemented
to reduce both peak and average electrical usage. It looked at 56 different
sites, including office buildings, a library, schools, a detention facility and
retail establishments. Definitions from the report clarify key concepts.
Demand
response (DR) strategies: “Demand response
is dynamic and event-driven and can be defined as short-term modifications in
customer end-use electric loads in response to dynamic price and reliability
information.”
Two
strategies for responding to DR signals initiated by an electric utility are
“demand limiting,” in which a portion of the load is cut back, and “demand
shifting,” which is implemented by changing the time at which the electricity
is used.
Shared
burden: “DR strategies that share the burden evenly throughout the facility are
least likely to have negative effects on building occupants.”
Granularity
of control “refers to the amount of floor area covered by each controlled
parameter (e.g., temperature).” A more granular system allows the temperature
setpoints throughout the facility to be separately adjusted according to the
needs of each particular area.
Adjusting
the central cooling or heating equipment, for example, can cause uncomfortable
temperature extremes in some areas and troublesome temperature swings in
sensitive areas like computer data rooms.
Georgia
Tech
A November
2007 article in the ASHRAE Journal—“BACnet at Georgia Tech” by Donald P.
Alexander, Cornelius Ejimofor and David G. Holmberg—details a 2006 project at
the Georgia Institute of Technology, in which automated load shedding would cut
back the air conditioning in response to a given trigger. Georgia Tech is a
large energy user because in addition to heating and cooling classrooms, dorms
and offices, it supports many research projects.
According to the article, “Large facility owners generally negotiate
yearly or multiyear electric service agreements and often are given lower base
rates in exchange for sharing the risk of price fluctuations. This
agreement may take the form of a capped rate or may go as far as a real-time
market rate where the facility owner sees every price spike in the electric
market. Price spikes due to normal summer heat, as well as unforeseen events
such as power plant emergency shutdowns, occasionally can reach five
times the base utility rate, or higher. The challenge for the facility owner is
how to reduce power consumption during periods of peak pricing, while
maintaining mission critical building loads.”
For this project, Georgia Tech agreed to be charged at the fluctuating
price rates, known as the real-time price (RTP). The university partnered with
its electric utility company and a controls manufacturer to tie into the
existing building control network and automatically trigger demand limiting
when the real-time price rose above a certain level. It chose the electrical
engineering instruction building,
which doesn’t house research labs that must be held at very stable
temperatures. Because the HVAC system was already under digital control, the
university was able to interface it with the utility’s pricing database through
the Internet. The control system was programmed, so when the price level for
the following two hours was calculated to be above the agreed-on trigger level,
the HVAC system would go into energy-savings mode. The technique was to adjust
the temperature setback points in five different zones throughout the building.
Since various areas in the building have different thermal load demands, the
temperature set points are at different levels. Researchers chose to respond to
load shedding commands by widening the heating and cooling offset ranges from
±2°F to ±5°F, rather than changing the setpoints. The nighttime range when the
building was unoccupied was set to ±9°F.
The data in the study was extrapolated to predict that if the same
strategies were extended campus-wide, the annual savings in energy costs would
be $150,000. In addition, a “benefit, beyond cost avoidance, is that
Georgia Tech now has a method based on the dynamics of electrical cost to alter
control parameters to allow more saving strategies in the future.”
This
subject is very important, and there is so much information packed into these
reports that this column will continue to cover them next month. Meanwhile,
readers may wish to review the full reports.
The Georgia
Tech report can be found at www.fire.nist.gov/bfrlpubs/build07/PDF/b07028.pdf.
The
California report can be found at drrc.lbl.gov/drrc-pubs-auto-dr.html
BROWN is an electrical engineer, technical writer and editor. He serves as
managing editor for Security +
Life Safety Systems magazine. For many years, he designed
high-power electronics systems for industry, research laboratories and
government. Reach him at ebeditor@gmail.com.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009
www.ecmag.com
***************************
Choosing the Right DVR
BY allan b. colombo
Cheaper
isn’t always better
a pharmacist friend called about a couple of after-hours
attempts to break into his establishment. In both incidents, the perpetrators
were frightened off by the intrusion alarm system. Because he had a good shot
of the criminals on video, he thought the police would have little trouble
identifying them, but he was wrong.
When the police arrived on the scene and asked for a copy of the video,
it was soon discovered that there was no way to remove it from the digital
video recorder (DVR). He realized that there was no provision made to export
digital images to a magnetic or optical storage device. The only way to share
images with law enforcement using his DVR is to physically remove the hard
drive from the machine. In this case, the hard drive is part of an assembly
that can be pulled from a docking station within the DVR using a key—a solution
that unfortunately did not simplify the process for the end-user.
Choosing a DVR begins with a close examination of what the buyer
intends to do with his camera system. He must consider his current and future
needs. In the pharmacist’s case, four cameras may have been all he needed when
he purchased the system, but now he may need more. Buying with the future in
mind not only saves money, but it results in a more integrated approach where
camera control and image storage are carried out in a more efficient way.
DVRs come
with as few as four or as many as 32 video channels. Starting with four
cameras, the number of video channels doubles with each upgrade, for a maximum
of 32. Network-based storage systems also are available, but we will confine
our discussion to stand-alone DVRs, which dominate the market at this time.
Another
issue end-users need to consider is how images are recorded. There are three
basic methods used to store video images to
a magnetic hard drive: quad, mux and full frame.
The quad method squashes up to four images into a single image frame.
“In quad,
four camera images are recorded on a single frame [or image]. This gives the
illusion that the machine is capable of recording 120 images per second (ips)
when it’s really only recording 30 ips,” said Erron Spalsbury, account manager,
3xlogic.com of Boulder, Colo.
“And since there are four cameras sharing a single frame/image
identifying a person or car in essentially (one-quarter) of a 640-by-480 pixel
area means that the image quality will be rather poor. But a better quality DVR
that uses full-frame mode is capable of truly recording 120 ips, which will
give you a much better quality image,” Spalsbury said.
Using the mux method, images are recorded one after the other in a
serial format with embedded data that defines each as camera 1 through 4.
The third method, and the best, saves full-frame images in folders or
baskets that correlate to each specific camera.
Exporting images for police
When an incident occurs, there must be a way to export images for law
enforcement. My pharmacist friend said he didn’t consider exporting images for
law enforcement before the incident.
There are several ways to export images. Some of the most popular types
of image export include the following:
• A
read/writable CD-ROM burner
• A USB port
• An Ethernet port for integration to a local area
network (LAN), an individual PC or to a modem for Internet connectivity
Unless the
alarm salesman educates the client with regard to cost versus quality, the
client likely will award the job to the lowest bidder. As in the case of the
pharmacist, we have seen what can happen when price alone motivates a final
buying decision.
Including a high-end DVR on each quote you give is perhaps one
alternative. It’s also necessary to explain the difference between quad, mux
and full frame, so the buyer fully understands the difference between each.
Another way to do that is to use the video tools made available on the
Web sites of many DVR manufacturers,
such as that of Spalsbury’s 3xlogic.com. There are other DVR manufacturers in
the marketplace that, similar to 3xlogic, offers graphic tools to illustrate
these differences. For a list of video sales tools, go to www.SecurityMission.com.
Colombo is a 33-year veteran in the security and life safety
markets. He is director with FireNetOnline.com and a nationally recognized
trade journalist in East Canton, Ohio. Reach him at abc@alcolombo.us.
Reprinted
with permission of Electrical Contractor Magazine – 2009
www.ecmag.com
TED MAGAZINE
Acronyms of NAED
by Tom
Naber
I’d like to
start off this month’s president’s note by saying, “NERF encourages you to
utilize our powerful lineup of educational programs, including EPEC and EDGE.”
Translation: “The National Association of Electrical Distributors’s Education
& Research Foundation encourages you to utilize our powerful lineup of
educational programs, including the Electrical Products Education Course and
Electrical Distributor Guided Education.”
Is it any
wonder I took a shortcut to get my point across?
Welcome to
the wonderful world of acronyms. Acronyms are words formed from the initial
letters or parts of a phrase, and our industry is full of them. NAED, of
course, has a bunch. In addition to those mentioned above, there’s also ASSET,
CEP, CAP, NLC, PAR, and SPA, just to name a few. Industry associations such as
IDEA, NAW, NEMRA, and NECA have their own as well. It can all get a little
confusing.
This
“acronym confusion” isn’t exclusive to our industry, though. Look, for example,
at some of the environmental groups. PETA certainly doesn’t stand for People
Eating Tasty Animals. And, contrary to popular opinion, WWF’s goal is not to
promote wrestling, but to save the Earth. Now those last sentences may have
made you LOL, but the complex world of acronyms isn’t always a laughing
matter—sometimes it can make your head spin.
To help
clear up some of the confusion—at least in our industry—we’ve included a guide
to NAED’s acronyms in this month’s NAED Direct section (see page 76).
While
figuring out what NAED’s acronyms stand for can be something of a challenge,
there is one thing that’s clear: They represent some of the most powerful
educational products available to develop the knowledge and skills of your
employees.
They also
represent benchmarking tools to help you analyze and compare your business to
others in the industry, allowing you to deliver better service to customers and
compete more effectively. They represent the people conducting industry
research and bringing to light the hard-hitting information you need to know to
expand into emerging markets and protect your businesses. And they represent an association that
understands the needs of our members and the challenges they face.
Altogether,
these acronyms represent an association that is here for you. Take full
advantage of your membership and the benefits it provides.
Not sure
where to start or what programs are right for you? Call our customer service
team at 888-791-2512 today. Tell us your needs and we’ll help you find real
solutions.
Naber is
president & CEO of NAED. He can be reached at 314-812-5312 or tnaber@naed.org.
Reprinted with
Permission of TED Magazine – 2009 www.tedmag.com
***************************
The Census Bureau offers a snapshot of electrical distribution
by Joe
Salimando
According
to data from the U.S. Census Bureau, more than 1,500 electrical distributor
establishments (which equates to headquarter locations, offices, and branches)
vanished from 2001 to 2006. The data also show that the average employee was
paid $58,086 in 2006—about 2.2% more than the average salary of those in the rest
of distribution and 20% more than the electrical distribution average in 2001.
Because the
results of the most recent (2007) Economic Census, a tally the Census Bureau
takes every five years, have not been released, the information below comes
from the Census Bureau’s recently released County Business Patterns (CBP)
report for 2006.
The CBP
report provides selected data for NAICS classification 42361, the wholesale
trade breakout for electrical apparatus and equipment, wiring suppliers, and
related equipment wholesalers.
Table one
provides national data by size—comparing 2001 with 2006—and shows that the bulk
of the five-year decline in establishments has come in the smallest
company-size category.
Table two
offers comparisons with wholesale trade totals and figures from the 2001 County
Business Patterns. There are two points to make here:
1.TED does
not present this as the final word on the number of locations in the industry;
note that 2001 was the tail end of a boom period.
2. Adam
Fein, president of Pembroke Consulting, pointed out that the employment data
provided by the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) point in another direction:
BLS data show employment in electrical distribution declining from 160,700 in
March 2001 to 146,700 in March 2006—an 8.7% decline, rather than the 1.5%
increase shown here.
Salimando,
an Oakton, Virginia-based writer, can be reached at ecdotcom@gmail.com. This
article was written with significant input from Adam Fein, president of
Pembroke Consulting (pembrokeconsulting.com).
Reprinted with
Permission of TED Magazine – 2009 www.tedmag.com
***************************
Steer clear of stormy seas
When it
comes to avoiding counterfeits, knowledge is power.
by D.
Douglas Graham
According
to intellectual property rights seizure statistics for fiscal year 2008,
released by U.S. Customs and Border Protection on Jan. 11, there was a 43%
increase in seizures of counterfeit electrical products during 2008 over 2007,
with a total value of almost $23 million. The category for electrical products
represented 8% of all seizures and ranked fifth among all product categories of
counterfeit goods seized. In addition to $1.8 million worth of counterfeit
batteries, electrical articles seized include power adaptors, extension cords,
circuit breakers, and lighting products. The customs data indicates that the
counterfeit electrical articles come from China and Hong Kong.
“Product
counterfeits are a major issue,” explained Travis Johnson, vice president and
director, legislative affairs and policy, International AntiCounterfeiting
Coalition (IACC).
“The scope
of the problem has enlarged in recent years in terms of both volume and variety
of product,” he noted. “Counterfeiting used to mostly affect the apparel and
luxury goods markets, but now the fakers are churning out everything from
shampoo to circuit breakers.”
Technological
advances have sired a “democratization of craftsmanship,” said Fred Felman,
chief marketing officer for MarkMonitor (markmonitor.com), a San
Francisco-based company in the business of protecting the brands and
reputations of the world’s largest corporations.
According
to Felman, everything one needs to convincingly duplicate the look and
packaging of the most sought-after products is now available anywhere at low
prices. This unprecedented state of affairs has given rise to a counterfeiting
epidemic for which a cure remains illusive.
“Phonies
materialize on wholesalers’ shelves via a number of paths,” he explained. “They
surface on Internet auction sites, as bulk goods exchanged on B2B trading
networks, and via just about any portal through which a counterfeiter can gain
access.”
The fakers
are getting better at their game as well. “We’re seeing a higher level of
sophistication in packaging, the goods themselves, and the scams used to
distribute them,” Felman said.
Preventative Medicine
A
distributor infected with counterfeit products may experience symptoms such as
a sudden decline in the sales of popular product lines or a spike in returns,
as usually reliable items crash in the field. Left unattended, a serious
infection can quickly turn lethal, as the perception spreads that the company
is deliberately trading in shoddy goods.
Prevention,
say experts, is the best cure. First and foremost, use common sense. Packaging,
price, and place of origin are potential fraud tip-offs. Other red flags
include misspellings on the container or polybag, a price too low to be
rational, and a shipped-from point not customary for an OEM or supplier.
“Beware of
material sold outside normal distribution channels,” cautioned Tim Gill,
director of economics for NEMA. “Get worried when a product label conflicts
with others posted on the same package or is printed in poorly written English.
“If you have
authenticity concerns, contact the manufacturer or certifying body for
additional information,” he added. “Counterfeits are a troublesome issue in
distribution, but with the combined effort of everyone in the supply chain,
it’s not an unsolvable one.”
Reprinted with
Permission of TED Magazine – 2009 www.tedmag.com
***************************
Layoffs at Belden highlight tough times everywhere
On Dec. 3,
Belden Inc. said it would lose 1,800 associates, 20% of its workforce. From
John Stroup, president/CEO: “We expect that economic conditions will remain
challenging for some time. Therefore, it is necessary for us to further adjust
our cost structure so that we can continue to be competitive under such
conditions. We regret the hardship these actions will impose on our
associates.”
Other
observations from recent financial pronouncements:
Inflation
is still in play. From Baldor’s Oct. 23 press release: “Cost inflation in
electrical steel, our largest raw material purchase, is in excess of 60% for
the year.”
Hope is
visible in some areas. From a Nov. 26 stock recommendation by B. Riley, as
printed in Barron’s, on Wesco’s prospects: “We believe Wesco is currently a
much stronger and more streamlined organization than at the start of this
decade and therefore better positioned to combat the anticipated economic
slowdown and continue to outperform the industry.”
Shelf-restocking
hesitation remains a problem. In Coleman Cable’s Q3 conference call, held Nov.
7, Gary Yetman, president and CEO, said: “I think what we’re struggling with a
little bit is the drop in copper, or the volatility in copper has a lot of
distributors just kind of sitting back and possibly not loading up with
inventory like they normally would.” —Joe Salimando
Reprinted with
Permission of TED Magazine – 2009 www.tedmag.com
***************************
Graybar’s reasons for being
If it’s all
about people, this St. Louis-based business has an edge.
by Joe Salimando
Recently, a
noted industry consultant wrote that Graybar was making half the profit of its
larger competitors and was hurting itself by shunning private labeling. For
Robert Reynolds Jr., chairman, president, and CEO, such remarks are off the
mark, for reasons dating back to 1925. “This person doesn’t understand our
structure, our reason for being,” Reynolds said. “The profitability is
absolutely there. The only difference is that our employees own this company,
so if you’re reading one of our statements and look at ‘the bottom line,’ it’s
smaller because we distribute profits before they get down there.”
Reynolds
explained that in the past two years, Graybar paid its employees 15% of total
salary and incentives through a profit-sharing arrangement. “That’s over and
above the dividends on Graybar stock [see sidebar on the opposite page],” he
said. “In addition to that, we have contributed more than $100 million to our
defined-benefit pension plan in the past two years—most companies are moving
away from those.
“So if you
take the cost of the cash and stock dividends, the profit sharing, and the
pension plan and put that all back in our numbers, our profitability is
certainly there,” he continued. “Basically, what you have isn’t just about
numbers. It’s a failure to understand what Graybar is all about.”
In other
words, Graybar is run for the benefit of its employees, many of whom are also
its owners. More than 5,800 retirees and current Graybar employees own a stake
in the company.
Private label veto
Still, the
comments on the private-label issue raise a valid concern. Why should Graybar
avoid putting its name on products? In fact, didn’t a significant percentage of
respondents to a 2007 survey say that Graybar was the leader in private
labeling?
“We had a
good chuckle at that result, and then we ran the advertisements saying we are
not in the private label business,” Reynolds said. “Okay—we do have the Graybar
name on a five-gallon bucket of pulling line, which was done at the
manufacturer’s request. And we’ve done some programs, many years ago, on
lighting—a Meter Miser product with Graybar’s name on it, for example. In that
case, again, we were just supporting the manufacturer.”
Allen Tel,
a supplier of datacom products, is a different matter. The line can only be
purchased at Graybar’s branches. Doesn’t that seem like some kind of
private-label deal?
“I guess
maybe it was Allen Tel that led people to give that answer in the survey,”
Reynolds said. “That’s a unique situation, which started years ago with Allen
Foster living next door to a Graybar sales rep. The rep needed a product for a
customer, and Foster, who was an inventor, came up with it.
“Over the
years, that relationship blossomed. And yes, we do have an exclusive
relationship with Allen Tel. But it’s not our brand name; it’s a company owned
by Foster’s daughter,” he continued.
Allen Tel
may not be a traditional private-label operation, but it does raise a question
about whether Graybar’s success in selling that company’s products exclusively
indicate that private labeling might be a good option.
“We have
selfish reasons for avoiding private labeling,” Reynolds admitted. “We disagree
with a lot of what’s written in the marketplace about it. For one thing, there
are liability issues in manufacturing, and we just don’t want to bear those.
For another, it seems to open the door to counterfeit products.
“We work
for the customers, and we work for the manufacturers,” he added. “By not
putting our name on products made at a much lower cost, no one has to worry
about a lower-quality product being bought or sold at a Graybar branch.”
Contractor focus
Over time
the percentage of business Graybar has done with electrical contractors has
grown.
A strong
focus on that market is and has long been a major part of the company’s
business strategy. That could be seen at this year’s NECA show, where Reynolds
was in the Graybar booth on the floor. He’s “worked the booth” in years past,
and plans to be in Seattle in September for the 2009 event.
That’s a
bit unusual in that you don’t necessarily find other distributor or
manufacturer CEOs pressing the flesh with their contractor customers at that
show.
“I like to
think we’re a consultant for the contractor,” Reynolds explained. “They can
rely on us to help. We’ve gone out to these customers and asked; What is it we
can do for you? Beyond the informal meetings that I have, and that others in
our company have, we participate very heavily in NECA and in IEC.
“We are a
Platinum Partner with IEC, for example. And now we are a NECA Premier Partner
as well,” he noted.
People as priority
As a
company, Graybar is unique among the larger electrical distributors in many
ways. “One question that comes to me, quite frequently and in many different
ways, amounts to this: ‘Why do you do the things that you do?’” Reynolds
laughed. “You have to go back to the beginning. Many people know we are an
employee-owned company, and that the employees bought Graybar from Western
Electric in 1929. But few know that the company was put on the market in 1925.
There was a stipulation with the sale, though, which may explain why there were
no takers.
“Whoever
bought the company had to provide the same level of benefits as if the
employees were still working for Western Electric,” Reynolds explained.
“Graybar
exists to be a progressive company. We’re highly recognized for that. We want
to provide gainful employment and a high quality of life for our employees,”
Reynolds added.
Reynolds
noted that this ethos is designed to create a better situation for everyone.
“Employee
ownership is better for the company, better for our customers, better for our
suppliers,” he said.
“Of course,
with our employees as owners, we focus very carefully on who we hire,” Reynolds
continued. “We have a unique relationship with our people. We will hire people
from the outside, and we get plenty of applications. But we really like to
promote from within.”
Reynolds
himself is an example of this characteristic.
“I’m a
second-generation Graybar employee,” he said. “My dad didn’t push me into the
company, but here I am. I went to work sweeping out a warehouse after
graduating from college; my friends thought I was crazy. Now I’m the CEO.”
Reynolds
even has two sons working at Graybar. Further, he says that that is not
unusual.
“They are
not the only third-generation people working for our company. We even have a
few fourth-generation employees,” he noted.
A few years
ago, Reynolds asked one of Graybar’s executives to move from sales into human
resources. “There were some questions about this move, but I told that person:
You’re missing the point. For Graybar, HR is a strategy,” Reynolds recalled.
“In fact,
it’s not just ‘a strategy’; it’s my No. 1 strategy. People are the heart of
every distribution company, of course. But for Graybar, we see ourselves as the
people-oriented company in a people-oriented business,” Reynolds said.
Salimando
writes regularly for tedmag.com and frequently on electrical contracting at
eleblog.com. Email him at ecdotcom@gmail.com.
Reprinted with
Permission of TED Magazine – 2009 www.tedmag.com
***************************
In search of relief
The
healthcare market is looking for those who can help soothe its aches and pains.
by Carol
Katarsky
Like any
other end-user, hospitals are looking for efficient solutions and ways to cut
costs. But to be successful in this market, distributors need to be sensitive
to its unique and highly regulated operating environment. Fortunately, there
are a host of opportunities out there, pretty much all of which include some
combination of improving patient outcomes, reducing costs, and increasing
system reliability.
“To really
be successful in this market, distributors need to understand healthcare pain
points,” said Brett Wheless, segment manager for healthcare at Square D.
“Usually this means mitigating risk and reducing costs.”
That
approach was echoed by Daniel Robertson, sales development manager at GE
Consumer & Industrial. “Distributors should step away from recommending
products and ask customers about their needs,” he noted. “Let customers
describe what they want instead of dumping literature and technical information
on their desks.”
Once the
most important needs of a facility have been determined, it’s time to start
recommending products—preferably those that solve more than one need. For
example, Robertson suggested LED lighting that can improve security and energy
efficiency while lowering maintenance costs.
Another
common concern of medical facilities is staying competitive—and that includes
being an attractive place for both patients and skilled staff, said Tom Myers,
senior sales manager, corporate accounts, at Lutron.
“Finding
products that can meet the clinical, high-tech needs of staff as well as
provide patients with a warm, comfortable environment is where a
distributorship can prove its value,” he said. “For example, a control for
window treatments can block glare and give a patient some control over his or
her visual environment. The patient will feel better about the experience—and
with less stress, patients tend to do better.”
Powered up 24/7
Because
hospitals are open non-stop and running advanced equipment that literally keeps
people alive, reliable power is mission-critical in a way far different from
most other facilities. To meet those needs, key products Robertson highlighted
include switchgear solutions with redundancy and remote control features to
reduce operator exposure to dangerous situations and help better diagnose trip
conditions.
“For
back-up systems, paralleling gear, automatic transfer switches, and UPS systems
are important, as are surge-suppression products that protect sensitive medical
equipment from latent failures,” he noted, adding that this is increasingly
critical as medical IT systems become more advanced requiring data center-grade
equipment.
Hospitals
are also particularly prone to increases in energy prices.
“What used
to be a two- or three-day stay in the hospital can now be done on an outpatient
basis,” Wheless explained. “But that also requires intense high-tech equipment
that stresses the electrical system. New medical facilities are more
complicated, and that adds complexity to the electrical system. Some have full
data centers for patient records, etc. In 10 to 20 years hospitals will be the
ultimate critical energy center.”
To help
medical customers mitigate risk, Wheless also recommended focusing on products
and services for power quality and more reliable distribution systems, adding
that providing services to maintain those systems could be a lucrative way to
also continue to build the relationship.
“Hospitals
are highly regulated and they have to do a lot of recordkeeping, testing, etc.,
for every building system. For example, they may have to test generators and
emergency lights every month,” Wheless noted. “If you can provide help for them
doing that, it’s a great way to show your value.”
Other
solutions for increasing energy efficiency are primed for the market right now.
“Healthcare has been late to the game on this, but it’s happening now as they
see double-digit increases in energy and other costs. For the most part they’ve
hit the lower-hanging fruit and are looking for more projects that can reduce
energy costs such as using variable-frequency drives, power monitoring, and
light controls,” Wheless added. “They need a clear justification for the
investment.”
That
perspective was shared by Myers. “Medical has been outside of the trend for
awhile, but it’s coming on board now. It’s a combination of peer pressure and
realizing it’s a good business practice as well as a way of dealing with the
energy market volatility.”
He added
that medical facilities are just starting to become aware of how controls can
be implemented as cost- and energy-saving tools.
“They may
think of timer controls for parking lots and cafeterias but for little else
because they are under the impression that because facilities run 24/7,
controls can’t be used in most areas,” Myers said. “In reality, there are prime
opportunities for daylighting controls to reduce energy consumption. Hospitals
spend a tremendous amount on energy, and they get very excited when they see
what their options are.”
Finding opportunities
For
distributors looking at the medical market for the first time, keep in mind
that breaking in requires the same relationship building as any other market.
“The
approach has to be consultative,” Robertson said. “Hospitals, especially as you
move higher in the organization, have multiple salespeople for each product
group calling on them. By highlighting what you bring to the party you can help
them with what they care about.”
Robertson
and Myers both noted that hospitals are dealing with reduced staffs, and need
help simplifying maintenance.
“They’re
looking for solutions that either fit with existing stock or a product that
will cause as little disruption as possible,” Myers said. “They also want to
implement in stages. They can only close a few rooms at a time, so there’s a
need to apply the exact same solution in stages.” Myers said that hospitals
want to work with someone flexible enough to function on their schedule, not
necessarily the fastest possible timeline.
Wheless
warned distributors not to focus on large projects at the expense of smaller,
but more lucrative, transactions. “Those small transactional purchases that
happen every day are where the best opportunities are,” he said. “That’s where
you can make a difference to hospital owners and show your value as a source of
support for them.”
Katarsky is
a freelance business writer based in Philadelphia. She can be reached at ckatarsky@verizon.net.
Reprinted with
Permission of TED Magazine – 2009 www.tedmag.com
***************************
Tools of the trade
Get up to
speed on the VDV tools and testers customers want.
by Dan
Carazo
“Cautious.”
That’s how Paul Stone, director of the portable network test business unit for
Fluke Networks, described market prospects for hand-held testers. “As with most
sectors of the U.S. market, economic uncertainty is slowing purchases for these
products. On the other hand, VDV installers who wish to remain competitive
recognize that using tools that boost technician productivity and reduce errors
help improve their competitive position,” Stone said.
When it
comes to portable network test equipment, customers are looking for products
that work with higher data transmission speeds, but at the same time make their
jobs easier.
“One of the
key drivers for portable network test equipment is the need to work on faster
networks while at the same time making the test tool usable by technicians over
a wider skill range,” Stone said.
“Today’s
networks are faster and are more complex,” he said. “Technicians are looking
for portable network test equipment that tells them much more than ‘there’s a
problem.’ Very often, a preferred test tool provides help as to where the
problem is located and how to correct it.”
He added
that with these types of tools, time saved in the first month of use alone can
often exceed the cost of the equipment.
Drivers of change
According
to Dan Payerle, senior product manager for IDEAL Industries, the market for
hand-held testers continues to be driven by technological advances and changing
standards.
“Cabling
grades, network technology, and standards are always advancing, no matter what
the economic environment, requiring IT professionals to purchase new testers,”
Payerle said. “For example, in the parts of the world that follow TIA, Cat 6a
(500MHz) is now being deployed, fueling the demand for Cat 6a testers.”
“We’re
seeing more computer-controlled test instruments that offer users improved
product performance with built-in report generation,” added John Olobri,
director of sales and marketing for AEMC.
Payerle
acknowledged the growth of what he referred to as cheaper, streamlined
application-based testers that focus exclusively on Ethernet testing, the most
common commercial and residential network transmission technology.
“The new
application-based testers limit the scope of their testing to this one
application, removing much of the cost and complexity of LAN certifiers,”
Payerle explained. “The downside of application-based testers is that they do
not comply with standards written by the TIA, ISO, and IEC, all of which
describe testing methods that aim to determine if the installed cabling
actually meets the desired category rating.”
Payerle
noted that some manufacturers of application-based testers choose to test to
the IEEE 802.3x standard that provides requirements for Ethernet. “This
standard is a favorite because it does determine if a cabling link has passed
or failed, which is adequate for smaller commercial and residential
installations,” Payerle said. “While it is less sophisticated than the
analytical method used by LAN certifiers, it does answer the most critical
question: Can my network cabling pass data?”
Tool time
Hand tools
designed for Cat 5 and Cat 6 cabling and termination are also growing in
popularity.
“We’ve seen
increased demand for a well-designed tool that offers a comfortable feel,” said
Bob Feldman, sales manager for Platinum Tools. “Attention to ergonomics is very
important to workers who are using their hands on the job all day.
“Our most
popular datacom tools are cable cutters; cable strippers; and punchdown and
crimping tools for Cat 5, Cat 6, and RJ45 installations for data,
communications, and security,” he added.
As for the
tools market in general, Feldman thinks 2009 will be soft for those unwilling
to act proactively.
Payerle
suggested that distributors must recognize that their customers are doing a
greater variety of work that may include commercial and residential networks,
broadband Internet, IP video surveillance, and VoIP.
“All of
these require some sort of testing, either by a traditional LAN cable certifier
or with a simpler, more cost-effective application-based tester,” he said.
“Distributors
should also know that many manufacturers offer training to take the mystery out
of this profitable product category,” Payerle added.
Carazo
provides B2B marketing services for electrical industry organizations. He can
be reached at dcaraz@optonline.net.
Reprinted with
Permission of TED Magazine – 2009 www.tedmag.com
***************************
Distributor doings
Jesse
Herrera, Jason King, and Randy Wooledge have been selected by Border States
Electric (BSE), Fargo, N.D., as management trainees. Each will get exposure to
all aspects of the company’s business through hands-on training and
development. The curriculum, which may last up to two years, includes NAED
training programs.
Herrera, a
warehouse associate in Albuquerque, N.M., joined BSE in August 2006. King is a
warehouse supervisor in St. Cloud, Minn., and has worked there since June 2005.
Wooledge, a warehouse supervisor in Sioux Falls, S.D., joined BSE in 2002.
At National
Electric Supply, Albuquerque, N.M., Skip Lenfest is now vice president of sales
and new business development. He has 30-plus years of electrical industry
experience and previously worked at Edson Electric Supply and HD Supply. Also,
Gregory Dann has been promoted from general manager to vice president of
operations. He has 15-plus years of electrical industry experience.
At B&K
Electric Wholesale, City of Industry, Calif., Todd Brown has succeeded Kathleen
Ellison as president (Ellison remains CEO); Glen Mayfield is now vice president
of sales for the Rockwell Division (he had been automation group director); Ray
Tuider is now vice president of sales of the Square D region (he was regional
vice president of that region); and Ryan Wright is now vice president of
operations (he was director of IT).
Fred Nabavi
has succeeded Carl Svendsen as director of automation solutions at
NorthEast-Eagle Electrical Distributors, a Canton, Massachusetts-based unit of
Sonepar. Svendsen, who has been with the company for 27 years, is now in a
part-time role. Nabavi has worked for Eagle for the past six years.
Manufacturer moves
Jerry
Switzer is now senior product manager for distributed energy management systems
in Leviton’s Lighting Management Systems business. He previously spent 17 years
with Hewlett-Packard and three with GE Security.
Lance Bates
is now General Cable’s vice president of U.S. sales. He comes to the company
with 18-plus years of sales leadership experience, most recently serving as
president/COO of the global accounts and strategic markets divisions for
Cintas.
Passings
Matthew
Earl Davis, 33, died Jan. 9. A 12-year veteran of Becker Electric Supply, he
started his career in the warehouse making deliveries, was promoted to the
counter, and then worked in inside sales. At the time of his death he was a
quotation specialist, leading switchgear sales efforts at the company’s
Columbus, Ohio, location.
He was the
son-in-law of Mark Covey, vice president of purchasing at Becker Electric, and
brother-in-law to Brian Covey, who works in the company’s MIS/IT department. He
is also survived by his wife, Beth; daughter, Kelsey Nichole; sons, Colin
Matthew and Owen Anthony; and his parents.
Memorial
contributions, which will benefit his children’s education, can be made to the
Matthew Davis Memorial Fund, c/o the Huntington National Bank, 61 S. Main St.,
London, OH 43140.
Carroll
Rudolph “Dudy” Deems, 80, died in early December. He worked as a salesman in
the electrical distribution business for many years before establishing Arrow
Electrical Supply in Bel Air, Md., in 1973. Also a veteran of the Korean War,
Deems retired from Arrow in 1993; the business is now run by his sons.
Richard
Poll, 84, died in early December. He was president and chief salesman at the
former H. Poll Electric, Toledo, Ohio, which his father founded in 1919. Poll
Electric closed in July 2008.
Julius
“Guy” Gyorog passed away in late November. He joined Alfred Switzer and the
company that became Ajax Electrical Sales, St. Louis, in 1935; he retired in
1981.
Reprinted with
Permission of TED Magazine – 2009 www.tedmag.com
***************************
Hallway monitors
Channel
partners join forces to create a safer school in east Georgia.
by Darlene
Bremer
According
to the Department of Education, students ages 12 through 14 were more likely
than older students to be victims of crime at school. Almost one in five
students reported being threatened with a beating, and again this was a more
common experience for middle school students (22%) than for high school
students (16%). The typical victim of an attack or robbery at school is a male
in the seventh grade who is assaulted by a boy his own age.
These were
issues that weighed on the minds of administrators designing the new
Thomson-McDuffie Junior High School, located in east Georgia between Atlanta
and Augusta. Built at a cost of $17.5 million, the new 140,000-square-foot
facility opened its doors in August to more than 600 students who are kept safe
with the help of an IP-networked surveillance system from Toshiba.
Chad
Umbarger, business development manager for security for Graybar’s Atlanta
District, and Cindy Howland, outside sales rep for Graybar Electric in Augusta,
met with school officials to discuss their needs in early 2007.
“The
McDuffie County Board of Education [BOE] sought to leverage the Cat 5e cabling
being run in the school not just for their computer network, but also for the
video surveillance system; however, a full IP system was cost prohibitive,”
Umbarger explained. After careful consideration, Graybar recommended a hybrid
analog/digital solution that had proven itself in other school installations.
“Graybar
put together the package of technologies for the project and we chose Toshiba
primarily because of the quality of the product and the software included,”
said Bob Weems, technology director for the McDuffie County BOE.
Augusta
Telephone, a Graybar contractor that also installed the school’s telecommunications
system and has been working for the McDuffie BOE for about 10 years, handled
the installation of the surveillance network. As a result of their hard work,
Graybar’s planning, and the long-standing partnerships among all the channel
participants, the school was able to begin monitoring the building within
minutes of the installation.
“The goal
of the project was to successfully support the safety and security of students
and staff, plus enable easy implementation of future expansions,” Umbarger noted.
Everyone on the team worked together to ensure that the systems meet present
security standards and anticipated future needs without disrupting the
educational process.
These
channel partnerships are key to achieving consistent success and maintaining
growth, according to Len Goldberg, business development manager for Toshiba’s
security and IP network video products group.
“Working
together to successfully fulfill end-user needs and optimize system performance
capabilities usually results in a win-win situation for the entire channel,
from supplier to customer,” he said.
“Such
partnerships improve the whole channel because everyone is involved in the
project’s design and implementation,” added Casey Cliatt, vice president of
Augusta Telephone. “By partnering, I learned that three very distinct companies
working together can create a much better solution for the customer than by
working separately.”
Bremer is a
freelance writer based in Solomons, Md. She can be reached at
darbremer@comcast.net. Got an On Site story idea? Send it to Misty Byers, “TED”
editor, at mbyers@naed.org.
Reprinted with
Permission of TED Magazine – 2009 www.tedmag.com
REMEMBER TO RECYCLE, REDUCE AND REUSE
|